TW201303499A - Colored composition and color filter using the same - Google Patents

Colored composition and color filter using the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201303499A
TW201303499A TW101109907A TW101109907A TW201303499A TW 201303499 A TW201303499 A TW 201303499A TW 101109907 A TW101109907 A TW 101109907A TW 101109907 A TW101109907 A TW 101109907A TW 201303499 A TW201303499 A TW 201303499A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
resin
mass
parts
acrylate
Prior art date
Application number
TW101109907A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI507819B (en
Inventor
Katsuhiko Mizushima
Yuki Saito
Kenichi Kitamura
Yukino Miyagawa
Shinji Tsunekawa
Masahiro Sasaki
Kazunori Yamada
Takashi Kanoh
Toshinao Makiuchi
Koichi Minato
Toshio Waku
Original Assignee
Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd
Toyocolor Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2011077030A external-priority patent/JP5659919B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2011077029A external-priority patent/JP5673297B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2011076927A external-priority patent/JP5659918B2/en
Application filed by Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd, Toyocolor Co Ltd filed Critical Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd
Publication of TW201303499A publication Critical patent/TW201303499A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI507819B publication Critical patent/TWI507819B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/34Esters containing nitrogen, e.g. N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate
    • C08F220/36Esters containing nitrogen, e.g. N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen, e.g. 2-N-morpholinoethyl (meth)acrylate or 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)acrylate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/04Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
    • C09B11/10Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes
    • C09B11/24Phthaleins containing amino groups ; Phthalanes; Fluoranes; Phthalides; Rhodamine dyes; Phthaleins having heterocyclic aryl rings; Lactone or lactame forms of triarylmethane dyes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/223Absorbing filters containing organic substances, e.g. dyes, inks or pigments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

According to an embodiment, the present invention relates to a colored composition, including a coloring agent, a resin, a monomer and an organic solvent.The monomer includes a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group.The coloring agent includes a halo-chemical, which is obtained by reacting the resin whose side chain containing a cation group with an anion die.

Description

著色組成物及用此之彩色濾光片Coloring composition and color filter using the same

    本發明係關於一種著色組成物及用此所形成的彩色濾光片,而前述著色組成物係使用於製造彩色液晶顯示裝置及彩色攝像管元件所用之彩色濾光片。
The present invention relates to a coloring composition and a color filter formed therewith, and the coloring composition is used for a color filter for manufacturing a color liquid crystal display device and a color image pickup device.

    近年來,液晶顯示裝置係因其薄型所帶來的節省空間及輕量化、以及省電性等而受到高度評價。因此,包含液晶顯示裝置在內的電視受像機最近急速普及。
    液晶顯示裝置包含例如一對偏光板、及由其等所夾住的液晶層。於液晶顯示裝置,控制通過一偏光板之偏光狀態,並控制通過另一偏光板之光量。
    液晶顯示裝置之顯示模式包括:VA(垂直對準)模式、IPS(平面切換)模式及TN(扭轉向列)模式。該等之中尤以TN模式為主流。
    液晶顯示裝置可藉由於偏光板之間設置彩色濾光片來進行彩色顯示。彩色液晶顯示裝置近年來利用在電視受像機或個人電腦監視器等。因此,對彩色濾光片要求液晶顯示裝置之高亮度化、高對比化及高彩度化所必需的性能提升,例如對於穿透率提升的要求升高。
    彩色濾光片具有於玻璃等透明基板之表面,配置兩種以上色相不同的區段之構造。該構造係例如平行或交叉配置有微細帶(條紋)狀之濾光片區段之構造,或採一定排列配置有微細的濾光片區段之構造。各濾光片區段微細至數μm~數百μm。該等濾光片區段係依各色相整齊地配置。
In recent years, liquid crystal display devices have been highly evaluated for their space saving, light weight, power saving, and the like due to their thinness. Therefore, television receivers including liquid crystal display devices have recently become popular.
The liquid crystal display device includes, for example, a pair of polarizing plates, and a liquid crystal layer sandwiched by them. In the liquid crystal display device, the state of polarization passing through a polarizing plate is controlled, and the amount of light passing through the other polarizing plate is controlled.
The display modes of the liquid crystal display device include a VA (Vertical Alignment) mode, an IPS (Plane Switching) mode, and a TN (Twisted Nematic) mode. Among them, the TN mode is the mainstream.
The liquid crystal display device can perform color display by providing a color filter between polarizing plates. The color liquid crystal display device has been used in recent years in television receivers, personal computer monitors, and the like. Therefore, the color filter requires a performance improvement necessary for high luminance, high contrast, and high chroma of the liquid crystal display device, for example, an increase in the transmittance increase.
The color filter has a structure in which two or more sections having different hue are arranged on the surface of a transparent substrate such as glass. This structure is, for example, a structure in which a fine band (striped) filter segment is arranged in parallel or in a crosswise manner, or a structure in which fine filter segments are arranged in a certain arrangement. Each of the filter segments is fine to several μm to several hundreds μm. The filter segments are arranged neatly in accordance with the respective hue.

    本發明之目的在於提供一種對於彩色濾光片、或其製造時所使用的著色組成物之性能提升有利的技術。
    本發明者等人專注累積研究,結果發現一種彩色濾光片用著色組成物,若其含有使側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性染料反應所得之作為著色劑之鹵化化合物、及具有酸性基之多官能單體,則保存安定性優異,對塗膜亦不會產生異物,與玻璃等透明基板之間具有堅牢的密貼性,顯影性良好。然後,根據該酌見終至完成以下第1及第2態樣之發明。
    亦即,本發明之第1態樣係關於一種彩色濾光片用著色組成物,其係含有著色劑、樹脂、單體及有機溶劑;前述著色劑包含鹵化化合物,其係藉由側鏈含有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性染料之反應所獲得者;前述單體包含具有酸性基之多官能單體。
    前述側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂亦可為乙烯基系樹脂,其係包含由一般式(1)所示之構造單位者。
一般式(1):
    式(I)   
(式中,R18係表示氫原子、或置換或非置換之烷基;
R19~R21係分別獨立表示氫原子、置換或非置換之烷基、置換或非置換之烯基、或置換或非置換之芳基;R19~R21中之兩者相互結合而形成環亦可;
    Q1係表示亞烷基、亞芳基、-CONH-R''-或-COO-R''-,R''係表示亞烷基;
    Y-係表示無機或有機之陰離子。)
    前述酸性基亦可為羧基。
    前述彩色濾光片用著色組成物亦可進一步包含光聚合起始劑。
    前述樹脂亦可包含鹼可溶性感光性樹脂。
    又,本發明之第2態樣係關於一種彩色濾光片,具備濾光片區段,其係於基板上,藉由前述彩色濾光片用著色組成物所形成者。
    又,本發明者等人專注累積研究,結果發現藉由使用一種由呫噸系鹼性染料及呫噸系酸性染料所組成的鹵化生成物,可達成高亮度及廣色域之色彩重現,且可達成優異的耐受性。然後,根據該酌見,終至完成以下第3態樣及第4態樣之發明。
    亦即,本發明之第3態樣係關於一種感光性著色組成物,其係包含著色劑、樹脂、單體及光聚合起始劑;前述單體包含具有酸性基之多官能單體;相對於感光性著色組成物之非揮發成分100質量部,前述單體之含有量係20~50質量部;前述光聚合起始劑包含苯乙酮系化合物及醯基氧化磷系化合物;苯乙酮系化合物與醯基氧化磷系化合物之質量比(苯乙酮系化合物/醯基氧化磷系化合物)係在60/40~90/10之範圍內。
    相對於前述非揮發成分100質量部,前述苯乙酮系化合物之含有量與前述醯基氧化磷系化合物之含有量之合計亦可為3~20質量部。
    前述多官能單體在總單體中所佔比率亦可為30~60質量部。
    前述多官能單體亦可為一般式(3)所示之化合物。

                             
    (式中,R10係表示氫原子或甲基,R11係表示碳數1~12之碳化氫基,X係表示(n+o)價之碳數3~60之有機基,n表示2~18之整數,o表示1~3之整數。)
    又,本發明之第4態樣係關於一種彩色濾光片,其係具備由上述感光性著色組成物所形成的濾光片區段。
    進而言之,本發明者等人專注累積研究,結果發現作為同時解決以更高穿透性製造高濃度之彩色濾光片時,發生顯影後基板上在非畫線部殘留著色組成物(顯影殘渣)、或對畫線部附著有未溶解剝離片等異物、畫線部之圖案剝離或缺損所造成的畫線缺陷、進而後烘烤等燒成步驟中之黃變等所有問題的手段,若於彩色濾光片用著色組成物中,將鹼可溶性感光性樹脂與具有酸性基之多官能單體之調配量,相對於樹脂與多官能單體之合計設定在特定範圍內,且將氧化防止劑之調配量,相對於彩色濾光片用著色組成物之非揮發成分設定在特定範圍內,則甚為有效。然後,根據該酌見,終至完成以下第5態樣及第6態樣之發明。
    亦即,本發明之第5態樣係關於一種感光性著色組成物,其係包含著色劑、樹脂、單體及光聚合起始劑;樹脂包含從鹼可溶性感光性樹脂成分及鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂成分所組成的群組中選擇之至少一者;單體包含具有酸性基之多官能單體;相對於樹脂之含有量與多官能單體之含有量之合計100質量部,鹼可溶性感光性樹脂成分之含有量與具有酸性基之多官能單體之含有量之合計係20~70質量部;相對於著色組成物之非揮發成分100質量部,氧化防止劑之含有量為0.1~5質量部。
    前述彩色濾光片用著色組成物之非揮發成分中,前述鹼可溶性感光性樹脂成分及前述多官能單體所含之乙烯結合之質量莫耳濃度亦可為2.00×10- 3mol/g~2.75×10- 3mol/g;相對於前述非揮發成分之質量,前述樹脂之非揮發成分酸價與前述單體之非揮發成分酸價之合計比亦可為8.0~40.0mgKOH/g。
    前述鹼可溶性感光性樹脂成分及前述鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂成分之至少一者包含第1重複單位2.0~60質量部、第2重複單位0.2~80質量部及第3重複單位2.0~30質量部;前述第1重複單位包含羧基;前述第2重複單位具有選自一般式(12)及(13)所示之芳香族環基所組成的群組中之至少1個環狀構造;
    一般式(12):
     式(12)
    (一般式(12)中,R1係氫原子或碳數1~20之烷基,該烷基之氫原子亦可被苯環所置換。)
    一般式(13):
     式(13)
    (一般式(13)中,R2係氫原子或碳數1~20之烷基,該烷基之氫原子亦可被苯環所置換。)
    前述第3重複單位具有選自一般式(14)及(15)所示之芳香族環基所組成的群組中之至少1個環狀構造。
    一般式(14):
      式(14)
    一般式(15):
       式(15)
    前述氧化防止劑亦可包含受阻酚系氧化防止劑。
    又,本發明之第6態樣係關於一種彩色濾光片,其係具備由上述彩色濾光片用著色組成物所形成的濾光片區段。
It is an object of the present invention to provide a technique that is advantageous for the performance improvement of a color filter, or a colored composition used in its manufacture.
The inventors of the present invention have focused on the cumulative study, and have found that a coloring composition for a color filter contains a halogenated compound as a coloring agent obtained by reacting a resin having a cationic group in a side chain with an anionic dye, and has an acidity. The polyfunctional monomer is excellent in storage stability, does not cause foreign matter to the coating film, and has strong adhesion to a transparent substrate such as glass, and has good developability. Then, based on this discretion, the inventions of the first and second aspects below are completed.
That is, the first aspect of the present invention relates to a coloring composition for a color filter comprising a coloring agent, a resin, a monomer, and an organic solvent; and the coloring agent contains a halogenated compound which is contained by a side chain. A reaction between a cationic group-based resin and an anionic dye; the aforementioned monomer comprising a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group.
The resin having a cationic group in the side chain may be a vinyl resin, and includes a structural unit represented by the general formula (1).
General formula (1):
Formula (I)
(wherein R 18 represents a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group;
R 19 to R 21 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group, a substituted or non-substituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or non-substituted aryl group; and two of R 19 to R 21 are bonded to each other to form Ring can also be
Q 1 represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, -CONH-R''- or -COO-R''-, and R'' represents an alkylene group;
The Y - line represents an inorganic or organic anion. )
The aforementioned acidic group may also be a carboxyl group.
The coloring composition for a color filter may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
The resin may also contain an alkali-soluble photosensitive resin.
Further, a second aspect of the present invention relates to a color filter comprising a filter segment which is formed on a substrate and which is formed by the coloring composition for the color filter.
Further, the inventors of the present invention focused on cumulative research, and as a result, it was found that color reproduction of high brightness and wide color gamut can be achieved by using a halogenated product composed of a xanthene-based basic dye and a xanthene-based acid dye. And excellent tolerance can be achieved. Then, based on this discretion, the invention of the following third aspect and fourth aspect is completed.
That is, the third aspect of the present invention relates to a photosensitive coloring composition comprising a colorant, a resin, a monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator; the monomer comprises a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group; 100 parts by mass of the nonvolatile component of the photosensitive coloring composition, the content of the monomer is 20 to 50 parts by mass, and the photopolymerization initiator contains an acetophenone-based compound and a fluorenylphosphorus oxide-based compound; acetophenone The mass ratio of the compound to the fluorenylphosphorus oxide-based compound (acetophenone-based compound/phosphorylphosphorus oxide-based compound) is in the range of 60/40 to 90/10.
The total amount of the acetophenone-based compound and the content of the above-mentioned fluorenylphosphine oxide-based compound may be 3 to 20 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the nonvolatile component.
The ratio of the above polyfunctional monomer to the total monomer may also be 30 to 60 parts by mass.
The above polyfunctional monomer may also be a compound represented by the general formula (3).


(wherein R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 11 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, X represents an organic group having a carbon number of 3 to 60 of (n+o), and n represents 2; An integer of ~18, o represents an integer from 1 to 3.)
Further, a fourth aspect of the invention relates to a color filter comprising a filter segment formed of the photosensitive coloring composition.
In other words, the inventors of the present invention focused on the cumulative research, and as a result, it was found that when a high-density color filter is simultaneously produced with higher penetration, a coloring composition remaining on the non-line portion on the substrate after development occurs (developing Residue), or a method of attaching a foreign matter such as an undissolved release sheet to a line portion, a line defect caused by a pattern peeling or defect of a line portion, and a yellowing change in a baking step such as post-baking, In the coloring composition for a color filter, the amount of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin and the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is set within a specific range with respect to the total of the resin and the polyfunctional monomer, and is oxidized. It is effective to set the amount of the preventive agent to a specific range with respect to the nonvolatile component of the coloring composition for a color filter. Then, based on this discretion, the invention of the following fifth aspect and sixth aspect is completed.
That is, the fifth aspect of the present invention relates to a photosensitive coloring composition comprising a coloring agent, a resin, a monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator; the resin comprising an alkali-soluble photosensitive resin component and an alkali-soluble non-photosensitive At least one selected from the group consisting of resin components; the monomer comprises a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group; and the total amount of the resin and the content of the polyfunctional monomer is 100 parts by mass, alkali-soluble photosensitive The total content of the resin component and the content of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is 20 to 70 parts by mass, and the content of the oxidation preventing agent is 0.1 to 5 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the nonvolatile component of the colored composition. Quality Department.
The non-volatile content of the coloring composition for color filter, the binding of the ethylene contained in the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin component and the polyfunctional monomer concentration molar mass may also be 2.00 × 10 - 3 mol / g ~ 2.75 × 10 - 3 mol / g ; mass with respect to the non-volatile components, the acid value of the non-volatile component of the resin and the sum of the non-volatile components of the monomer may also be an acid value ratio of 8.0 ~ 40.0mgKOH / g.
At least one of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin component and the alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin component includes a first repeating unit of 2.0 to 60 parts by mass, a second repeating unit of 0.2 to 80 parts by mass, and a third repeating unit of 2.0 to 30 parts by mass. The first repeating unit includes a carboxyl group; and the second repeating unit has at least one cyclic structure selected from the group consisting of aromatic ring groups represented by the general formulas (12) and (13);
General formula (12):
Formula (12)
(In the general formula (12), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group may be replaced by a benzene ring.)
General formula (13):
Formula (13)
(In the general formula (13), R 2 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group may be replaced by a benzene ring.)
The third repeating unit has at least one cyclic structure selected from the group consisting of aromatic ring groups represented by the general formulas (14) and (15).
General formula (14):
Formula (14)
General formula (15):
Formula (15)
The oxidation inhibitor may also contain a hindered phenol-based oxidation inhibitor.
Further, a sixth aspect of the invention relates to a color filter comprising a filter segment formed of the coloring composition for a color filter.

  以下詳細說明本發明之態樣。
  再者,於本說明書表示「丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸」之某一者或雙方時,有時記載為「(甲基)丙烯酸」。同樣地,表示「丙烯醯、甲基丙烯醯」之某一者或雙方時,有時記載為「(甲基)丙烯醯」。又,「C.I.」係意味色彩索引(C.I.)。
  ○第1態樣
  首先,說明有關本發明之第1態樣。
  彩色濾光片之製作方法據知包括:於藉由抗蝕劑形成圖案後,將圖案予以染色之染色法;或預先形成特定圖案之透明電極,藉由施加電壓,使溶解‧分散於溶劑之含顏料樹脂離子化而形成圖案之電鍍法;及使用令顏料等著色劑分散於抗蝕劑材料所得之彩色抗蝕劑之顏料分散法等,最近以顏料分散法為主流的製作方法。然而,將顏料作為著色劑使用之彩色濾光片係由於顏料粒子所造成的光散射等,使得由液晶所控制的偏光程度紊亂,其結果發生容易導致彩色液晶顯示裝置之亮度或對比降低的問題。
  作為解決該問題之技術,例如於日本特開平6-75375號公報檢討、提案了以一種染料作為著色劑之染料系硬化性組成物之實用化,而前述染料能夠以溶解的狀態存在於硬化性組成物之介質中。然而,就著色劑中使用了染料之彩色濾光片而言,對用於彩色抗蝕劑之染料,要求耐熱、耐光性、及對於樹脂與使用於樹脂之有機溶劑之溶解性。
  因此,為了增進溶解性,並且提升耐熱、耐光性,提案了一種以陰離子性染料與陽離子系界面活性劑之鹽類作為著色劑使用之彩色濾光片。該類彩色濾光片係記載於例如日本特開平5-333207號公報及日本特開2004-307391號公報。一般而言,據知藉由將陰離子性染料之磺酸鈉基(-SO3Na)改變成有機胺的鹽類,以增進陰離子性染料對於有機溶劑之溶解性。上述著色劑係藉由將陰離子性染料之磺酸鈉基改變成陽離子系界面活性劑之基質鹽類,以增進對於有機溶劑之陰離子性染料之溶解性,並且藉由增大分子量來提升耐熱、耐光性。然而,該等方法係對於製作彩色濾光片所使用的溶劑,無法獲得充分的溶解性,與樹脂之相溶性亦不佳,因此難以賦予彩色濾光片用著色組成物之長期保存安定性,且難以於塗膜與玻璃等透明基板之間賦予堅牢的密貼性。
  又,作為陰離子性染料之鹵化化合物,例如於日本特開2005-350648號公報中,利用了陽離子性樹脂作為反電荷之物係被檢討作為結晶性水性著色材料,該等之目的係在於將染料在粒子狀態下使用,關於要求在溶解狀態下使用之彩色濾光片用途,並未予以詳細檢討。
  另,例如於日本特開2000-352815號公報中,亦提案了一種著色樹脂組成物,其係於使得具有醯胺構造之單體共聚所得之共聚物溶液中,添加有陰離子性染料者。此係藉由醯胺構造作為與陰離子性染料之上染點而發揮作用,以使得塗膜中之染料安定、提升耐受性。然而,在此所揭示的方法係由於在有機溶劑中,混合共聚物與陰離子染料,因此極性高的染料未充分溶解而有產生異物的問題。
  本發明者等人係為了解決前述各種問題而專注累積研究,結果發現一種彩色濾光片用著色組成物,若其作為著色劑而包含使側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性染料反應所得之鹵化化合物,或含有具有酸性基之多官能單體,則保存安定性優異,對塗膜亦不會產生異物,與玻璃等透明基板之間具有堅牢的密貼性,且顯影性良好,可抑制顯影後基板上之非像素部產生著色組成物等之殘渣。然後,根據該酌見終至完成本態樣。
  亦即,本發明之第2態樣係一種彩色濾光片用著色組成物,其係含有著色劑、樹脂、單體及有機溶劑;前述著色劑包含鹵化化合物,其係藉由側鏈含有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性染料之反應所獲得者;前述單體包含具有酸性基之多官能單體。
  於第2態樣之彩色濾光片,所使用的彩色濾光片用著色組成物含有:使側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性染料反應所得之鹵化化合物;及具有酸性基之多官能單體;藉此可獲得一種彩色濾光片,其係具有高度的保存安定性,形成塗膜時亦不會產生異物,密貼性優異且顯影性良好,可抑制顯影後基板上之非像素部產生著色組成物等之殘渣。
  具體而言,據判著色組成物係藉由作為著色劑而含有之鹵化化合物形成令側鏈具有陽離子之樹脂、與陰離子性染料反應所得之鹽構造,從而與樹脂黏結劑、單體及溶劑之相溶性提升,因而著色組成物之安定性提升,亦抑制異物產生。
  此外,藉由作為單體而含有之具有酸性基之多官能單體,來提升鹼顯影性,因此不會產生殘渣。
  又,據判由於具有酸性基之多官能單體之酸性官能基的影響,對玻璃表面之密貼性提升。
  經考察得知藉由該等組合,著色組成物之安定性提升,可抑制異物產生,不會產生顯影殘渣,基材密貼性變高。
  <<彩色濾光片用著色組成物>>
  如上述,本發明之第1態樣之彩色濾光片用著色組成物包含著色劑、樹脂黏結劑、單體及有機溶劑;著色劑含有鹵化化合物,其係藉由側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性染料之反應所獲得者;單體含有具有酸性基之多官能單體。
  <著色劑>
  著色劑包含鹵化化合物作為必需成分,而前述鹵化化合物係令側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性染料反應所獲得。著色劑亦可因應需要進一步包含顏料。
  <鹵化化合物>
  鹵化化合物係令側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性染料反應所獲得的鹵化化合物。
  (側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂)
  側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂若側鏈至少具有1個鎓鹽基之物均可,並未特別限制,若從取得難易等觀點考量,側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂宜為具有適宜的鎓鹽構造之銨鹽、碘鹽、硫鹽、重氮鹽及鏻鹽。又,從保存安定性(熱安定性)的觀點考量,側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂宜為銨鹽、碘鹽及鏻鹽,進而以銨鹽更適宜。
  調製含有鹵化化合物之彩色濾光片用著色組成物,令作為彩色濾光片之特性顯現時,宜使用與構成彩色濾光片用著色組成物之樹脂黏結劑同種的樹脂。於本態樣,由於彩色濾光片用著色組成物中宜使用丙烯酸系樹脂,因此作為用以獲得鹵化化合物之側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂,宜為丙烯酸系樹脂。
  又,作為側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂,宜使用含下述一般式(1)所示之構造單位之乙烯基系樹脂。
  一般式(1):
        式(1)
  [一般式(1)中,R18係表示氫原子、或置換或非置換之烷基。R19~R21係分別獨立表示氫原子、置換或非置換之烷基、置換或非置換之烯基、或置換或非置換之芳基;R19~R21中之兩者相互結合而形成環亦可。Q1係表示亞烷基、亞芳基、-CONH-R''-或-COO-R''-,R''係表示亞烷基。Y-係表示無機或有機之陰離子。]
  一般式(1)中,R19係表示氫原子、或置換或非置換之烷基。R19之烷基可舉出例如甲基、乙基、丙基、n-丁基、i-丁基、t-丁基、n-己基、環己基。該烷基宜為碳數1~12之烷基,更宜為碳數1~8之烷基,碳數1~4之烷基尤其適宜。
  由R19所示之烷基具有置換基時,該置換基可舉出例如羥基、烷氧基等。
  於上述之中,R19係以氫原子或甲基最適宜。
  於一般式(1)中,R19~R21可舉出分別獨立表示氫原子、置換或者非置換之烷基、置換或者非置換之烯基、或置換或者非置換之芳基。
  在此,R19~R21之烷基可舉出例如直鏈烷基(甲基、乙基、正丙基、正丁基、正戊基、正辛基、正十二基、正十四基、正十六基及正十八基等)、分支烷基(異丙基、異丁基、二級丁基、三級丁基、異戊基、新戊基、三級戊基、異己基、2-乙基己基及1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基等)、環烷基(環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等)、及架橋環式烷基(降冰片基、金剛烷基及蒎基)。該烷基宜為碳數1~18之烷基,進而宜為碳數1~8之烷基。
  R19~R21之烯基可舉出例如直鏈或分枝之烯基(乙烯基、烯丙基、1-丙烯基、2-丙烯基、1-丁烯基、2-丁烯基、3-丁烯基、1-甲基-1-丙烯基、1-甲基-2-丙烯基、2-甲基-1-丙烯基及2-甲基-2-丙烯基等)、環烯基(2-環己烯基及3-環己烯基等)。該烯基宜為碳數2~18之烷基,進而宜為碳數2~8之烷基。
  R19~R21之芳基可舉出例如單環式芳基(苯基等)、縮合多環式芳基(萘基、蒽基、菲基、蒽喹啉基、芴基、萘喹啉基等)、及芳香族雜環碳化氫基(噻吩基(從噻吩衍生的基))、呋喃基(從呋喃衍生的基)、哌喃基(從哌喃衍生的基)、吡啶基(從吡啶衍生的基)、9-羰呫噸基(從呫噸衍生的基)及9-羰噻吨基(從噻吨衍生的基等)。
  由R19~R21所示之烷基、烯基、芳基具有置換基時,該置換基可舉出從例如鹵素原子、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烯基、醯基、烷氧羰基、羰基及苯基等所選擇的置換基。作為該置換基,其中尤以鹵素原子、羥基、烷氧基、苯基為宜。
  從安定性的觀點考量,R19~R21宜為置換或非置換之烷基,更宜為非置換之烷基。又,R19~R21中之2個相互結合而形成環亦可。
  於一般式(1)中,連結乙烯基與銨鹽基之Q1係表示亞烷基、亞芳基、-CONH-R''-或-COO-R''-,R''表示亞烷基。其中從聚合性、取得難易的理由考量,宜為-CONH-R''-或-COO-R''-。又,R''更宜為甲烷基、乙烷基、丙烷基或丁烷基,尤其宜為乙烷基。
  構成前述樹脂之反陰離子之一般式(1)中之Y-成分若為無機或有機之陰離子即可。反陰離子可無限制採用習知之物,具體而言可舉出:氫氧化物離子、氯化物離子、溴化物離子、碘化物離子等鹵化物離子;甲酸離子、醋酸離子等羰酸離子;碳酸離子、碳酸氫離子、硝酸離子、硫酸離子、亞硫酸離子、鉻酸離子、重鉻酸鉀離子、磷酸離子、過錳酸離子等無機酸離子;氰化物離子;進而可舉出諸如己氰鐵(III)酸離子等錯合物離子等。從合成適性或安定性方面來看,宜為鹵化物離子及羧酸離子,最宜為鹵化物離子。反陰離子為羧酸離子等有機酸離子時,樹脂中有機酸離子進行共有結合而形成分子內鹽亦可。
  為了獲得較佳態樣之包含一般式(1)所示構造單位之乙烯基樹脂,不僅可藉由將具有銨鹽基及乙烯結合之單體作為單體成分而予以共聚之方法,亦可藉由將具有胺基及乙烯結合之單體作為單體成分而予以共聚,令所獲得具有胺基之丙烯酸系樹脂與鎓氯化劑反應而予以銨氯化的方法來獲得。
  將具有銨鹽基及乙烯結合之單體作為單體成分而予以共聚時,具有4級銨鹽基及乙烯結合之單體可舉出例如:(甲基)丙烯醯氧乙基三甲基氯化銨、(甲基)丙烯醯氧乙基三乙基氯化銨、(甲基)丙烯醯氧乙基二甲基氯化銨、(甲基)丙烯醯氧乙基嗎啉氯化銨等烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯系第4級銨鹽;(甲基)丙烯醯胺丙基三甲基氯化銨、(甲基)丙烯醯胺乙基三乙基氯化銨、(甲基)丙烯醯胺乙基二甲基苄基氯化銨等烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺系第4級銨鹽;二甲基二烯丙基銨甲基硫酸鹽;及三甲基乙烯基苯基氯化銨等。
  獲得具有胺基之丙烯酸系樹脂後,令鎓氯化劑反應而予以銨氯化時,具有胺基及乙烯結合之單體可舉出例如二甲基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二異丙基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丁基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二異丁基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三級-丁基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二甲基胺丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙基胺丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二丙基胺丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二異丙基胺丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二丁基胺丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二異丁基胺丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二三級-丁基胺丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等具有二烷基胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯或(甲基)丙烯醯胺;並可舉出:二甲基胺苯乙烯、二甲基胺甲基苯乙烯等具有二烷基胺基之苯乙烯類;二烯甲基胺、二烯胺等二烯胺化合物;N-乙烯基吡咯烷、N-乙烯基吡咯烷酮、N-乙烯基咔唑等含有胺基之芳香族乙烯基系單體。
  鎓氯化劑可舉出例如:二甲基硫酸、二乙基硫酸或二丙基硫酸等烷基硫酸;對甲苯磺酸甲基或苯磺酸甲基等磺酸酯;氯甲烷、氯乙烷、氯丙烷或氯辛烷等烷基溴化物;溴化甲烷、溴化乙烷、溴化丙烷或溴化辛烷等烷基溴化物;或者苄基氯或苄基溴等。
  胺基與鎓氯化劑之反應一般可藉由於具有胺基之聚合物溶液,滴下相對於胺基為等莫耳以下之鎓氯化劑而進行。銨氯化反應時之溫度為90℃程度以下,尤其在將乙烯基單體予以銨氯化時,宜為30℃程度以下,反應時間為1~4小時程度。
  此外,亦可使用烷氧羰基烷基鹵化物來作為鎓氯化劑。烷氧羰基烷基鹵化物可由下述一般式(2)表示。
  一般式(2):
  Z-R22-COOR23 
  於一般式(2)中,Z為氯、溴等鹵素,宜為溴;R22係碳數為1~6、宜為1~5、更宜為1~3之亞烷基;R23係碳數為1~6、宜為1~3之低級烷基。
  胺基與烷氧羰基烷基鹵化物之反應,可藉由令相對於胺基為等莫耳以下之烷氧羰基烷基鹵化物,與上述鎓氯化劑同樣反應後,將-COOR'''予以水解轉換為羰酸離子(-COO-)而獲得。藉此,可獲得具有一般式(2)所示之羰基甜菜鹼構造且具有銨鹽基之聚合物。
  除此之外,作為可與形成側鏈具有陽離子性基之構造單位、具有乙烯結合之單體一同使用之其他具有乙烯結合之單體,可舉出巴豆酸酯類、乙烯酯類、順丁烯二酸二酯類、苯二甲酸二酯類、衣康酸二酯類、乙烯醇之酯類、(甲基)丙烯醯胺類、乙烯醚類、乙烯醇之酯類、苯乙烯類、(甲基)丙烯腈等。又,亦可含來自具有酸性基之單體之共聚單位。
  巴豆酸酯類之例子可舉出巴豆酸丁基及巴豆酸酯己基等。
  乙烯酯類之例子可舉出乙烯乙酯、乙烯丙酯、乙烯丁酯、乙烯甲氧乙酯及安息香酸乙烯等。
  順丁烯二酸二酯類之例子可舉出順丁烯二酸二甲基、順丁烯二酸二乙基及順丁烯二酸二丁基等。
  苯二甲酸二酯類之例子可舉出苯二甲酸二甲基、苯二甲酸二乙基及苯二甲酸二丁基等。
  衣康酸二酯類之例子可舉出衣康酸二甲基、衣康酸二乙基及衣康酸二丁基等。
  (甲基)丙烯醯胺類之例子可舉出(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-正丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-三級丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-環己基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(2-甲氧乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-苯基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-苄基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉、二丙酮丙烯醯胺等。
  乙烯醚類之例子可舉出甲基乙烯醚、丁基乙烯醚、己基乙烯醚及甲氧乙基乙烯醚等。
  苯乙烯類之例子可舉出苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、二甲基苯乙烯、三甲基苯乙烯、乙基苯乙烯、異丙基苯乙烯、丁基苯乙烯、羥基苯乙烯、甲氧苯乙烯、丁氧苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、氟苯乙烯、二氟苯乙烯、溴苯乙烯、氟甲基苯乙烯、由可藉由酸性物質脫除保護之基(例如三級Boc等)所保護的羥基苯乙烯、乙烯安息香酸甲基、及α–甲基苯乙烯等。
  具有酸性基之單體可舉出:丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、巴豆酸、α–氯丙烯酸、肉桂酸等不飽和單羧酸類;順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸酐、苯二甲酸、衣康酸、衣康酸酐、檸康酸、檸康酸酐、中康酸等不飽和二羧酸或其酐類;3價以上之不飽和多價羧酸或其酐類;琥珀酸單(2-丙烯醯氧乙基)、琥珀酸單(2-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基)、鄰苯二甲酸單(2-丙烯醯氧乙基)、鄰苯二甲酸單(2-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基)等2價以上之多價羧酸之單[(甲基)丙烯醯氧烷基]酯類;ω–羧基–聚己內酯單丙烯酸酯、ω–羧基–聚己內酯單丙烯酸甲酯等兩末端羧基聚合物之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯類等。
  作為獲得包含側鏈具有陽離子性基之構造單位,尤其是包含一般式(11)所示之構造單位之共聚物之方法,可採用陰離子聚合、活性陰離子聚合、陽離子聚合、活性陽離子聚合、自由基聚合及活性自由基聚合等習知的方法。其中以自由基聚合或活性自由基聚合為宜。
  活性自由基聚合的情況宜使用聚合起始劑。聚合起始劑可利用例如偶氮系化合物及有機過氧化物。偶氮系化合物之例子可舉出2, 2'–偶氮雙異丁腈、2, 2'–偶氮雙(2–甲基丁腈)、1, 1'–偶氮雙(環己烷1–羧腈)、2, 2'–偶氮雙(2, 4–二甲基戊腈)、2, 2'–偶氮雙(2, 4–二甲基–4–甲氧戊腈)、二甲基2, 2'–偶氮雙(2–甲基丙酸酯)、4, 4'–偶氮雙(4–氰基戊酸)、2, 2'–偶氮雙(2–羥基甲基戊腈)及2, 2'–偶氮雙[2–(2–咪唑啉–2–基)丙烷]等。有機過氧化物之例子可舉出過氧化苯甲醯、三級氫過氧化丁醯、二異丙基過氧化碳酸酯、二正丙基過氧化碳酸酯、二(2–乙氧基乙基)過氧化碳酸酯、三級丁基過氧化新葵酸酯、(3, 5, 5–三甲基己醯)過氧化物、二丙醯基過氧化物及二乙醯基過氧化物等。該等聚合起始劑可單獨或組合兩種以上來使用。聚合反應溫度宜為40~150℃,更宜為50~110℃,反應時間宜為3~30小時,更宜為5~20小時。
  活性自由基聚合法會抑制一般自由基聚合所發生的副反應,進而由於聚合成長會平均發生,因此可容易合成嵌段聚合物或分子量一致的樹脂。
  其中尤其以有機鹵化物或鹵化碸基化合物作為起始劑、以過渡金屬錯合物作為觸媒之原子移動自由基聚合法,係就可適應廣泛的單體方面來看、可採用能適應既有設備之聚合溫度方面來看,較為適宜。原子移動自由基聚合法可採下述參考文獻1~8等所記載的方法來進行。
  (參考文獻1) Fukuda等人,Prog.Polym.Sci.2004,29,329
  (參考文獻2) Matyjaszewski等人,Chem.Rev.2001,101,2921
  (參考文獻3) Matyjaszewski等人,J.Am.Chem.Soc.1995,117,5614
  (參考文獻4) Macromolecules 1995,28,7901,Science,1996,272,866
  (參考文獻5) 國際公開案號96/030421號小冊
  (參考文獻6) 國際公開案號97/018247號小冊
  (參考文獻7) 日本特開平9-208616號公報
  (參考文獻8) 日本特開平8-41117號公報
  於上述聚合宜使用有機溶劑。有機溶劑並未特別限定,但可使用例如醋酸乙基、醋酸正丁基、醋酸異丁基、甲苯、二甲苯、丙酮、己酮、甲基乙酮、環己酮、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酯、二丙二醇單甲基醚乙酯、乙二醇單乙基醚乙酯、乙二醇單丁基醚乙酯、二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酯或乙二醇單丁基醚乙酯等。該等聚合溶媒可混合2種以上來使用。
  對本態樣較佳之包含一般式(2)所示之構造單位之乙烯基樹脂中之銨鹽基量並未特別限定,但樹脂之銨鹽價宜為10~200mgKOH/g,更宜為20~130mgKOH/g。
  對本態樣較佳之存在於包含一般式(2)所示之構造單位之乙烯基樹脂之分子量並未特別限定,但由凝膠滲透層析儀(GPC)所測定之換算重量平均分子量宜為1,000~500,000,更宜為3,000~150,000。
  又,對本態樣較佳之包含一般式(2)所示之構造單位之乙烯基樹脂,宜具有溶解於廣泛使用於彩色濾光片用著色組成物之溶劑之特性。藉此可獲得不產生異物之塗膜。尤其前述乙烯基樹脂更宜具有溶解於丙二醇單甲基醚乙酯之特性。
  於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂中,由上述一般式(2)所示之構造單位之總含有量並未特別限制,但於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂所含有的總構造單位設為100質量%時,從鹵化生成物之溶劑溶解性及著色力方面來看,宜為5質量部以上,更宜為10~50質量部。
  (陰離子性染料)
  作為陰離子性染料係使用上述與前述共聚物與離子結合之著色化合物。該類著色化合物若於分子中具有羧酸基、磺酸基、苯酚性羥基、磷酸基或該等之金屬鹽等均可,並未特別限定,可考量對於有機溶劑或顯影劑之溶解性、鹽形成性、吸光度、與本組成物中其他之相互作用、耐光性、耐熱性等所需性能來適當選擇。
  作為陰離子性染料可舉出例如蒽醌系陰離子性染料、單偶氮系陰離子性染料、重氮系陰離子性染料、噁嗪系陰離子性染料、胺酮系陰離子性染料、呫噸系陰離子性染料、喹啉系陰離子性染料、三苯甲烷系陰離子性染料等。又,陰離子性染料宜利用酸性染料、直接染料。以下表示可使用於合成鹵化化合物之陰離子性染料之具體例。
  紅色系染料可舉出C.I.酸性紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、19、20、22、23、24、25:1、26、26:1、26:2、27、29、30、31、32、33、34、35、36、37、39、40、41、42、43、44、45、47、50、52、53、54、55、56、57、59、60、62、64、65、66、67、68、70、71、73、74、76、76:1、80、81、82、83、85、86、87、88、89、91、92、93、97、99、102、104、106、107、108、110、111、113、114、115、116、120、123、125、127、128、131、132、133、134、135、137、138、141、142、143、144、148、150、151、152、154、155、157、158、160、161、163、164、167、170、171、172、173、175、176、177、181、229、231、237、239、240、241、242、249、252、253、255、257、260、263、264、266、267、274、276、280、286、289、299、306、309、311、323、333、324、325、334、335、336、337、340、343、344、347、348、350、351、353、354、356、388等。
  又,亦可使用C.I.直接紅1、2、2:1、4、5、6、7、8、10、10:1、13、14、15、16、17、18、21、22、23、24、26、26:1、28、29、31、33、33:1、34、35、36、37、39、42、43、43:1、44、46、49、52、53、54、55、56、57、58、59、60、61、62、7、67:1、68、72、72:1、73、74、75、77、78、79、81、81:1、85、86、88、89、90、97、100、101、101:1、107、108、110、114、116、117、120、121、122、122:1、124、125、127、127:1、127:2、128、129、130、132、134、135、136、137、138、140、141、148、149、150、152、153、154、155、156、169、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、186、204、211、213、214、217、222、224、225、226、227、228、232、236、237、238等。
  黃色系染料可舉出C.I.酸性黃2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、9:1、10、11、11:1、12、13、14、15、16、17、17:1、18、20、21、22、23、25、26、27、29、30、31、33、34、36、38、39、40、40:1、41、42、42:1、43、44、46、48、51、53、55、56、60、63、65、66、67、68、69、72、76、82、83、84、86、87、90、94、105、115、117、122、127、131、132、136、141、142、143、144、145、146、149、153、159、166、168、169、172、174、175、178、180、183、187、189、190、191、192、199等。
  又,亦可使用C.I.直接黃1、2、4、5、12、13、15、20、24、25、26、32、33、34、35、41、42、44、44:1、45、46、48、49、50、51、61、66、67、69、70、71、72、73、74、81、84、86、90、91、92、95、107、110、117、118、119、120、121、126、127、129、132、133、134等。
  橙色系染料可舉出C.I.酸性橘1、1:1、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、12、14、16、17、18、19、20、20:1、22、23、24、24:1、25、27、28、28:1、30、31、33、36、37、38、41、45、49、50、51、54、55、56、59、79、83、94、95、102、106、116、117、119、128、131、132、134、136、138等。
  又,亦可使用C.I.直接橘1、2、4、5、6、7、8、10、13、17、19、20、21、24、25、26、29、29:1、30、31、32、33、43、49、51、56、59、69、72、73、74、75、76、79、80、83、84、85、87、88、90、91、92、95、96、97、98、101、102、102:1、104、108、112、114等。
  藍色染料可舉出C.I.酸性藍1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、11、13、14、15、17、18、19、21、22、23、24、25、26、27、29、34、35、37、40、41、41:1、43、44、45、46、47、48、49、50、51、52、53、54、55、56、57、58、62、62:1、63、64、65、68、69、70、73、75、78、79、80、81、83、84、85、86、88、89、90、90:1、91、92、93、95、96、99、100、103、104、108、109、110、111、112、113、114、116、117、118、119、120、123、124、127、127:1、128、129、135、137、138、143、145、147、150、155、159、169、174、175、176、183、198、203、204、205、206、208、213、227、230、231、232、233、235、239、245、247、253、257、258、260、261、262、264、266、269、271、272、273、274、277、278、280等。
  又,亦可使用C.I.直接藍1、2、3、4、6、7、8、8:1、9、10、12、14、15、16、19、20、21、21:1、22、23、25、27、29、31、35、36、37、40、42、45、48、49、50、53、54、55、58、60、61、64、65、67、79、96、97、98:1、101、106、107、108、109、111、116、122、123、124、128、129、130、130:1、132、136、138、140、145、146、149、152、153、154、156、158、158:1、164、165、166、167、168、169、170、174、177、181、184、185、188、190、192、193、206、207、209、213、215、225、226、229、230、231、242、244、253、254、260、263等。
  紫色染料可舉出C.I.酸性紫1、2、3、4、5、5:1、6、7、7:1、9、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、19、20、21、23、24、25、27、29、30、31、33、34、36、38、39、41、42、43、47、49、51、63、67、72、76、96、97、102、103、109等。
  又,亦可使用C.I.直接紫1、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、13、14、16、17、18、21、22、25、26、27、28、29、30、31、32、34、35、36、37、38、39、40、41、42、43、45、51、52、54、57、58、61、62、63、64、71、72、77、78、79、80、81、82、83、85、86、87、88、93、97等。
  綠色染料可舉出C.I.酸性綠2、3、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、13、14、15、16、17、18、19、20、22、25、25:1、27、34、36、37、38、40、41、42、44、54、55、59、66、69、70、71、81、84、94、95等。
  又,亦可使用C.I.直接綠11、13、14、24、30、34、38、42、49、55、56、57、60、78、79、80等。
  (鹵化化合物之生成)
  本態樣所用之鹵化化合物可容易藉由攪拌或振動令側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂、與陰離子性染料溶解後之水溶液,或於攪拌或振動下,令側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂水溶液與陰離子性染料水溶液混合而獲得。於水溶液中,樹脂之陽離子性基與染料之陰離子性基被離子化,該離子結合部分為不溶水性而析出。相反地,由於樹脂之反陰離子與酸性染料之反陽離子所組成的鹽類為水溶性,因此可藉由水洗等而去除。側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂、及陰離子性染料係各個僅使用單一種類,或使用構造不同之複數種類均可。
  形成鹽類時所使用的溶劑係令側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂、與陰離子性染料溶解,因此亦可使用水與水溶性有機溶劑之混合溶液。水溶性有機溶劑可舉出甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、1-甲氧-2-丙醇、1-乙氧-2-丙醇、正丁醇、異丁醇、2-(甲氧甲氧基)乙醇、2–丁氧基乙醇、2–(異丙氧基)乙醇、2–(己氧基)乙醇、2–(己氧基)乙醇、二乙二醇、二乙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單丁基醚、三乙二醇、三乙二醇單甲基醚、聚乙二醇、甘油、四乙二醇、二丙二醇、丙酮、二丙酮醇、苯胺、吡啶、醋酸乙基、醋酸丙基、甲基乙基酮、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基亞碸、四氫呋喃(THF)、二噁烷、2-砒喀烷酮、2-甲基砒喀烷酮、N-甲基-2-砒喀烷酮、1,2-己二醇、2,4,6-己三醇、四呋喃甲醇、4-甲氧基-4戊酮等。該等水溶性有機溶劑係以水溶液之總重量作為基準(100質量部),宜使用5~50質量部,最宜使用5~20質量部。
  鹵化化合物中來自陰離子性染料之色素成分含有量係於鹵化化合物100質量部中,宜設在10~60質量部之範圍內,更宜設在15~55質量部之範圍內。藉由控制在此範圍內,可獲得溶劑溶解性優異的鹵化化合物。
  又,鹵化化合物所含之陰離子性染料中之有效色素成分(鹼金屬離子等反離子除外之物)之質量部,可藉由測定調整為相同濃度之鹵化化合物溶液及陰離子性染料溶液之分光光譜,求出極大吸收波長之分光強度比而算出。
  例如使用可令鹵化化合物與陰離子性染料雙方溶解良好之溶劑(N-甲基-2-砒喀烷酮等),以某一定濃度調製鹵化化合物溶液及陰離子性染料溶液,將吸光度測定所得之鹵化化合物溶液及陰離子性染料溶液之極大吸收波長之吸光度分別設為Xa及Xb。許多陰離子性染料含鹼金屬離子等反離子,該情況下,若存在於1分子中之反離子個數設為Na個,該反離子之原子量設為Ma,呫噸系酸性染料之分子量設為Mb,則陰離子性染料中之有效色素成分之質量部係以下述式(iv)來賦予。
  (1-Ma×Na×Mb)×100[質量部] …式(iv)
  然後,利用該算式,鹵化化合物所含之陰離子性染料中之有效色素成分之質量部可藉由下述式(v)來算出。
  (Xa/Xb)×(1-Ma×Na/Mb)×100[質量部] …式(v)
  側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂、與陰離子性染料之比率若樹脂之總陽離子單元與陰離子性染料之總陰離子性基之莫耳比在10/1~1/4之範圍,則可適宜調整本態樣之鹵化化合物,若在2/1~1/2之範圍更佳。
  (顏料)
  本態樣之彩色濾光器用著色組成物亦可進一步含有顏料作為著色劑。
  顏料可單獨或混合兩種以上之有機或無機顏料來使用。顏料宜為顯色性高且耐熱性高的顏料,尤其宜為耐熱分解性高的顏料,一般使用有機顏料。以下採色彩索引號碼來表示可使用於彩色濾光片用有機顏料之具體例。
  用以形成紅色濾光片區段之紅色著色組成物,可使用例如C. I.顏料紅7、9、14、41、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、81:1、81:2、81:3、97、122、123、146、149、168、177、178、180、184、185、187、192、200、202、208、210、215、216、217、220、223、224、226、227、228、240、242、246、254、255、264及272等紅色顏料。
  除了該等紅色顏料以外,還可與以下所示黃色顏料或橘色顏料同時使用。
  於紅色著色組成物中,可同時使用C. I.顏料黃1、2、3、4、5、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、86、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、125、126、127、128、129、137、138、139、147、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、199、213、214等黃色顏料及/或C. I.顏料橘36、43、51、55、59、61、71、73等橙色顏料。
  用以形成綠色濾光片區段之綠色著色組成物,可使用例如C. I.顏料綠7、10、36、37、58等綠色顏料。又,於綠色著色組成物中,可同時使用C. I.顏料黃1、2、3、4、5、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、86、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、125、126、127、128、129、137、138、139、147、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、198、199、213、214、218、219或220等黃色顏料。
  用以形成藍色濾光片區段之藍色著色組成物,可使用例如C. I.顏料藍1、1:2、1:3、2、2:1、2:2、3、8、9、10、10:1、11、12、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、18、19、22、24、24:1、53、56、56:1、57、58、59、60、61、62、64等藍色顏料。又,於藍色著色組成物中,還可同時使用C. I.顏料紫1、19、23、27、29、30、32、37、40、42、45等紫色顏料。
  於用以形成青色濾光片區段之青色著色組成物,可單獨或混合使用例如C. I.顏料藍15:1、15:2、15:4、15:3、15:6、16、81等藍色顏料。
  用以形成洋紅色濾光片區段之洋紅色著色組成物,可單獨或混合使用例如C. I.顏料紫1、19、C. I.顏料紅144、146、177、169、81等紫色顏料及紅色顏料。於洋紅色著色組成物中,可同時使用黃色顏料。
  無機顏料為例如氧化鈦、硫酸鈀、鋅白、硫酸鉛、黃色鉛、鋅黃、紫紅漆(紅色氧化鐵(III))、鎘紅、群青、紺青、氧化鉻綠、鈷綠、棕土及合成鐵黑。無機顏料係為了取得彩度與亮度的均衡,同時確保良好的塗布性、感度、顯影性等而與有機顏料組合使用。
[顏料微細化]

  本態樣所用顏料係為了對應高穿透度及高度對比,宜藉由鹽磨處理予以微細化。從對著色劑載體中之良好分散來考量,顏料之一次粒徑宜為10nm以上。又,從可形成對比率高的濾光片區段來考量,宜為80nm以下。尤其適宜的範圍為20~60nm。
  顏料之一次粒徑係從藉由TEM(穿透型電子顯微鏡)所取得顏料之電子顯微鏡相片而求出。具體而言,首先從TEM像中,選擇1個可觀看到全體之一次粒子之顏料粒子。接著,從連接該顏料粒子像輪廓上之兩點之線段中,選擇長度最大的線段。該線段設為第1線段。接著,從連接該顏料粒子像輪廓上之兩點之線段中,選擇與第1線段在其中間正交之線段。該線段設為第2線段。然後,求出第1線段之長度L1與第2線段之長度L2之平均,將其設為平均長度Lav,進而求出一邊長度與平均長度Lav相等之立方體之體積V。針對100個以上之顏料粒子進行以上測定及計算,求出體積V之平均,將其設為平均體積Vav。具有該平均體積Vav之立方體之一邊長度設為顏料粒子之平均一次粒徑。
  鹽磨處理係指使用捏合機、2輥研磨機、3輥研磨機、球研磨機、磨碎機及砂磨機等混合攪拌機,一面將顏料、水溶性無機鹽與水溶性有機溶劑之混合物加熱,一面機械性地混合攪拌後,藉由水洗去除水溶性無機鹽及水溶性有機溶劑之處理。水溶性無機鹽係作為粉碎助劑而發揮功能。於鹽磨時,利用無機鹽之高硬度來粉碎顏料。藉由將顏料予以鹽磨處理時之條件最佳化,可獲得一次粒徑非常微細,或其分布範圍窄、具有清晰之粒度分布之顏料。
  水溶性無機鹽可使用例如氯化鈉、氯化鋇、氯化鉀或硫酸鈉。從價格面來看,宜使用氯化鈉(食鹽)。從處理效率及生產效率的觀點考量,水溶性無機鹽係相對於顏料100質量部,宜使用50~2000質量部,最宜使用300~1000質量部。
  水溶性有機溶劑係發揮濕潤顏料及水溶性無機鹽的作用,若是溶解(混合)於水、且所用無機鹽實質上不溶解於水之物均可,並未特別限定。但於鹽磨處理時,溫度上升,溶劑成為易蒸發的狀態,因此從安全性的觀點考量,宜為沸點120℃以上之高沸點溶劑。可使用例如2–氧甲氧基乙烷、2–丁氧基乙烷、2–(異丙氧基)乙烷、2–(己氧基)乙烷、2–(己氧基)乙烷、二乙二醇、二乙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單丁基醚、三乙二醇、三乙二醇單甲基醚、液狀聚乙二醇、1–甲氧基–2–丙烷、1–乙氧基–2–丙烷、二丙二醇、二丙二醇單甲基醚、二丙二醇單乙基醚或液狀聚丙二醇。水溶性有機溶劑係相對於顏料100質量部,宜用5~1000質量部,最宜使用50~500質量部。
  在將顏料予以鹽磨處理時,亦可因應需要添加樹脂。所用樹脂之種類並未特別限定,可使用天然樹脂、改質天然樹脂、合成樹脂或由天然樹脂改質之合成樹脂等。所用樹脂宜在室溫下呈固體且不溶於水,且一部分可溶於上述有機溶劑更適宜。樹脂之使用量係相對於顏料100重量部,宜在5~200重量部之範圍內。
  <樹脂黏結劑>
  樹脂黏結劑係令著色劑,尤其令鹵化生成物分散之物,或令鹵化生成物染色及/或滲透。樹脂黏結劑係宜於可見光區之400~700nm之全波長區內,穿透率為80%以上,更宜為95%以上。樹脂黏結劑為例如熱塑性樹脂及熱硬化性樹脂。樹脂黏結劑可單獨或混合兩種以上使用。又,以鹼顯影型著色抗蝕劑之形態使用本態樣之著色組成物時,宜使用將具有含有酸性基乙烯結合之單體共聚後之鹼可溶性樹脂。又,為了更加提升光感度,亦可使用具有乙烯結合之感光性樹脂。
  樹脂黏結劑之中,尤其宜為同時具有鹼可溶性能與光硬化性能之鹼可溶性感光性樹脂。
  作為熱塑性樹脂可舉出例如丁縮醛樹脂、苯乙烯–順丁烯二酸共聚物、氯化聚乙烯、氯化聚丙烯、聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯–醋酸乙烯共聚物、聚醋酸乙烯、聚氨酯樹脂、聚酯樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂、醇酸樹脂、聚苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、環化橡膠系樹脂、纖維素類、聚乙烯、聚丁二烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂等。作為熱硬化性樹脂可舉出例如環氧樹脂、苯并胺樹脂、松香改質順丁烯二酸樹脂、松香改質富馬酸樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、尿素樹脂、酚樹脂等
  熱硬化性樹脂可舉出例如苯并胺樹脂、松香改質順丁烯二酸樹脂、松香改質富馬酸樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、尿素樹脂、酚樹脂等。
  作為具有酸性基及乙烯結合之單體共聚而成之鹼可溶性樹脂,可舉出例如具有羧基及磺酸基等酸性基之樹脂。
  具體而言,鹼可溶性樹脂可舉出具有酸性基之丙烯酸樹脂、α-烯烴-(酐)順丁烯二酸共聚物、苯乙烯-苯乙烯磺酸共聚物、苯乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物及異丁烯-(酐)順丁烯二酸共聚物。其中尤其選自具有酸性基之丙烯酸樹脂及具有酸性基之苯乙烯-苯乙烯磺酸共聚物之至少1種樹脂,特別是具有酸性基之丙烯酸樹脂係耐熱性、透明性高,因此適宜使用。
  樹脂黏結劑之質量平均分子量(Mw)宜為5,000~100,000之範圍內,更宜為5,000~80,000之範圍內,進而宜為5,000~30,000之範圍內。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)宜為5,000~50,000之範圍內。Mw/Mn之值宜為10以下。
  樹脂黏結劑之質量平均分子量Mw超過100,000時,樹脂間之相互作用變強,彩色濾光片用著色組成物之黏度變高,因此容易變得難以處置。又,質量平均分子量Mw小於5,000時,在顯影性或對玻璃等基板之密貼性可能引發問題。
  從顏料之分散性、滲透性、顯影性及耐受性的觀點考量,樹脂黏結劑之酸價宜為20~300mgKOH/g。酸價小於20mgKOH/g時,對於顯影液之溶解性不佳,難以形成微細圖案。酸價超過300mgKOH/g時,未能留下微細圖案。
  樹脂黏結劑係相對於著色組成物中之著色劑100質量部,能夠以20~400質量部,更宜以50~250質量部的量來使用。
  (鹼可溶性感光性樹脂)
  樹脂黏結劑宜含鹼可溶性感光性樹脂。
  作為本態樣之鹼可溶性感光性樹脂,使用例如按照以下所示方法(a)或方法(b)而導入有乙烯結合之樹脂。
  [方法(a)]
  作為方法(a),包括例如藉由將具有環氧基之乙烯性不飽和單體與其他1種以上之單體予以共聚,於所獲得之共聚物之側鏈環氧基,令具有不飽和乙烯性雙重結合之不飽和一價酸之羧基進行附加反應,進而於已生成的羥基,令多價酸酐反應,以導入乙烯性不飽和雙重結合及羧基之方法。作為具有環氧基之乙烯性不飽和單體,可舉出例如環氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲基環氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-環氧丙氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、3,4環氧丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯及3,4環氧環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯。該等單獨使用或同時使用兩種以上均無妨。從下一步驟中與不飽和一價酸之反應性的觀點考量,宜為環氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯。
  作為不飽和一價酸,可舉出例如(甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸、o-、m-或p-乙烯基安息香酸及(甲基)丙烯酸之α位鹵烷、烷氧、鹵素、硝、氰置換體等單羧酸等。該等單獨使用或同時使用兩種以上均無妨。
  作為多價酸酐可舉出四氫苯二酸酐、苯二酸酐、六氫苯二酸酐、琥珀酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐等,該等單獨使用或同時使用兩種以上均無妨。因應需要而增加羧基數等,使用偏苯三酸酐等三羧酸酐,亦或使用均苯四甲酸二酐等四羧酸二酐,亦可將殘留的酐基予以加水分解等。又,作為多價酸酐若使用具有乙烯性不飽和雙重結合之四氫苯二酸酐或順丁烯二酸酐,可進一步增加乙烯性不飽和雙重結合。
  作為與方法(a)類似之方法,包括例如於藉由將具有羧基之不飽和乙烯性單體、與其他1種以上之單體共聚所獲得的共聚物之側鏈羧基之一部分,令具有環氧基之不飽和乙烯性單體進行附加反應,以導入不飽和乙烯性雙重結合及羧基之方法。
  [方法(b)]
  作為方法(b),包括使用具有羥基之乙烯性不飽和單體,與其他具有羧基之不飽和一價基酸或其他單體予以共聚,於所獲得的共聚物之側鏈羥基,令具有異氰酸酯基之乙烯性不飽和單體之異氰酸酯基進行反應之方法。
  作為具有羥基之乙烯性不飽和單體可舉出2-羥基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2–或3-羥基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2–或3–或4–羥基丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙三醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯及環己烷二甲醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等羥基烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯類。該等單獨使用或同時使用兩種以上均無妨。又,亦可使用於上述羥基烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯,令乙烯過氧化物、丙烯過氧化物及/或丁基過氧化物等進行附加聚合而成之聚醚單(甲基)丙烯酸酯,或附加有(聚)γ–戊內酯、(聚)ε–己內酯及/或(聚)12–羥基硬酯酸等之(聚)酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯。從抑制塗膜異物的觀點考量,宜為2-羥基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或丙三醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯。
  具有異氰酸酯基之乙烯性不飽和單體可舉出2–(甲基)丙烯醯氧乙基異氰酸酯或1,1–雙[(甲基)丙烯醯氧]乙基異氰酸酯等,但不限定於該等,亦可同時使用兩種以上。
  鹼可溶性感光性樹脂係例如具有羧基且具有乙烯結合之樹脂;具體而言為(甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸及α-氯化丙烯酸等不飽和單羧酸、順丁烯二酸、以及苯二甲酸等不飽和二羧酸。鹼可溶性感光性樹脂之前驅物之具有其他乙烯結合之單體為例如甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、正丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二級丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三級丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、戊基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異戊基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三級戊基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1-甲基丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、辛基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異辛基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、十六烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、癸基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、硬酯醯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異硬酯醯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、烯丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或油烯基丙烯酸酯等烷基或烯基(甲基)丙烯酸酯,但不限於該等,亦可因應目的使用具有其他乙烯結合之單體。鹼可溶性感光性樹脂之前驅物之具有其他乙烯結合之單體亦可同時使用兩種以上。從顏料分散性的觀點來看,鹼可溶性感光性樹脂之前驅物之具有其他乙烯結合之單體宜為甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯。
  <單體>
  本態樣之單體係含有具有酸性基之多官能單體。本態樣之單體包含因紫外線或熱等而硬化並生成樹脂之單體或寡聚物。
  (具有酸性基之多官能單體)
  作為具有酸性基之多官能單體可舉出例如多價醇及(甲基)丙烯酸之含有游離羥基之聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、與二羧酸類之酯化物,以及多價羧酸與單羥基烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯類之酯化物等。具體而言,可舉出例如:三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸甲酯、新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三丙烯酸甲酯、二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五丙烯酸甲酯等單羥基寡丙烯酸酯或單羥基寡丙烯酸甲酯,與丙二酸、琥珀酸、戊二酸、對苯二甲酸等二羧酸類之含有游離羧基之單酯化物;丙烷-1,2,3-三羧酸(丙三甲酸)、丁烷-1,2,4-三羧酸、苯-1,2,3-三羧酸、苯-1,3,4-三羧酸、苯-1,3,5-三羧酸等三羧酸類,與2-羥基乙基丙烯酸酯、2-羥基乙基丙烯酸甲酯、2-羥基丙基丙烯酸酯、2-羥基丙基丙烯酸甲酯等單羥基單丙烯酸酯或單羥基單丙烯酸甲酯類之含有游離羧基之寡酯化物等。多官能單體可單獨使用一種,或因應需要以任意比率混合兩種以上使用。
  又,亦可適宜使用由下述式(3)所示之化合物。

 
  (式中,R10係表示氫原子或甲基,R11係表示碳數1~12之碳化氫基,X1係表示(n+o)價之碳數3~60之有機基,n係表示2~18之整數,o係表示1~3之整數。)
  在此,式(3)所示之化合物可藉由例如以下方法而容易獲得。
  (1)令供給X所示之有機基之化合物,與丙烯酸酯化而丙烯化後,對所獲得的化合物附加巰化合物之方法;
  (2)以聚異氰酸酯化合物,使供給X所示之有機基之化合物改質後,以具有羥基之丙烯酸酯化合物,使所獲得的化合物丙烯化後,對所獲得的化合物附加巰化合物之方法;
  (3)令供給X所示之有機基之化合物,與丙烯酸酯化而丙烯化後,以聚異氰酸酯化合物使其改質,對所獲得的化合物附加巰化合物之方法。
  作為供給X所示之有機基之化合物,可舉出新戊四醇、新戊四醇之己內酯改質物、新戊四醇之聚異氰酸酯改質物、及二新戊四醇、二新戊四醇之己內酯改質物、二新戊四醇之聚異氰酸酯改質物。
  作為巰化合物可舉出巰醋酸、2-巰丙酸、3-巰丙酸、鄰巰安息香酸、2-巰菸酸、巰琥珀酸等。
  具有酸性基之多官能單體含有量係相對於樹脂黏結劑100質量部,一般為5~500質量部,更宜為20~300質量部。具有酸性基之多官能單體含有量小於5質量部時,像素強度或像素表面之平滑性傾向降低,另,若超過500質量部,則例如鹼顯影性降低,於形成像素部分以外的區域傾向容易發生基底髒污或膜殘留。
  (其他多官能單體)
  本態樣之單體亦可包含具有酸性基之多官能單體以外之其他多官能單體。
  其他多官能單體可舉出例如聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯、EO改質雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4–丁二醯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6–己二醯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三(丙烯醯氧乙基)異氰、三(丙烯醯甲氧乙基)異氰、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己內酯改質二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。
  該等其他之多官能單體可單獨使用一種,或因應需要以任意比率混合兩種以上使用。同時使用具有酸性基之多官能單體、與其他多官能單體時,具有酸性基之多官能單體之含有量係以所有單體之總質量作為基準(100質量部),宜為10質量部以上,更宜為50質量部以上。藉由使得具有酸性基之多官能單體之含有量為10質量部以上,可獲得與基材之密貼性、或無顯影殘渣之優異的濾光片區段。
  (單官能單體)
  本態樣之單體亦可包含單官能單體。
  單官能單體為例如ω–羧基–聚己內酯單丙烯酸酯、ω–羧基–聚己內酯單丙烯酸甲酯、2-丙烯醯氧乙基琥珀酸、2-丙烯醯甲氧乙基琥珀酸、2-丙烯醯氧丙基琥珀酸、2-丙烯醯甲氧丙基琥珀酸、甲氧乙二醇丙烯酸酯、甲氧乙二醇丙烯酸甲酯、甲氧二乙二醇丙烯酸酯、甲氧二乙二醇丙烯酸甲酯、甲氧三乙二醇丙烯酸酯、甲氧三乙二醇丙烯酸甲酯、甲氧丙二醇丙烯酸酯、甲氧丙二醇丙烯酸甲酯、甲氧二丙二醇丙烯酸酯、甲氧二丙二醇丙烯酸甲酯、2-羥基-3-苯氧丙基丙烯酸酯、2-羥基-3-苯氧丙基丙烯酸甲酯及市售品之2-丙烯醯氧乙基琥珀酸(商品名M-5300)。
  單官能單體可單獨使用一種,或亦能夠以任意比率混合兩種以上使用。
  <溶劑>
  本態樣之著色組成物進一步包含溶劑。可含有溶劑,以使得著色劑充分分散及/或滲透於著色劑載體中,於基板上塗布為乾燥膜厚會成為0.2~5μm而容易形成濾光片區段。
  作為溶劑可舉出例如乳酸乙基、苄基醇、1, 2, 3–三氯丙烷、1, 3–丁二醇、1, 3–丁二醇、1, 3–丁二醇二乙酸鹽、1, 4–二噁烷、2–庚酮、2-甲基-1, 3-丙二醇、3, 3, 5–三甲基–2–環己烯–1–酮、3, 5, 5三甲基環己酮、3–乙氧基丙酸乙基、3-甲基-1, 3-丁二醇、3–甲氧基–3–甲基乙酸丁酯、3–甲氧基丁醇、3–甲氧基乙酸丁酯、4–庚酮、間二甲苯、間二乙苯、間二氯苯、N, N–二甲基乙醯胺、N, N–二甲基甲醯胺、正丁醇、正丁苯、正乙酸丙酯、鄰二甲苯、鄰氯甲苯、鄰二乙苯、鄰二氯苯、對氯甲苯、對二乙苯、二級丁苯、三級丁苯、γ–丁內酯、異丁醇、異佛酮、乙二醇二乙醚、乙二醇二丁醚、乙二醇單異丙醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸鹽、乙二醇單第三丁醚、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸鹽、乙二醇單丙醚、乙二醇單己醚、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸鹽、二異丁酮、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇單異丙醚、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸鹽、二乙二醇單丁醚、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸鹽、二乙二醇單甲醚、環己醇、環己醇乙酸鹽、環己酮、二丙二醇二甲醚、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸鹽、二丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單丁醚、二丙二醇單丙醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、二丙酮醇、甘油三乙酸酯、三丙二醇單丁醚、三丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇二乙酸鹽、丙二醇苯基醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸鹽、丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸鹽、丙二醇單甲醚丙酸鹽、苯基醇、甲基異丁酮、甲基環己醇、醋酸正胺基、醋酸正丁基、醋酸異胺基、醋酸異丁基、醋酸丙基、二價酸酯等。
  其中從本態樣之顏料、鹵化化合物之分散、溶解良好的觀點來看,宜使用乳酸乙基、丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯、丙二醇單乙基醚醋酸酯、乙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯及乙二醇單乙基醚醋酸酯等醇醋酸酯類、芐基醇等芳香族醇類、或環己酮等酮類。尤其從安全衛生面及低黏度化的觀點來看,由宜使用丙二醇單甲醚乙酸鹽。有機溶劑可單獨使用一種,或因應需要以任意比率混合兩種以上使用。混合使用兩種以上之有機溶劑時,上述較佳的有機溶劑宜含有65~95質量部。
  有機溶劑係為了調節著色組成物之黏度,形成作為目標之膜厚均勻之濾光片區段,宜相對於著色劑100質量部,以800~4000質量部的量來使用。
  又,除了前述成分,彩色濾光片用著色組成物可使用以下所述之光聚合起始劑、增感劑、胺系化合物、均染劑、硬化劑、硬化促進劑。
  <光聚合起始劑>
  於彩色濾光片用著色組成物,藉由利用紫外線照射使該組成物硬化,藉由光微影法形成濾光片區段時,亦可含有光聚合起始劑。可加入光聚合起始劑,以溶劑顯影型或鹼顯影型著色抗蝕劑材料的形態,來調製該組成物。
  光聚合起始劑可使用:4–苯氧基二氯代苯乙酮、4–t–丁基二氯代苯乙酮、二乙氧基苯乙酮、1–(4–異丙基苯基)–2–羥基–2–甲基丙烷–1–酮、1–羥基環己基苯酮、2–苄基二甲基胺–1–(4–嗎啉苯基)–丁烷–1–酮等乙醯苯系化合物;苯并、苯并甲醚、苯并乙醚、苯并異丙醚、苄基二甲基縮酮等苯并系化合物;二苯甲酮、苯醯安息香酸、苯醯安息香酸甲基、4–苯基二苯甲酮、羥基二苯甲酮、丙烯醯化二苯甲酮、4–苯醯–4'–甲基二苯基硫化物、3, 3', 4, 4'–四(t–丁基過氧羧基)二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮系化合物;噻噸酮、2–氯噻噸酮、2–甲基噻噸酮、異丙基噻噸酮、2, 4–二異丙基噻噸酮、2, 4–二乙基噻噸酮等噻噸酮系化合物;2, 4, 6–三氯–鄰三嗪、2–苯基–4, 6–雙(三氯甲基)–鄰三嗪、2–(對甲氧基苯基)–4, 6–雙(三氯甲基)–鄰三嗪、2–(對甲苯基)–4, 6–雙(三氯甲基)–鄰三嗪、2–胡椒基–4, 6–雙(三氯甲基)–鄰三嗪、2, 4–雙(三氯甲基)–6–苯乙烯基–鄰三嗪、2–(萘并–1–基)–4, 6–雙(三氯甲基)–鄰三嗪、2–(4–甲氧基萘并–1–基)–4, 6–雙(三氯甲基)–鄰三嗪、2, 4–三氯甲基–(胡椒基)–6–三嗪、2, 4–三氯甲基(4'–甲氧基苯乙烯基)–6–三嗪等三嗪系化合物;1, 2–辛二酮、1–[4–(苯硫基)–, 2(O–苯并肟)]、O–(乙醯)–N–(1–苯基–2–羰–2–(4'–甲氧基–萘基)亞乙基)羥胺等肟酯系化合物;雙(2, 4, 6–三甲基苯并)環氧苯膦、2, 4, 6–三甲基苯并環氧苯膦等膦系化合物;9, 10–菲醌、樟腦醌、乙基蒽醌等醌系化合物;硼酸酯系化合物;咔唑系化合物;咪唑系化合物;或者二茂鈦系化合物等。
  該等光聚合起始劑可單獨使用一種,或因應需要以任意比率混合兩種以上使用。
  光聚合起始劑之含有量係相對於著色劑100質量部,宜為5~200質量部。從光硬化性及顯影性的觀點來看,光聚合起始劑之含有量較宜為10~150質量部。
  <增感劑>
  於本態樣之彩色濾光片用著色組成物中,可進一步含有增感劑。
  增感劑可舉出例如由黃酮衍生物或二亞芐基丙酮等所代表之不飽和酮類、由芐或樟腦醌等所代表之1, 2–二酮衍生物、苯并衍生物、芴衍生物、萘醌衍生物、蒽醌衍生物、呫噸衍生物、硫代呫噸衍生物、呫噸酮衍生物、硫代呫噸酮衍生物、香豆素衍生物、香豆素酮衍生物、花菁衍生物、部花菁衍生物、類菁衍生物等聚甲炔色素、吖啶衍生物、氮雜苯衍生物、二烯陸圜衍生物、噁嗪衍生物、吲哚啉衍生物、薁衍生物、薁鎓鹽衍生物、方酸內鎓鹽衍生物、卟啉衍生物、四苯卟啉衍生物、三芳甲烷衍生物、四苯并卟啉衍生物、四吡嗪卟啉衍生物、酞菁衍生物、四偶氮卟啉衍生物、四喹喔啉卟啉衍生物、萘酞菁衍生物、次酞菁衍生物、吡啶鎓鹽衍生物、硫代吡啶鎓鹽衍生物、Tetraphyrin衍生物、輪烯衍生物、螺吡喃衍生物、螺噁嗪衍生物、硫代螺吡喃衍生物、金屬芳烴錯合物、有機釕錯合物、米氏酮衍生物。再者,於本發明中,衍生物係意味對於原本的化合物,進行了以其他原子或官能基置換、或氧化、還原該化合物之一部分等改變之化合物。衍生物若在構造上含有原本化合物之大部分骨架即可,僅構造與原本化合物類似,顯示出完全不同性質之物亦可。
  進而具體而言,可舉出大河原信等人所編「色素手冊」(1986年、講談社)、大河原信等人所編「特殊功能材料」(1986年、CMC)及池森忠三朗等人所編「特殊功能材料」(1986年、CMC)所記載之增感劑,但不限定於該等。又,此外亦可含有對於從紫外至近紅外區的光顯示出吸收之增感劑。
  上述增感劑中,特別適宜的增感劑可舉出例如噻吨酮衍生物、米氏酮衍生物、咔唑衍生物。進而具體而言,可使用2,4-二乙基噻吨酮、2-氯噻吨酮、2,4-氯噻吨酮、2-異丙基噻吨酮、4-異丙基噻吨酮、1-氯-4-丙氧噻吨酮、4,4''-雙(二甲胺)二苯甲酮、4,4''-雙(二乙胺)二苯甲酮、4,4''-雙(乙基甲胺)二苯甲酮、N-乙基咔唑、3-苯甲醯基-N-乙基咔唑、3,6-二苯甲醯基-N-乙基咔唑等。
  感劑能夠以任意比率包含兩種以上亦無妨。增感劑之含有量係相對於光聚合起始劑100質量部,宜為3~60質量部,從光硬化性、顯影性的觀點來看,較宜在5~50質量部。
  <多官能硫醇>
  於彩色濾光片用著色組成物中,可進一步含有多官能硫醇。
  多官能硫醇可使用與以下第3態樣之說明相同之物。
  <均染劑>
  於本態樣之著色組成物中,為了改善組成物在透明基板上之均染性,宜進一步添加均染劑。均染劑宜於主鏈具有聚醚構造或聚酯構造之二甲基矽氧烷。作為於主鏈具有聚醚構造之二甲基矽氧烷,具體而言可舉出例如TORAY‧Dow Corning公司製之FZ–2122、BYK公司製之BYK–333等。作為於主鏈具有聚酯構造之二甲基矽氧烷,具體而言可舉出例如BYK公司製之BYK–310、BYK–370。作為均染劑,亦可同時使用於主鏈具有聚醚構造之二甲基矽氧烷與於主鏈具有聚酯構造之二甲基矽氧烷。
  均染劑尤其宜為於分子內具有疏水基及親水基之所謂界面活性劑,且具有親水性而同時對於水的溶解性低,其添加於著色組成物時,其表面張力降低能力低,即使表面張力降低能力低,對玻璃板之潤澤性仍舊良好者。該類均染劑宜使用例如具有聚環氧烷單位之二甲基矽氧烷。聚環氧烷單位為例如聚環氧乙烯單位及聚環氧丙烯單位。二甲基矽氧烷亦可具有聚環氧乙烯單位及聚環氧丙烯單位雙方。又,聚環氧烷單位與二甲基矽氧烷之結合形態為以下任一型均可:聚環氧烷單位在二甲基矽氧烷之重複單位中結合之垂飾型;聚環氧烷單位結合於二甲基矽氧烷末端之末端改質型;及聚環氧烷單位與二甲基矽氧烷交互重複結合之直鏈狀嵌段共聚物。具有聚環氧烷單位之二甲基矽氧烷為例如由TORAY‧Dow Corning公司市售之FZ-2110、FZ-2122、FZ-2130、FZ-2166、FZ-2191、FZ-2203及FZ-2207,但不限定於該等。
  均染劑之含有量係相對於著色組成物之總質量100質量部,宜為0.003~1.0質量部。
  均染劑亦可輔助性地包含陰離子性、陽離子性、非離子性或雙性的界面活性劑。均染劑可包含經混合之兩種以上之界面活性劑。
  陰離子性界面活性劑可舉出例如聚環氧乙烷醚硫酸鹽、十二烷基苯磺酸鈉、苯乙烯–丙烯酸共聚物之丙烯酸鹽、烷基萘磺酸鈉、烷基二苯醚二磺酸鈉、月桂基硫酸乙醇胺、月桂基硫酸三乙醇胺、月桂基硫酸銨、硬脂酸乙醇胺、硬脂酸銨、月桂基硫酸鈉、苯乙烯–丙烯酸共聚物之單乙醇胺及聚環氧乙烷醚磷酸酯等。
  陽離子性界面活性劑可舉出例如烷基4級銨鹽及其等之環氧乙烷附加物。
  非離子性界面活性劑可舉出例如聚環氧乙烯油醚、聚環氧乙烯月桂醚、聚環氧乙烯壬基苯醚、聚環氧乙烷醚磷酸酯、聚環氧乙烯山梨糖醇酐甘油硬脂酸、聚乙二醇單月桂酯、烷基二甲胺醋酸季銨羧酸內鹽等烷基季銨羧酸內鹽及烷基咪唑啉等雙性界面活性劑、或氟系或矽基系界面活性劑。
  雙性介面活性劑可舉出例如烷基二甲胺醋酸甜菜鹼等烷基甜菜鹼、烷基咪唑啉等。又,可舉出氟系或矽基系界面活性劑。
  <胺系化合物>
  本態樣之彩色濾光片用著色組成物可包含胺系化合物。胺系化合物係還原已溶存的氧。
  胺系化合物可舉出例如三乙醇胺、甲基二乙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、4-二甲基胺安息香酸甲基、4-二甲基胺安息香酸乙基、4-二甲基胺安息香酸異胺基、安息香酸2-二甲基胺乙基、4-二甲基胺安息香酸2-乙基己基、及N,N-二甲基對甲苯胺等。
  <硬化劑、硬化促進劑>
  本態樣之著色組成物中亦可包含硬化劑及/或硬化促進劑等。硬化劑及/或硬化促進劑輔助熱硬化性樹脂之硬化。
  硬化劑若可與熱硬化性樹脂反應之物,使用任何硬化劑均可。硬化劑可有效使用例如苯酚系樹脂、胺系化合物、酸酐、活性酯、羧酸系化合物及磺酸系化合物等,但並未特別限定於該等。又,該等之中,硬化劑尤宜使用1分子內具有2個以上之苯酚性羥基之化合物或胺系硬化劑。
  硬化促進劑為例如:胺化合物(例如雙氰胺、苄基二甲基胺、4-(二甲基胺)-N,N-二甲基苄基胺、4-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基苄基胺、4-甲基-N,N-二甲基苄基胺等);4級銨氯化合物(例如三乙基苄基氯化銨等);嵌段異氰酸酯化合物(例如二甲基胺等);咪唑基衍生物二環式脒化合物及其鹽(例如咪唑基、2-甲基咪唑基、2-乙基咪唑基、2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑基、2-苯基咪唑基、4-苯基咪唑基、1-氰基乙基-2-苯基咪唑基及1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑基等);磷化合物(例如三苯膦等);胍胺化合物(例如三聚氰胺、胍胺、乙醯胍胺及苯并胍胺等);S-三嗪衍生物(例如2,4-二胺-6-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基-S-三嗪、2-乙烯基-2,4-二胺-6-三嗪、2-乙烯基-4,6-二胺-S-三嗪‧異氰酸酯酸附加物及2,4-二胺-6-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基-S-三嗪‧異氰酸酯酸附加物)。硬化促進劑可單獨使用一種或同時使用兩種以上。硬化促進劑之含有量係相對於熱硬化性樹脂100質量部,宜為0.01~15質量部。
  <分散助劑>
  本態樣之彩色濾光片用著色組成物亦可進一步包含分散助劑。分散助劑促進顏料分散於樹脂黏結劑、有機溶劑等著色劑載體中。分散助劑係例如色素衍生物、樹脂型分散劑及界面活性劑。分散助劑對於顏料分散良好、防止分散後之著色劑再凝結的效果甚大,因此使用利用分散助劑來將著色劑分散於顏料載體中而成之彩色組成物時,可獲得分光穿透率高的彩色濾光片。
  於本態樣,前述之鹵化化合物亦可發揮作為同時使用之顏料之分散助劑的作用。
  (色素衍生物)
  色素衍生物係例如於有機顏料、蒽醌、吖啶酮或三嗪,導入了鹼性置換基、酸性置換基或亦可具有置換基之酞醯亞胺甲基之化合物。色素衍生物可使用記載於例如日本特開昭63-305173號公報、日本特公昭57-15620號公報、日本特公昭59-40172號公報、日本特公昭63-17102號公報、日本特公平5-9469號公報等之物,該等可單獨或混合兩種以上來使用。
  色素衍生物之含有量若從提升分散性的觀點考量,相對於顏料100質量部宜為0.01質量部以上,進而宜為0.5質量部以上,最宜為1質量部以上。又,從耐熱性、耐光性的觀點考量,宜為200質量部以下,進而宜為100質量部以下。
  本態樣之彩色濾光片用著色組成物係於包含藍色顏料時,作為用以分散藍色顏料之色素衍生物,尤其宜使用對酞菁顏料導入了鹼性置換基之銅酞菁之鹼性化合物。銅酞菁之鹼性化合物宜為銅酞菁之銨化合物,例如銅酞菁磺酸銨鹽化合物、銅酞菁3級胺化合物及銅酞菁銨鹽醯胺化合物。
  具體而言為下述一般式(4)所示之銅酞菁之胺化合物。又,可適宜使用具有下述一般式(5)~(7)所示之鹼性基之銅酞菁之胺化合物。
  藉由於藍色著色組成物中,使用銅酞菁之鹼性化合物,尤其是使用銅酞菁之胺化合物,在製成藍色彩色濾光片時,可達成高亮度、高對比率。此係由於銅酞菁之鹼性化合物會一面提升藍色顏料之分散,一面抑制來自鹵化化合物之螢光發生。尤其是於藍色著色組成物中,共存有鹵化化合物與銅酞菁之鹼性化合物,此係意義重大。
  一般式(4):
  P-Lq

  [一般式(4)中,P:有機顏料殘基、蒽醌殘基、吖啶酮殘基或三嗪殘基;L:鹼性置換基、酸性置換基或亦可具有置換基之鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基;q:1~4的整數]
  一般式(4)中,構成P之有機顏料殘基之有機顏料可舉出如下述之物。
  構成P之有機顏料殘基之有機顏料為例如:吡咯并吡咯二酮系顏料;偶氮、雙偶氮、聚偶氮等偶氮系顏料;銅酞菁、鹵化銅酞菁、鋅酞菁、鹵化鋅酞菁、無金屬酞菁等酞菁系顏料;胺蔥醌、二胺二蔥醌、蒽嘧啶、黃蒽酮、嵌二蒽酮、標準還原藍、呋喃酮、蒽酮紫染料等蔥醌系顏料;喹吖酮系顏料;二噻嗪系顏料;苝系顏料;芘系顏料;噻嗪靛藍系顏料;異吲哚滿系顏料;異吲哚滿酮系顏料;喹吖酮系顏料;杜烯系顏料;二噁嗪系顏料;及金屬錯合物顏料等。
  其中,尤宜使用一般式(4)之L為鹼性置換基、具有鹼性置換基之色素衍生物。藉由包含具有鹼性置換基之色素衍生物,即使在若無具有鹼性置換基之色素衍生物,則難以分散之顏料的情況下,仍可製成分散性、流動性、保存安定性優異的顏料組成物,故較適宜。因酸性樹脂型分散劑與具有鹼性置換基之色素衍生物之加乘效果,可成為有效分散顏料,流動性、保存安定性優異的顏料組成物。
  鹼性置換基之中,尤宜L是從一般式(5)、(6)及(7)所示之群組中選出的置換基。
  一般式(5):
   式(5)
  一般式(6):
    式(6)
  一般式(7):
     式(7)
  [於一般式(5)~式(7)中,
  X1係–SO2–、–CO–、–CH2–、–CH2NHCOCH2–、–CH2NHSO2CH2–、或直接結合;
  Y1係-NH-、-O-、或直接結合;
  X2係–SO2–、–CO–、–CH2–、–CH2NHCOCH2–、–CH2NHSO2CH2–、或直接結合;
  X3係–SO2–、–CO–、–CH2–、–CH2NHCOCH2–、–CH2NHSO2CH2–、或直接結合;
  Y3係-NH-、-NR58-Z'-NR59-、或直接結合;
  R58及R59係分別獨立為氫結合、置換或非置換之碳數1~36之烷基、置換或非置換之碳數2~36之烯基、或置換或非置換之苯基;
  r係1~10之整數;
  Z'係置換或非置換之亞烷基、或置換或非置換亞芳基;
  R24及R25係分別獨立為氫結合、置換或非置換之碳數1~30之烷基、置換或非置換之碳數2~30之烯基、或R24與R25係成為一體進而包含氮、氧或硫原子之置換或非置換之雜環;
  R26、R27、R28及R29係分別獨立為氫原子、置換或非置換之碳數1~20之烷基、置換或非置換之碳數2~20之烯基、或置換或非置換之碳數6~20之亞芳基;
  R30係氫原子、置換或非置換之碳數1~20之烷基、置換或非置換之碳數2~20之烯基;
  R31係上述一般式(5)所示之置換基、或上述一般式(6)所示之置換基;
  Q2係羥基、烷氧基、上述式(5)所示之置換基、或上述式(6)所示之置換基。]
  作為用以形成一般式(5)~(7)所示之置換基而使用之胺成分,可舉出例如二甲胺、二乙胺、N, N-乙基異丙胺、N, N-乙基丙胺、N, N-甲基丁胺、N, N-甲基異丁胺、N, N-丁基乙胺、N, N-第三丁基乙胺、二異丁胺、二丙胺、N, N-第二丁基丙胺、二丁胺、二第二丁胺、二異丁胺、二異丁胺、N, N-異丁基第二丁胺、二戊胺、二異戊胺、二己胺、二(2-乙基己基)胺、二辛胺、N, N-甲基十八胺、二癸胺、二芳胺、N, N-甲基-1, 2-二甲基丙胺、N, N-甲基己胺、二油胺、二硬酯胺、N, N-二甲胺甲胺、N, N-二甲胺乙胺、N, N-二甲胺丙胺、N, N-二甲胺丁胺、N, N-二乙胺乙胺、N, N-二乙胺丙胺、N, N-二乙胺己胺、N, N-二乙胺丁胺、N, N-二乙胺戊胺、N, N-二丙胺丁胺、N, N-二丁胺丙胺、N, N-二丁胺乙胺、N, N-二丁胺丁胺、N, N-二異丁胺戊胺、N, N-甲基-月桂胺丁胺、N, N-乙基-己胺乙胺、N, N-二硬酯胺乙胺、N, N-二油胺乙胺、N, N-二硬酯胺丁胺、哌啶、2-甲基哌啶、4-甲基哌啶、2, 4-二甲基哌啶、2, 6-二甲基哌啶、3, 5-二甲基哌啶、3-哌啶甲醇、甲基哌啶酸、異哌啶甲酸、異哌啶甲酸甲基、異哌啶甲酸乙基、2-哌啶甲醇、吡咯、3-羥基吡咯、N-胺乙基哌啶、N-胺乙基-4-甲基哌啶、N-胺乙基嗎啉、N-胺基丙基哌啶、N-胺基丙基-2-甲基哌啶酸、N-胺基丙基-4-甲基哌啶酸、N-胺基丙基嗎啉、N-甲基哌嗪、N-丁基哌嗪、N-甲基高哌嗪、1-環戊基哌嗪、1-胺基-4-甲基哌嗪或1-環戊基哌嗪等。
  具有鹼性置換基之色素衍生物能以各種合成路徑來合成。例如於有機色素導入式(8)~(11)所示之置換基後,與上述置換基反應,使形成式(5)~式(7)所示之置換基之上述胺成分之例如N, N–二甲胺基丙胺基、N–甲基哌啶、二乙胺基或4–[4–羥基–6–[3(二丁胺基)丙胺基]–1, 3, 5–三嗪–2–胺]苯胺等反應來獲得。
  式(8):–SO2Cl
  式(9):–COCl
  式(10):–CH2NHCOCH2Cl
  式(11):–CH2Cl
  於式(8)~(11)所示之置換基與上述胺成分反應時,式(8)~(11)之置換基之一部分水解,混合存在有氯置換為羥基之物亦可。該情況下,式(8)及式(9)分別成為碸酸基及羧酸基,但兩者均維持游離酸或與1~3價之金屬或上述單胺之鹽均可。
  又,有機色素為偶氮系色素時,預先將一般式(5)~式(7)所示之置換基導入於重氮成分或耦合成分中,其後進行耦合反應,藉此亦可製造偶氮系衍生物。
  銅酞菁之胺化合物中,一般式(7)所示之置換基可採各種合成途徑來合成。例如藉由以氯化氰作為起始原料,於氯化氰之至少1個氯,使形成式(5)、(6)所示之置換基之胺成分,例如N, N-二甲胺丙胺或N-甲基哌啶等反應,接著使氯化氰剩餘的氯與各種胺或醇等反應而獲得。
  本態樣所用之銅酞菁之胺化合物中,最佳形態為銅酞菁磺酸醯胺化合物。
  銅酞菁磺酸醯胺化合物係上述具有鹼性置換基之銅酞菁磺酸醯胺化合物中,X1、X2及X3為–SO2–、–CH2NHSO2CH2–,Y0為-NH-或直接結合,r為1~10之整數,Y3為-NH-、-NR58-Z'-NR59-之化合物。[在此,R58及R59係分別獨立為氫結合、置換或非置換之碳數1~36之烷基、置換或非置換之碳數2~36之烯基、或置換或非置換之苯基,Z為碳數1~20之亞烷基,更宜為碳數1~10之亞烷基,或碳數1~20之亞芳基,更宜為碳數1~10之亞芳基,作為例子可舉出甲烯基、乙烯基、丙烯基、苯烯基。]
  銅酞菁之胺化合物可單獨使用或組合兩種以上使用均可。銅酞菁之胺化合物之調配量係相對於藍色顏料總量100質量部,宜為0.01~200質量部,更宜為1~100質量部。又,就藍色著色組成物而言,銅酞菁之胺化合物之調配量宜與鹵化化合物之質量比率(銅酞菁之胺化合物/鹵化化合物)為0.3~1.5。藉由符合此範圍,可一面提升藍色顏料之分散,一面抑制從鹵化化合物產生之螢光,其結果可製成彩色濾光片可達成高亮度、高對比率之藍色著色組成物。若與鹵化化合物之質量比率(銅酞菁之胺化合物/鹵化化合物)小於0.3,由於螢光抑制及銅酞菁之胺化合物之分散性不足,因此對比會變低,另,若超過1.5,則對色彩特性造成影響,有時會變成低亮度。與鹵化化合物之質量比率(銅酞菁之胺化合物/鹵化化合物)更宜為0.4~1.2,最宜為0.5~1.1。
  (樹脂型分散劑)
  樹脂型分散劑係具有具吸附於添加顏料之性質之顏料親和性部位、及與著色劑載體具相溶性之部位,吸附於添加顏料以使對於著色劑載體之分散安定。樹脂型分散劑為例如聚氨酯、聚丙烯酸酯等聚羧酸酯、不飽和聚醯胺、聚羧酸、聚羧酸(部分)胺鹽、聚羧酸銨鹽、聚羧酸烷胺鹽、聚矽氧烷、長鏈聚胺基醯胺磷酸鹽、含烴基之聚羧酸酯或此等之改質物、藉由與具有聚合(低級烷亞胺)及游離之羧基之聚酯反應所形成之醯胺或其鹽等之油性分散劑、(甲基)丙烯酸–(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、苯乙烯–順丁烯二酸共聚物、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡咯醇等水溶性樹脂或水溶性高分子化合物、聚酯系、改質聚丙烯酸酯系、乙烯氧化物/丙烯氧化物附加化合物、燐酸酯系等,但不限定於該等。樹脂型分散劑可單獨使用或混合2種以上來使用。
  市售的樹脂型分散劑可舉出BYK-Chemie公司製之Disperbyk-101、103、107、108、110、111、116、130、140、154、161、162、163、164、165、166、170、171、174、180、181、182、183、184、185、190、2000、2001、2020、2025、2050、2070、2095、2150、2155或Anti-Terra-U、203、204、或BYK–P104、P104S、220S及6919、或Lactimon、Lactimom-WS或Bykumen等、日本Lubrizol公司製之SOLSPERSE-3000、9000、13240、13650、13940、17000、18000、20000、21000、24000、26000、27000、28000、31845、32000、32500、32550、33500、32600、34750、35100、36600、38500、41000、41090、53095、55000、76500等、日本千葉公司製之EFKA-46、47、48、452、4008、4009、4010、4015、4020、4047、4050、4055、4060、4080、4400、4401、4402、4403、4406、4408、4300、4310、4320、4330、4340、450、451、453、4540、4550、4560、4800、5010、5065、5066、5070、7500、7554、1101、120、150、1501、1502、1503等、Ajinomoto Fine-Techno公司製之AJISPER-PA111、PB711、PB821、PB822、PB824等。
  添加樹脂型分散劑時,其調配量係相對於顏料100質量部,宜為0.1~55質量部,進而宜為0.1~45質量部。樹脂型分散劑之調配量小於0.1質量部時,難以獲得添加效果,調配量多於55質量部時,由於過剩的分散劑,可能對分散造成不良影響。
  (界面活性劑)
  界面活性劑可為例如月桂基硫酸鈉、聚環氧乙烷醚硫酸鹽、十二烷基苯磺酸鈉、苯乙烯–丙烯酸共聚物之丙烯酸鹽、烷基萘磺酸鈉、烷基二苯醚二磺酸鈉、月桂基硫酸乙醇胺、月桂基硫酸三乙醇胺、月桂基硫酸銨、硬脂酸乙醇胺、硬脂酸銨、月桂基硫酸鈉、苯乙烯–丙烯酸共聚物之乙醇胺、聚環氧乙烷醚磷酸醚等陰離子性界面活性劑;聚環氧乙烯油醚、聚環氧乙烯月桂醚、聚環氧乙烯壬基苯醚、聚環氧乙烷醚磷酸酯、聚環氧乙烯山梨糖醇酐甘油硬脂酸等陽離子性界面活性劑;烷基4級銨鹽或其等之環氧乙烷附加物等生膠乾餾性界面活性劑;烷基二甲胺醋酸季銨羧酸內鹽等烷基季銨羧酸內鹽;或烷基咪唑啉等雙性界面活性劑,但不限定於該等。界面活性劑可單獨使用或混合兩種以上來使用。
  添加界面活性劑時,其調配量係相對於顏料100質量部,宜為0.1~55質量部,進而宜為0.1~45質量部。界面活性劑之調配量小於0.1質量部時,難以獲得添加效果,調配量多於55質量部時,由於過剩的分散劑,可能對分散造成不良影響。
  <其他添加劑成分>
  本態樣之著色組成物係為了使組成物之經時黏度安定,亦可包含儲藏安定劑。
  儲藏安定劑為例如:芐基三甲基氯化物及二甲基羥胺等4級銨氯化物;乳酸及草酸等有機酸及其乙基醚;三級丁基焦兒茶酚;四乙基膦及四苯基膦等有機膦類;以及亞磷酸鹽。
  儲藏安定劑之含有量係例如相對於著色劑100質量部為0.1~10質量部。
  又,本態樣之著色組成物係為了提高與透明基板之密貼性,亦可包含矽烷耦合劑等密貼提升劑。
  密貼提升劑為以下矽烷耦合劑,例如:乙烯三(β–甲氧基以氧基)矽烷、乙烯乙氧基矽烷及乙烯三甲氧基矽烷等乙烯矽烷類;γ–甲基丙烯氧基丙烯三甲氧基矽烷等(甲基)丙烯酸矽烷類;β–(3,4–環氧環烷基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、β–(3,4–環氧環烷基)甲基三甲氧基矽烷、β–(3,4–環氧環烷基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、β–(3,4–環氧環烷基)甲基三乙氧基矽烷、γ–環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ–環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等環氧矽烷類;N–β(胺乙基)γ–胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N–β(胺乙基)γ–胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N–β(胺乙基)γ–胺丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、γ–胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷、γ–胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N–苯基–γ–胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N–苯基–γ–胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷等胺矽烷類;以及γ–巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ–巰基丙基三甲乙基矽烷等硫代矽烷類。
  密貼提升劑之含有量係例如相對於著色劑100質量部為0.01~10質量部,更宜為0.05~5質量部。
  <彩色濾光片用著色組成物之製造方法>
  以下說明本態樣之彩色濾光片用著色組成物之製造方法。首先,將鹵化化合物在樹脂黏結劑及/或有機溶劑中攪拌及溶解,獲得鹵化化合物溶液。於該鹵化化合物溶液,添加樹脂黏結劑、多官能單體、光聚合起始劑,進一步因應需要添加有機溶劑及其他添加劑等而混合,獲得溶劑顯影型或鹼顯影型感光性著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料)。
  著色劑含顏料時,使用三輥研磨機、二輥研磨機、砂磨機、捏合機及磨碎機等各種分散手段,將顏料、並因應需要與下述所示顏料分散劑一同微細地分散,獲得顏料分散體。藉由將此與鹵化化合物溶液、多官能單體、光聚合起始劑、有機溶劑等混合,以獲得彩色濾光片用著色組成物。
  不僅可個別調製著色劑溶液與顏料分散體,其後予以混合使用,亦可混合鹵化化合物與顏料,一起分散而使用。
  將顏料分散於樹脂黏結劑及/或有機溶劑中時,亦可適當添加分散助劑。
  [去除粗粒子]
  從該彩色濾光片用著色組成物,利用離心分離、燒結過濾器、薄膜過濾器等手段,去除5μm以上之粗粒子,更宜去除1μm以上之粗粒子,進而宜去除0.5μm以上之粗粒子及混入的微塵。如此,著色組成物實質上宜不含0.5μm以上之粗粒子。又,著色組成物實質上更宜不含0.5μm以上之粗粒子。
  <<彩色濾光片>>
  接著,說明有關本發明之第1態樣之彩色濾光片。
  第1態樣之彩色濾光片包含由前述之彩色濾光片用著色組成物所形成之濾光片區段。一形態之彩色濾光片具備至少1個紅色濾光片區段、至少1個綠色濾光片區段及至少1個藍色濾光片區段。另一形態之彩色濾光片具備至少1個洋紅色濾光片區段、至少1個青色濾光片區段及至少1個黃色濾光片區段。
  <彩色濾光片之製造方法>
  本態樣之彩色濾光片可藉由例如印刷法或光微影來製造。
  若藉由印刷法,僅重複作為印刷油墨所調製的著色組成物之印刷與乾燥,即可形成已圖案化之濾光片區段。因此,印刷法係低成本且量產性優異。進而言之,藉由印刷技術的發展,可利用印刷形成具有高尺寸精度及平滑度之微細圖案。
  於印刷中使用墨水時,宜為墨水在印刷板上或於毛氈布不會乾燥及固化之組成。又,印刷機上之墨水流動性之控制亦重要。墨水流動性可藉由利用分散劑或體質顏料,進行墨水黏度調整來控制。
  藉由光微影法形成濾光片區段時,於透明基板上,藉由噴霧塗布、旋轉塗布、狹縫塗布及輥塗布等塗布方法,來將作為上述溶劑顯影型或鹼顯影型著色組成物所調製之著色組成物,塗布為乾燥膜厚成為例如0.2~10μm,更宜為0.2~5μm之範圍內。依需要使用減壓乾燥機、對流式烤箱、IR烤箱、熱板等乾燥塗膜,經由與該塗膜呈接觸或非接觸狀態而設置之具特定圖案之光罩,以紫外線將塗膜予以曝光。其後,將塗膜浸漬於溶劑或鹼顯影劑中,或噴霧顯影劑,從塗膜去除未硬化部。藉此獲得對應於某色之濾光片區段之薄膜圖案。除了使用其他色之濾光片區段用之著色組成物以外,重複與上述同樣的操作,形成對應於剩餘濾光片區段之薄膜圖案。其後,藉由燒成該等薄膜圖案而獲得彩色濾光片。再者,燒成亦可於每當形成薄膜圖案時進行。
  顯影時,作為鹼顯影液係使用例如碳酸鈉及氫氧化鈉等之水溶液。亦可使用二甲基芐基胺及三乙醇胺等有機鹼。又,於顯影液中亦可添加消泡劑或界面活性劑。
  再者,為了提高紫外線曝光感度,亦可於塗布及乾燥上述著色抗蝕劑而成之著色抗蝕劑膜上,塗布水溶性或鹼可溶性樹脂之例如聚乙烯醇或水溶性丙烯酸樹脂,令該塗膜乾燥,其後進行紫外線曝光亦可。由水溶性或鹼可溶性樹脂所組成的塗膜係防止氧阻礙著色抗蝕劑膜之聚合。
  彩色濾光片亦可採印刷法及光微影以外之方法製造。例如可藉由電沈積法或轉印法來製造彩色濾光片。上述著色組成物可利用於任何方法。
  再者,於利用電沈積法之彩色濾光片之製造中,準備於一主面設有透明導電膜之基板,將該透明導電膜利用作為電極,令膠體粒子往透明導電膜上進行電泳,藉此形成濾光片區段。又,於利用轉印法之彩色濾光片之製造中,於一主面具有離模性之轉印基片之先前的主面上,預先形成濾光片區段,將該濾光片區段從轉印基片轉印至基板。
  於透明基板上,在形成濾光片區段前形成遮光圖案之黑矩陣亦可。黑矩陣係利用例如鉻膜等金屬膜、鉻/氧化鉻膜等多層膜、氮化鈦等無機化合物膜、或於樹脂中分散有遮光材料而成之樹脂膜。
  於透明基板上形成濾光片區段前,亦可形成電路,例如包含薄膜電晶體(TFT)在內之主動矩陣電路。又,於彩色濾光片上,亦可因應需要進一步形成覆膜或透明導電膜等其他層。
  形成彩色濾光片之基板並非透明亦可。例如彩色濾光片亦可形成於反射基板上。形成彩色濾光片之基板為透明時,基板可使用鹼石灰玻璃、低鹼硼矽酸玻璃、無鹼鋁硼矽酸玻璃等之玻璃板、或聚碳酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲基、聚乙二醇等之樹脂板。又,玻璃板或樹脂板之表面,為了面板化後之液晶驅動,亦可形成由氧化銦、氧化錫等所組成的透明電極。
  彩色濾光片係藉由利用密封劑來與對向基板貼合。其後,從設置於密封部之注入口注入液晶後,密封注入口,並因應需要,將偏光膜或相位差膜貼合於基板外側,藉此來製造液晶顯示面板。該液晶顯示面板可使用於使用扭轉向列(TN)、超扭轉向列(STN)、平面切換(IPS)、垂直對準(VA)、光學補償彎曲(OCB)等之彩色濾光片來進行彩色化之液晶顯示模式。
  本態樣之彩色濾光片用著色組成物係保存安定性優異。又,前述彩色濾光片用著色組成物係顯影性良好,對於顯影後之基板上非像素部,不產生著色組成物之殘留(顯影殘渣)或像素部之圖案缺損及/或剝離。使用前述彩色濾光片用著色組成物所製造的彩色濾光片係於塗膜不發生異物,與玻璃等透明基板之間具有堅牢的密貼性。又,前述彩色濾光片具有高穿透率、高生產性。
  ○第2態樣
  接著,說明有關本發明之第2態樣。
  彩色濾光片係於玻璃等透明基板,或於配置有薄膜電晶體(TFT)之驅動用基板上,直接形成著色層,或中介氮化矽膜等鈍化膜而形成著色層,於其表面呈平行或交叉配置兩種以上不同色相之微細帶(條紋)狀之濾光片區段,或者以一定的排列配置有微細的濾光片區段而組成。濾光片區段為數微米~數百微米,甚為微細,而且依每色相,以特定排列整齊地配置。
  使用於該類液晶顯示裝置之液晶,係容易受到內建於液晶顯示裝置之彩色濾光片等構件的電特性影響,有時因液晶污染所造成的液晶配向紊亂、或對切換性能帶來不良影響等顯示故障而構成問題。為了解決該類問題,對彩色濾光片之著色層要求絕緣性,須增加膜厚,提高絕緣性,形成低介電率之著色膜。為了解決該類問題,例如於日本特開2004-117537號公報中,檢討了Green(綠)像素之色層中之覆膜層疊層了兩層之介電正切選擇在特定範圍內之方法等。
  其中例如日本特開2004-94263號公報所記載最近備受矚目之COA方式,係於配置有薄膜電晶體(TFT)之驅動基板上,直接形成著色層,或中介氮化矽膜等鈍化膜而形成著色層,黏合形成有該著色層之基板、與藉由蒸鍍或濺鍍形成了用以驅動液晶之透明電極之基板;前述COA方式係由於在配置有薄膜電晶體(TFT)之驅動用基板上,直接形成著色層,因此像元(pixel)口徑比(開口率)大幅增大,雖可達成高亮度化及低耗店化,但另一方面,其機構上會發生容易受到彩色濾光片之電特性所造成的影響。
  為了解決該問題,相對於彩色濾光片區段之膜厚一般設在1.6~2μm程度,於COA方式中,大多採以下方法來對應,亦即形成為3μm程度之膜厚,或形成架橋密度更高的膜,藉此減低彩色濾光片之電特性所造成的影響。進而由於取代絕緣膜,於薄膜電晶體(TFT)上形成厚膜之彩色濾光片區段之構造,因此需要於彩色濾光片區段,設置連結透明電極與薄膜電晶體(TFT)之接觸孔洞,故形成像素之感光性著色組成物須比一般的感光性著色組成物在解像性上更優異。感光性著色組成物之解像性一般係由光聚合起始劑及單體之種類‧量來調整,有時由選擇感度低的光聚合起始劑及單體,或者調整量來提升,但另一方面由於感度降低,感光性著色組成物與玻璃基板之密貼性降低,容易引起圖案剝離。又,若使用感度高的光聚合起始劑,則圖案傾向比掩模粗,難以開出微小的接觸孔洞。進而言之,COA方式中,對於輪廓角、亦即圖案剖面與基板所構成角度之要求特性甚為嚴格,習知的感光性著色組成物難以控制輪廓角。
  近年來,關於彩色濾光片係要求進一步的高穿透性且要求高濃度。為了製造高濃度的彩色濾光片,須提高所使用的著色組成物中之著色材料濃度,但由於提高著色組成物之著色材料濃度,曝光感度及顯影時之溶解性等有助於圖像形成之特性會相對地降低。結果,顯影製程中之非曝光部之溶解性惡化,顯影時,非曝光部之著色組成物不溶解而殘留,亦或抗蝕劑維持未溶解而作為剝離片殘留於基板上,可能成為色差等的原因。其結果,成為彩色濾光片之品質降低及生產時之良率降低的原因。進而言之,液晶為絕緣性極高的材料,若殘留於彩色濾光片用著色組成物中之極性化合物溶出於液晶胞(cell)中,則電極間之電壓降低,導致電壓保持率降低,發生顯示不均、配向不良等,成為使液晶顯示元件之性能降低的原因。因此,著色組成物被要求對液晶之不溶解性。該耐受性稱為電壓保持率特性,此係表示液晶顯示元件(LCD)顯示性能之電特性之指標。
  本發明之第2態樣為一種感光性著色組成物,其係包含著色劑、樹脂、單體及光聚合起始劑;前述單體包含具有酸性基之多官能單體;相對於感光性著色組成物之非揮發成分100質量部,前述單體之含有量係20~50質量部;前述光聚合起始劑包含苯乙酮系化合物及醯基氧化磷系化合物;苯乙酮系化合物與醯基氧化磷系化合物之質量比(苯乙酮系化合物/醯基氧化磷系化合物)係在60/40~90/10之範圍內。
  如上述構成之感光性著色組成物係藉由使用具有酸性基之多官能單體,與玻璃基板之密貼性、對鹼顯影液優異的溶解性、及高電壓保持率特性會同時成立。又,藉由將具有酸性基之多官能單體之使用量設在特定範圍內,以特定比率含有特定成分之光聚合起始劑,可形成輪廓角良好的圖案。
  依據本態樣,可獲得一種厚膜且同時為高解像度,與玻璃基板之密貼性良好,對鹼顯影液之溶解性及高電壓保持率特性優異,進而顯影性、尤其是可形成輪廓角良好的圖案之感光性著色組成物,及使用其之彩色濾光片。
  <<彩色濾光片用著色組成物>>
  如上述,第2態樣之感光性著色組成物含有著色劑、樹脂、單體及光聚合起始劑。
  <著色劑>
  紅色之著色劑可使用例如C.I.顏料紅(Pigment Red)7、14、41、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、57:1、81、81:1、81:2、81:3、81:4、122、146、166、168、169、176、177、178、179、184、185、187、200、202、208、210、221、242、246、254、255、264、270、272、273、274、276、277、278、279、280、281、282、283、284、285、286或287等紅色顏料。又,亦可使用呈現紅色之鹼性染料、酸性染料或其等染料之鹵化化合物。
  又,於紅色之著色劑,亦可同時使用C.I.顏料橘36、38、43、71或73等橘色顏料、及/或C.I.顏料黃1、2、3、4、5、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、126、127、128、129、138、139、147、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、198、199、213、214、218、219、220或221等黃色顏料。又,亦可使用呈現橙色及/或黃色之鹼性染料、酸性染料或其等染料之鹵化化合物。
  綠色之著色劑可舉出例如C.I.顏料綠7、10、36、37、58等。其中,作為綠色顏料,就可達成高亮度的觀點來看,宜使用C.I.顏料綠58。C.I.顏料綠58由於其酸性度高,因此與其他顏料種類相比較,難以確保分散安定性,但藉由使用本態樣之彩色濾光片用著色組成物,亦可抑制塗膜之結晶異物。
  又,於綠色之著色劑,可同時使用黃色顏料。可同時使用的黃色顏料可舉出C.I.顏料黃1、2、3、4、5、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、126、127、128、129、138、147、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、198、199、213、214、218、219、220或221等黃色顏料。又,亦可使用呈現黃色之鹼性染料、酸性染料或其等染料之鹵化化合物。
  藍色之著色劑可使用例如C. I.顏料藍15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、22、60或64等。於藍色著色組成物中,還可同時使用C. I.顏料紫1、19、23、27、29、30、32、37、40、42或50等紫色顏料。又,亦可使用呈現紫色之鹼性染料、酸性染料或其等染料之鹵化化合物。
  [顏料之微細化]
  本態樣所用顏料可藉由鹽磨處理予以微細化。鹽磨處理可藉由例如與第1態樣之說明相同的方法來進行。又,鹽磨處理可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同的水溶液無機鹽、水溶性有機溶劑及樹脂。各種材料之使用量宜設為第1態樣所說明的範圍。各種材料之使用量宜設為第1態樣所說明的範圍。顏料之一次粒徑係與第1態樣之說明相同的範圍。顏料之一次粒徑可藉由與第1態樣之說明相同的方法來測定。
  將顏料予以鹽磨處理時,亦可添加樹脂。所用樹脂係與第1態樣之說明相同。樹脂使用量亦宜設為第1態樣所說明的範圍內。
  從對著色劑載體中之良好分散來考量,顏料之一次粒徑宜為20nm以上。又,從可形成對比率高的濾光片區段來考量,宜為100nm以下。尤其適宜的範圍為25~85nm之範圍。顏料之一次粒徑可藉由與第1態樣之說明相同的方法來測定。
  <樹脂>
  樹脂係使著色劑分散。樹脂為例如熱塑性樹脂及熱硬化性樹脂等。
  樹脂宜於可見光區400~700nm之全波長區內,分光穿透率為80%以上,更宜為95%以上。以鹼顯影型著色抗蝕劑之形態使用著色組成物時,宜使用令包含酸性基與乙烯結合之單體共聚而成之鹼可溶性乙烯基系樹脂。又,為了更加提升光感度,亦可使用具有乙烯結合之能量線硬化性樹脂。
  又,從顏料分散性、顯影性及耐熱性的觀點考量,顏料吸附基及顯影時作為鹼可溶性基發揮作用之羧基、著色劑載體、及作為對於溶劑之親和性基發揮作用之脂肪族基及芳香族基之均衡甚為重要。樹脂宜酸價為20~300mgKOH/g之樹脂黏結劑。若使用酸價小於20mgKOH/g之樹脂,則對於顯影液之溶解性惡化,有時難以形成微細圖案。另,若使用酸價超過300mgKOH/g之樹脂時,則有時未能殘留微細圖案。
  從成膜性及各種耐受性的觀點考量,樹脂之調配量係相對於著色劑100質量部,宜設為30質量部以上,由於著色劑濃度高,可顯現良好的色彩特性,因此宜設為500質量部以下。樹脂之調配量係相對於著色劑100質量部,更宜設為40質量部以上、300質量部以下。
  (熱塑性樹脂)
  作為熱塑性樹脂可舉出例如丙烯酸樹脂、丁縮醛樹脂、苯乙烯–順丁烯二酸共聚物、氯化聚乙烯、氯化聚丙烯、聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯–醋酸乙烯共聚物、聚醋酸乙烯、聚氨酯樹脂、聚酯樹脂、乙烯基系樹脂、醇酸樹脂、聚苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、環化橡膠系樹脂、纖維素類、聚乙烯(HDPE、LDPE)、聚丁二烯及聚醯亞胺樹脂等。
  作為使酸性基與含有乙烯集合之單體予以共聚而成之鹼可溶性乙烯基系樹脂,可舉出例如具有羧基、磺基等酸性基之樹脂。具體而言,鹼可溶性樹脂可舉出具有酸性基之丙烯酸樹脂、α-烯烴-(酐)順丁烯二酸共聚物、苯乙烯-苯乙烯磺酸共聚物、苯乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物或異丁烯-(酐)順丁烯二酸共聚物等。其中尤其選自具有酸性基之丙烯酸樹脂、及具有酸性基之苯乙烯/苯乙烯磺酸共聚物之至少一種樹脂,特別是具有酸性基之丙烯酸樹脂係耐熱性、透明性高,因此適宜使用。
  作為具有乙烯結合之能量線硬化性樹脂,可舉出例如藉由第1態樣所說明的方法(i)或(ii)而導入有乙烯結合之樹脂。
  (熱硬化性樹脂)
  熱硬化性樹脂可舉出例如環氧樹脂、苯并胺樹脂、松香改質順丁烯二酸樹脂、松香改質富馬酸樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、尿素樹脂及酚樹脂等。
  <單體>
  單體至少包含具有酸性基之多官能單體。藉由單體包含具有酸性基之多官能單體,可使得與玻璃基板之密貼性、對鹼顯影液優異的溶解性、及高電壓保持率特性會同時成立。單體宜進一步包含可因紫外線或熱等而反應之寡聚物。進而言之,單體可同時使用不具有酸性基之單體及/或不具有酸性基之寡聚物。
  單體之調配量係於著色組成物之非揮發成分100質量部中,宜為20~50質量部,從光硬化性、解像度及光柵形狀的觀點來看,更宜為30~45質量部。
  (具有酸性基之多官能單體)
  具有酸性基之多官能單體可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。具有酸性基之多官能單體亦宜為例如第1態樣所示之一般式(3)所示之化合物。藉由使用一般式(3)之化合物,可提升本態樣之感光性著色組成物對於鹼顯影液之溶解性,於製造線上之顯影製程中,藉由防止與顯影液之不溶物產生,可防止濾網堵塞。
  具有酸性基之多官能單體可單獨使用一種,或混合兩種以上使用。
  具有酸性基之多官能單體之調配量,係於感光性著色組成物之非揮發成分100質量部中為20~50質量部,更宜為30~45質量部。具有酸性基之多官能單體之調配量小於5質量部時,像素強度或像素表面之平滑性傾向降低,另,若超過500質量部,則例如鹼顯影性降低,於形成像素部分以外的區域傾向容易發生基底髒污或膜殘留。
  單體包含上述具有酸性基之多官能單體,亦可進而包含具有酸性基之多官能單體以外之其他多官能性單體或單官能性單體。
  (其他多官能單體)
  其他多官能單體可使用與第1態樣之說明相同之物。
  (單官能單體)
  單官能單體可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。
  同時使用具有酸性基之多官能單體與其他單體時,該等其他單體可單獨使用一種,或混合兩種以上使用。該情況下,其他單體之使用量係相對於總單體量,亦即與具有酸性基之多官能單體之合計100質量部,一般為0~90質量部,更宜為0~50質量部。
  再者,於本態樣,從電壓保持率的觀點來看,原料宜使用未使用己內酯之單體。
  <光聚合起始劑>
  光聚合起始劑係同時使用苯乙酮系化合物及醯基氧化磷系化合物。又,苯乙酮系化合物與醯基氧化磷系化合物之比率係苯乙酮系化合物/醯基氧化磷系化合物在60/40~90/10之範圍內。藉由組合光聚合起始劑與前述具有酸性基之多官能單體,可形成良好的圖案。
  苯乙酮系化合物可舉出例如4–苯氧基二氯代苯乙酮、4–t–丁基二氯代苯乙酮、二乙氧基苯乙酮、對二甲基胺基苯乙酮、1–(4–異丙基苯基)–2–羥基–2–甲基丙烷–1–酮、1–羥基環己基苯酮、2–苄基二甲基胺–1–(4–嗎啉苯基)–丁烷–1–酮、2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮等。
  醯基氧化磷系化合物可舉出例如雙(2, 4, 6–三甲基苯并)環氧苯膦、2, 4, 6–三甲基苯并環氧苯膦等。
  光聚合起始劑可進而使用苯乙酮系化合物及醯基氧化磷系化合物以外之光聚合起始劑。苯乙酮系化合物及醯基氧化磷系化合物以外之光聚合起始劑具體而言可舉出例如:1, 2–辛二酮、1–[4–(苯硫基)–, 2(O–苯并肟)]、O–(乙醯)–N–(1–苯基–2–羰–2–(4'–甲氧基–萘基)亞乙基)羥胺等肟酯系化合物;苯并、苯并甲醚、苯并乙醚、苯并異丙醚、苄基二甲基縮酮等苯并系化合物;二苯甲酮、苯醯安息香酸、苯醯安息香酸甲基、4–苯基二苯甲酮、羥基二苯甲酮、丙烯醯化二苯甲酮、4–苯醯–4'–甲基二苯基硫化物、3, 3', 4, 4'–四(t–丁基過氧羧基)二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮系化合物;噻噸酮、2–氯噻噸酮、2–甲基噻噸酮、異丙基噻噸酮、2, 4–二異丙基噻噸酮、2, 4–二乙基噻噸酮等噻噸酮系化合物;2, 4, 6–三氯–鄰三嗪、2–苯基–4, 6–雙(三氯甲基)–鄰三嗪、2–(對甲氧基苯基)–4, 6–雙(三氯甲基)–鄰三嗪、2–(對甲苯基)–4, 6–雙(三氯甲基)–鄰三嗪、2–胡椒基–4, 6–雙(三氯甲基)–鄰三嗪、2, 4–雙(三氯甲基)–6–苯乙烯基–鄰三嗪、2–(萘并–1–基)–4, 6–雙(三氯甲基)–鄰三嗪、2–(4–甲氧基萘并–1–基)–4, 6–雙(三氯甲基)–鄰三嗪、2, 4–三氯甲基–(胡椒基)–6–三嗪、2, 4–三氯甲基(4'–甲氧基苯乙烯基)–6–三嗪等三嗪系化合物;2, 2'-雙(鄰氯苯基)-4, 5, 4', 5'-四苯基-1, 2'-聯咪唑、2, 2'-雙(鄰甲氧苯基)-4, 5, 4', 5'-四苯基聯咪唑、2, 2'-雙(鄰氯苯基)-4, 5, 4', 5'-四(對甲基苯基)聯咪唑等咪唑系化合物;9, 10–菲醌、樟腦醌、乙基蒽醌等醌系化合物;硼酸酯系化合物;咔唑系化合物;及二茂鈦系化合物等。該等光聚合起始劑可單獨使用一種,或因應需要以任意比率混合兩種以上使用。
  於本態樣,以特定調配量使用光聚合起始劑,可提升密貼性。具體而言,光聚合起始劑之調配量係於感光性著色組成物之非揮發成分100質量部中,宜設為3~20質量部,更宜設為8~13質量部。
  作為將感光性著色組成物用在COA用時之特性,輪廓角宜在35~65°之範圍內,更宜在40~60°之範圍內。又,錐形長度宜在7μm以下。藉由將單體之調配量及起始劑之調配量設在上述範圍內,可將輪廓角及錐形長度控制為要求值,可製造適合COA方式之彩色濾光片。
  <增感劑>
  著色組成物亦可包含增感劑。
  增感劑係使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。增感劑之調配量可設為例如與第1態樣之說明相同的範圍。
  <多官能硫醇>
  本態樣之著色組成物中可含有多官能硫醇。多官能硫醇可使用例如與以下第3態樣之說明相同之物。
  <均染劑>
  本態樣之著色組成物可含有均染劑。均染劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。
  <聚合禁止劑>
  本態樣之著色組成物可含有聚合禁止劑。聚合禁止劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。
  <溶劑>
  於該感光性著色組成物可含有溶劑,以使得著色劑充分分散及/或滲透於著色劑載體中,於玻璃基板等基板上塗布為乾燥膜厚會成為0.5~5.0μm而容易形成濾光片區段。
  溶劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。又,從著色組成物之保存安定性的觀點來看,宜使用與第1態樣之說明相同之物。
  溶劑之調配量係相對於著色劑100質量部,宜設在800~4000質量部的範圍內。藉由將調配量設在該範圍內,可將著色組成物之黏度調節為適當值,形成作為目標之膜厚均勻之濾光片區段。
  <分散助劑>
  將著色劑分散於著色劑載體中時,與第1態樣相同,可適當使用色素衍生物、樹脂型分散劑及界面活性劑等分散助劑。
  色素衍生物可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。
  色素衍生物進而可使用記載於例如日本特開昭63-305173號公報、日本特公昭57-15620號公報、日本特公昭59-40172號公報、日本特公昭63-17102號公報、日本特公平5-9469號公報等之物。色素衍生物可單獨使用一種,或混合兩種以上使用。
  使用色素衍生物時,從提升分散性的觀點考量,其調配量係相對於著色劑100質量部,宜為0.5質量部以上,進而宜為1質量部以上,最宜為3質量部以上。又,從耐熱性、耐光性的觀點考量,相對於著色劑100質量部,宜為40質量部以下,最宜為35質量部以下。
  樹脂型分散劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。
  界面活性劑可使用與第1態樣之說明相同之物。添加樹脂型分散劑及/或界面活性劑時,其等之合計量係相對於著色劑100質量部,宜設在0.1~55質量部之範圍內,進而宜設在0.1~45質量部之範圍內。樹脂型分散劑及界面活性劑之調配量少時,難以獲得添加效果。又,該合計之調配量多時,由於過剩的分散劑,可能對分散造成影響。
  <均染劑>
  為了改善感光性著色組成物在透明基板上之均染性,於該感光性著色組成物宜進一步添加均染劑。
  均染劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。使用均染劑時,其調配量一般係於感光性著色組成物中,宜設為0.003~0.5質量部。
  均染劑亦可輔助性地加入陰離子性、陽離子性、非離子性或雙性的界面活性劑。界面活性劑可單獨使用一種,或混合兩種以上使用。該等界面活性劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。
  <硬化劑、硬化促進劑>
  為了輔助熱硬化性樹脂之硬化,該感光性著色組成物亦可含有硬化劑及硬化促進劑等。作為硬化劑及硬化促進劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。使用硬化促進劑時,其調配量亦設為與第1態樣之說明相同。
  <其他添加劑成分>
  為了使組成物之經時黏度安定,該著色組成物亦可包含儲藏安定劑。又,該著色組成物係為了提高與透明基板之密貼性,亦可包含矽烷耦合劑等密貼提升劑。
  儲藏安定劑及密貼提升劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。使用儲藏安定劑及/或密貼提升劑時,其調配量宜設為與第1態樣之說明相同。
  <感光性著色組成物之製造方法>
  本態樣之感光性著色組成物可藉由例如與第1態樣中<彩色濾光片用著色組成物>項之說明相同的方法來製造。
  [去除粗粒子]
  從該感光性著色組成物,宜與第1態樣之說明相同,去出粗粒子及混入的微塵。例如從該感光性著色組成物,去除5μm以上之粗粒子,更宜去除1μm以上之粗粒子,進而宜去除0.5μm以上之粗粒子及混入的微塵。亦即,該著色組成物實質上宜不含0.5μm以上之粗粒子,實質上更宜不含0.3μm以上之粗粒子。
  <<彩色濾光片>>
  接著,說明有關本發明之第2態樣之彩色濾光片。
  一態樣之彩色濾光片具備至少1個紅色濾光片區段、至少1個綠色濾光片區段及至少1個藍色濾光片區段。於第2態樣之彩色濾光片,該等濾光片區段之至少一者係由上述感光性著色組成物所形成。濾光片區段係利用旋轉塗布方式或壓模塗布方式,塗布本態樣之感光性著色組成物而形成於基材上。
  <彩色濾光片之製造方法>
  作為彩色濾光片之基材可舉出例如對可見光穿透率高的鹼石灰玻璃、低鹼硼矽酸玻璃、無鹼鋁硼矽酸玻璃等之玻璃板,或聚碳酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲基及聚乙二醇等之樹脂板該類之透明基板或反射基板。於該等基板,亦可事先施以利用矽烷耦合劑等之藥品處理、電漿處理、離子電鍍、濺鍍、汽相反應法、真空蒸鍍等適當的預處理。又,於玻璃板或樹脂板表面,為了製成面板後之液晶驅動,亦可形成氧化銦及氧化錫等所組成的透明電極。
  於該等透明基板或反射基板上形成濾光片區段前,若預先形成黑矩陣,可更加提高液晶顯示面板的對比。作為黑矩陣係利用鉻或鉻/氧化鉻之多層膜、氮化鈦等之無機膜,或分散有遮光劑之樹脂膜,但不限定於該等。又,預先於前述透明基板或反射基板上形成薄膜電晶體(TFT),其後形成濾光片區段亦可。藉由在TFT基板上形成濾光片區段,可提高液晶顯示面板之開口率,使得亮度提升。
  在此,說明於TFT基板上形成濾光片區段的方法。首先,於TFT基板表面上,或於TFT基板表面形成有氮化矽膜等鈍化膜之基板表面上,因應需要,以劃分形成像素部分之方式形成遮光層,於該基板上塗布本發明之著色組成物後,進行預烘烤以使溶劑蒸發而形成塗膜。接著,於該塗膜,中介光罩進行曝光後,使用鹼顯影液進行顯影,溶解去除塗膜的未曝光部,其後進行後烘烤,形成像素以特定排列所配置的像素陣列。當時所使用的光罩除了設有用以形成像素的圖案以外,亦設有通孔或「コ」字形凹陷的圖案。
  顯影時,作為鹼顯影劑係使用碳酸鈉、氫氧化鈉等之水溶液,亦可使用二甲基芐基胺、三乙醇胺等有機鹼。又,於顯影液中亦可添加消泡劑或界面活性劑。
  作為顯影處理方法可適用噴淋顯影法、噴霧顯影法、滴下(浸漬)顯影法及攪動(盛液)顯影法等。其中,從同時達到良好的輪廓角與接觸孔洞之開孔的觀點來看,宜採噴淋顯影法或噴霧顯影法。
  再者,為了提高紫外線曝光感度,亦可將上述感光性著色組成物予以塗布乾燥後,將水溶性或鹼可溶性樹脂,例如聚乙烯醇或水溶性丙烯酸樹脂等予以塗布乾燥,形成防止氧所造成的聚合阻礙之膜後,再進行紫外線曝光,但由於防止了聚合阻礙,因此若感度過高,會難以開出接觸孔洞,因此不宜於著色組成物之塗膜上塗布樹脂等。
  於透明基板或反射基板上形成濾光片區段時之塗布厚度,係乾燥膜厚宜成為0.1~5μm,更宜為0.5~3μm。
  又,尤其在本態樣之著色組成物使用於COA方式時,為了防止閘極電極/透明電極間所引起的串音而要求絕緣性,由於以厚膜為宜,因此宜使用乾燥膜厚0.1~10μm,更宜為0.5~5μm之膜厚。
  於彩色濾光片上,因應需要而形成有覆膜或柱狀間隔物、透明導電膜、液晶配向層等。
  彩色濾光片係利用密封劑來與對向基板黏合,從設置於密封部之注入口注入液晶後密封注入口,並因應需要,將偏光膜或相位差膜黏合於基板外側,藉此來備製液晶顯示面板。
  該液晶顯示面板可使用於使用扭轉向列(TN)、超扭轉向列(STN)、平面切換(IPS)、垂直對準(VA)、光學補償彎曲(OCB)等之彩色濾光片來進行彩色化之液晶顯示模式。
  本態樣之感光性著色組成物係顯影性良好,尤其可形成輪廓角良好的圖案。又,使用該感光性著色組成物所製造的彩色濾光片係厚膜且為高解像度。進而與玻璃基板之密貼性良好,對鹼顯影液之溶解性及高電壓保持率特性優異。
  ○第3態樣
  接著,說明有關本發明之第3態樣。
  一般而言,於彩色液晶顯示裝置,在彩色濾光片上用以驅動液晶之透明電極,係藉由蒸鍍或濺鍍來形成,進而於其上,形成用以令液晶往一定方向配向之配向膜。為了充分獲得該等透明電極及配向膜之性能,一般須以200℃,更宜以230℃以上的高溫進行其形成。因此,現今作為彩色濾光片之製造方法,稱為顏料分散法的方法為主流方法,該顏料分散法係使用耐光性、耐熱性優異的顏料作為著色劑。於顏料分散法中,濾光片區段係使用顏料分散體中調配了光聚合起始劑或光聚合性單體之彩色抗蝕劑塗液而形成。
  近年來,關於彩色濾光片係要求進一步的高穿透性且要求高濃度。為了製造高濃度的彩色濾光片,須提高所使用的著色組成物中之著色材料濃度,但由於提高著色組成物之著色材料濃度,曝光感度及顯影時之溶解性等有助於圖像形成之特性會相對地降低。結果,顯影製程中之非曝光部之溶解性惡化,顯影時,非曝光部之著色組成物不溶解而殘留,亦或光阻劑維持未溶解而作為剝離片殘留於基板上,可能成為色差等的原因。其結果,成為彩色濾光片之品質降低及生產時之良率降低的原因。
  作為對於該類問題的對策,藉由使用具有酸性基之多官能單體,可防止彩色濾光片製造中殘留未溶解物(顯影殘渣),可防止抗蝕劑之未溶解剝離片附著於顯影後之基板上之畫線部、非畫線部,如上對策係揭示於例如日本特開平10-332929號公報、日本特開2005-148717號公報、日本特開2007-34119號公報、日本特開2007-328148號公報、日本特開2007-163890號公報及國際公開WO2007/102474號公報。
  又,作為獲得更高穿透性之彩色濾光片的方法,於日本特開2009-122650號公報,揭示藉由使用特定的光聚合起始劑及氧化防止劑,可防止著色組成物中所含之光聚合起始劑在後烘烤等燒成製程之黃變。在此,「黃變」係表示由於在後烘烤等燒成製程之加熱而著色,彩色濾光片之穿透性降低。
  然而,於該類方法,即使避免了未溶解物殘留(顯影殘渣)或未溶解剝離片附著的問題,但未能同時解決起因於溶解性過高,發生畫線部之圖案剝離或缺損的問題。又,顯影範圍變窄,亦即彩色濾光片之製造效率亦不佳。又,於上述方法,由於使用因後烘烤等燒成製程、或彩色濾光片之後加工製程之燒成製程之加熱而著色,使得彩色濾光片之穿透性降低之材料,因此無法解決顯影性或畫線部之圖案缺損的問題,同時達成高穿透性。
  又,日本特開2009-122650號公報所記載的方法,未能充分解決高濃度之彩色濾光片製造時在後烘烤發生的黃變、或前述透明電極及配向膜形成時在200℃之燒成製程發生之穿透率降低的問題。除此之外,亦未能解決畫線部之圖案剝離或缺損的問題。結果,該方法並不足以作為獲得具有高穿透性及高生產性之彩色濾光片的手段。
  本發明者等人發現作為同時解決在製造更高穿透性、高濃度之彩色濾光片時,發生顯影後之基板上之非畫線部殘留著色組成物(顯影殘渣),或起因於未溶解剝離片附著於畫線部之異物、畫線部之圖案剝離或缺損所造成的畫線缺陷,進而在後烘烤等燒成製程之黃變等所有問題的手段,若於前述著色組成物,將鹼可溶性感光性樹脂成分之含有量與具有酸性基之多官能單體之含有量之合計,相對於樹脂含有量與多官能單體之含有量之合計100質量部,設為20~70質量部,將氧化防止劑之含有量,相對於前述彩色濾光片用著色組成物之非揮發成分100質量部,設為0.1~5質量部,則甚為有效。
  亦即,本發明之第3態樣係關於一種彩色濾光片用著色組成物,其係包含著色劑、樹脂、單體、光聚合起始劑、溶劑及氧化防止劑;前述樹脂包含從鹼可溶性感光性樹脂成分及鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂成分所組成的群組中選擇之至少一者;前述單體包含具有酸性基之多官能單體;相對於樹脂之含有量與多官能單體之含有量之合計100質量部,前述鹼可溶性感光性樹脂成分之含有量與前述具有酸性基之多官能單體之含有量之合計係20~70質量部;相對於前述彩色濾光片用著色組成物之非揮發成分100質量部,前述氧化防止劑之含有量為0.1~5質量部。
  若依據上述構成,藉由將鹼可溶性樹脂與具有酸性基之多官能單體之使用量予以最佳化,可同時達成曝光時之感度及光硬化性、與透明性,進而藉由適量使用氧化防止劑,可抑制透明性降低,進而可達到著色劑之高濃度化。
  又,藉由上述著色劑濃度高的彩色濾光片用著色組成物,可提供一種生產性良好,由圖像畫線形成性所代表的顯影性良好,同時透明性亦良好的彩色濾光片。
  <<彩色濾光片用著色組成物>>
  本發明之第3態樣之彩色濾光片用著色組成物包含著色劑、樹脂、單體、光聚合起始劑、溶劑及氧化防止劑。
  <著色劑>
  用於本態樣之彩色濾光片用著色組成物之著色劑可混合兩種以上之有機或無機顏料來使用,尤宜使用顯色性、耐熱性高的有機。
  用於紅色著色組成物之著色劑可使用例如C.I.顏料紅(Pigment Red)7、14、41、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、57:1、81、81:1、81:2、81:3、81:4、122、146、166、168、169、176、177、178、179、184、185、187、200、202、208、210、221、242、246、254、255、264、270、272、273、274、276、277、278、279、280、281、282、283、284、285、286或287等紅色顏料。又,亦可使用呈現紅色之鹼性染料、酸性染料或其等染料之鹵化化合物。
  又,於紅色著色組成物,亦可同時使用C.I.顏料橘43、71或73等橘色顏料、及/或C.I.顏料黃1、2、3、4、5、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、126、127、128、129、138、139、147、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、198、199、213、214、218、219、220或221等黃色顏料。又,亦可使用呈現橙色及/或黃色之鹼性染料、酸性染料或其等染料之鹵化化合物。
  用於綠色著色組成物之著色劑可舉出例如C.I.顏料綠7、10、36、37、58等。
  又,於綠色著色組成物,可同時使用黃色顏料。可同時使用的黃色顏料可舉出C.I.顏料黃1、2、3、4、5、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、126、127、128、129、138、147、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、198、199、213、214、218、219、220或221等黃色顏料。又,亦可使用呈現黃色之鹼性染料、酸性染料或其等染料之鹵化化合物。
  用於藍色著色組成物之著色劑可使用例如C. I.顏料藍15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、22、60或64等。於藍色著色組成物中,還可同時使用C. I.顏料紫1、19、23、27、29、30、32、37、40、42或50等紫色顏料。又,亦可使用呈現紫色之鹼性染料、酸性染料或其等染料之鹵化化合物。
  [顏料之微細化]
  本態樣所用顏料可藉由鹽磨處理予以微細化。鹽磨處理可藉由例如與第1態樣之說明相同的方法來進行。又,鹽磨處理可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同的水溶液無機鹽、水溶性有機溶劑及樹脂。
  顏料之一次粒徑係與第2態樣之說明相同的範圍。顏料之一次粒徑可藉由與第1態樣之說明相同的方法來測定。
  將顏料予以鹽磨處理時,亦可添加樹脂。所用樹脂係與第1態樣之說明相同。樹脂使用量亦宜設為第1態樣所說明的範圍內。
  製作顏料分散體時,為了防止顏料凝結,維持在顏料微細分散的狀態,以高亮度及高對比率製造色彩純度高的彩色濾光片,宜添加色素衍生物。色素衍生物之含有量係相對於顏料100質量部,宜為0.5質量部以上,進而宜為1質量部以上,最宜為3質量部以上。又,從耐熱性、耐光性的觀點考量,相對於著色劑100質量部,宜為40質量部以下,最宜為35質量部以下。
  色素衍生物係於有機顏料導入了鹼性或酸性置換基的化合物。有機色素一般亦包含不稱為色素之淡黃色的芳香族多環化合物,例如萘、蒽醌、吖啶酮等。色素衍生物可使用記載於例如日本特開昭63-305173號公報、日本特公昭57-15620號公報、日本特公昭59-40172號公報、日本特公昭63-17102號公報、日本特公平5-9469號公報、日本特開平9-176511號公報等之物,該等可單獨或混合兩種以上來使用。
  <樹脂>
  樹脂係使著色劑分散,尤其使鹵化化合物分散,或作為使鹵化化合物染色及滲透的著色劑載體而發揮作用。樹脂係宜於可見光區400~700nm之全波長區內,穿透率為80%以上,更宜為95%以上之透明樹脂。
  樹脂含有鹼可溶性感光性樹脂及/或鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂。
  (鹼可溶性感光性樹脂及鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂)
  鹼可溶性感光性樹脂係意味對鹼顯影液具有溶解性之樹脂,若具有該功能之物,則分類為熱塑性樹脂及熱硬化性樹脂之任一者的樹脂均可,可舉出例如具有羧基、碸基等酸性官能基之質量平均分子量1000~50萬,更宜為3000~10萬的樹脂。以下,(甲基)丙烯酸係表示丙烯酸或甲基丙烯酸,(甲基)丙烯酸酯係表示丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸甲酯。
  具體而言,可舉出丙烯酸樹脂、α-烯烴-(酐)順丁烯二酸共聚物、苯乙烯-苯乙烯磺酸共聚物、苯乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物及異丁烯-(酐)順丁烯二酸共聚物。該等之中,以選自丙烯酸樹脂、α-烯烴-(酐)順丁烯二酸共聚物、苯乙烯-苯乙烯磺酸共聚物之至少1種樹脂為宜。該等之中,尤其是具有含有酸性基之乙烯結合之單體共聚後之丙烯酸樹脂係耐熱性及穿透性高,因此適宜使用。
  鹼可溶性樹脂中,尤其具有從一般式(12)及(13)所示之芳香族環基所組成的群組選出之一種以上之環狀構造之樹脂,係由於該環狀構造部位作為對於著色劑、或著色劑與分散劑等所組成的著色劑組成物之親和性部位而發揮作用,因此適宜使用。
  一般式(12):

     式(12)
  一般式(13):
     式(13)
  (於一般式(12)中,R1係氫原子、亦可具有苯環之碳數1~20之烷基,於一般式(13)中,R2係氫原子、亦可具有苯環之碳數1~20之烷基。)
  以鹼可溶性感光性樹脂或鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂之總重複單位之質量作為基準,具有從一般式(12)及(13)所示之芳香族環基所組成的群組選出之一種以上之環狀構造之重複單位含有量係從顯影性及分散安定性的觀點來看,宜為2.0~80質量部。若小於2.0質量部,對於著色劑、或著色劑與分散劑等所組成的著色組成物之親和性部位不足,有時會發生無法獲得高品質之彩色濾光片,或彩色濾光片用著色組成物之保存安定性變差的問題,若超過80質量部,有時對鹼顯影液之溶解速度變慢,顯影時間變長,彩色濾光片之生產性變差。該樹脂由於對幾乎所有顏料,發揮優異的分散效果,因此於著色組成物中,防止顏料凝結,發揮維持顏料微細分散狀態的作用。因此,在使用將著色劑分散於包含上述樹脂之著色劑載體而成之本態樣之著色組成物,來形成濾光片區段時,可形成著色劑凝結物少的濾光片區段,製造高穿透率、亮度高的彩色濾光片。
  作為具有從一般式(12)及(13)所示之芳香族環基所組成的群組選出之一種以上之環狀構造之重複單位例,可舉出例如苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、二乙烯基苯、茚、乙醯環烷、苯并(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯酚環氧乙烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯、對枯基苯酚乙烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯、壬基苯酚乙烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯、壬基苯酚丙烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯、雙酚A二縮水甘油基醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、羥甲基化三聚氰胺之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等之單體‧寡聚物等。
  為了使著色劑分散良好,樹脂之質量平均分子量(以下有時稱為Mw)宜為1,000~50萬的範圍,更宜為3,000~10萬的範圍。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)宜為1,000~50,000的範圍,Mw/Mn值宜為10以下。
  鹼可溶性感光性樹脂或鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂係作為著色劑吸附劑及顯影時之鹼可容性基而發揮作用之羧基或磺酸基,與作為對於顏料載體及溶劑之親和性基而發揮作用之脂肪族基及芳香基之均衡,對於顏料分散性、顯影性及耐久性甚為重要,宜使用酸價20~300mgKOH/g之樹脂。酸價小於20mgKOH/g時,對於顯影液之溶解性不佳,顯影時間變長,生產性惟恐降低。另,若超過300mgKOH/g,惟恐發生畫線部之圖案剝離或缺損。鹼可溶性感光性樹脂可舉出藉由例如第1態樣所說明的方法(a)及/或方法(b)導入了乙烯結合之能量線硬化性樹脂。
  (鹼可溶性感光性樹脂(a)及鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂(b))
  鹼可溶性感光性樹脂係宜以下述量包含下述重複單位(U1)~(U3)之鹼可溶性感光性樹脂(a)。鹼可溶性感光性樹脂(a)進而包含具有乙烯結合之重複單位(U4)。
  鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂係宜以下述量包含下述重複單位(U1)~(U3)之鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂(b)。鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂(b)亦可進而包含重複單位(U1)~(U3)以外之成分。
  藉由使用該類樹脂,可進一步提升穿透性及圖像畫線形成性等著色組成物之各種特性。
  (U1)具有羧基之重複單位:2.0~60質量部
  (U2)具有從一般式(12)及(13)所示之芳香族環基所組成的群組選出之一種以上之環狀構造之重複單位:2.0~80質量部
  一般式(12):
     式(12)
  一般式(13):
     式(13)
  (於一般式(12)中,R1係氫原子、亦可具有苯環之碳數1~20之烷基,該烷基之氫原子亦可被苯環所置換;於一般式(13)中,R2係氫原子、亦可具有苯環之碳數1~20之烷基,該烷基之氫原子亦可被苯環所置換。)
  (U3)具有從一般式(14)及(15)所示之脂肪族環基所組成的群組選出之一種以上之環狀構造之重複單位:2.0~30質量部
  化學式(14):
      式(14)
  化學式(15):
      式(15)
  (U4)具有乙烯結合之感光性之重複單位。
  某重複單位分類為(U1)~(U4)中之兩者以上時,該重複單位係按照(U1)>(U2)>(U3)>(U4)所示優先順位來分類。例如某重複單位包含羧基及一般式(14)所示之脂肪族環基時,亦即可符合(U1)及(U2)時,該重複單位分類為重複單位(U1)。又,例如某重複單位包含一般式(14)所示之脂肪族環基及一般式(12)所示之芳香族環基時,亦即可分類為(U2)及(U3)時,該重複單位分類為重複單位(U2)。
  亦即,重複單位(U2)不具有羧基;重複單位(U3)不具有羧基、從一般式(12)及(13)所示之芳香族環基所組成的群組選出之一種以上之環狀構造之任一者;重複單位(U4)不具有羧基、從一般式(12)及(13)所示之芳香族環基所組成的群組選出之一種以上之環狀構造、以及從一般式(14及(15)所示之脂肪族環基所組成的群組選出之一種以上之環狀構造之任一者。
  以下更詳細地說明有關重複單位(U1)、重複單位(U2)、重複單位(U3)及重複單位(U4)。
  [重複單位(U1)]
  重複單位(U1)所含之羧基係於顯影時,作為鹼可容性部位而發揮功能。重複單位(U1)之含有率係從顯影性的觀點來看,若以鹼可溶性感光性樹脂(a)或鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂(b)之總重複單位之質量作為基準,宜為2.0~60質量部。重複單位(U1)之含有率若小於2.0質量部,則鹼顯影液之未曝光部分去除性有時會不足,另,若超過60質量部,對鹼顯影液之溶解速度變快,有時連曝光部分都會溶解。
  重複單位(U1)之前驅物(U1-a)係例如含有(甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸或α-氯丙烯酸等不飽和單羧酸、或順丁烯二酸或苯二甲酸等不飽和羧酸等羧基,且具有乙烯結合之化合物。又,前驅物(U1-a)係藉由羥烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯化合物,將順丁烯二酸酐等不飽和羧酸之酐予以半酯化所得之物。該等之中,從聚合性(分子量之控制容易度)的觀點考量,尤以(甲基)丙烯酸為宜,更宜為甲基丙烯酸。該等可單獨使用,或同時使用2種以上。
  [重複單位(U2)]
  重複單位(U2)具有從上述一般式(12)及(13)所示之芳香族環基所組成的群組選出之一種以上之環狀構造之重複單位。重複單位(U2)係對於著色劑、或含有著色劑與分散劑之著色組成物,作為親和性部位而發揮功能。重複單位(U2)之含有率係從顯影性及分散安定性的觀點來看,若以鹼可溶性感光性樹脂(a)或鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂(b)之總重複單位之質量作為基準,宜為2.0~80質量部。重複單位(U2)之含有率若小於2.0質量部,則對於著色劑、或著色劑與分散劑等所組成的著色組成物之親和性部位不足,難以獲得高品質之彩色濾光片,或有時發生彩色濾光片用著色組成物之保存安定性變差的問題。另,若超過80質量部,有時對鹼顯影液之溶解速度變慢,顯影時間變長,彩色濾光片之生產性變差。
  重複單位(U2)之前驅物(U2-b)為例如苯乙烯、α–甲基苯乙烯、二苯乙烯、茚、乙醯萘、芐基丙烯酸酯、芐基丙烯酸甲酯、雙酚A二縮水甘油基醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、羥甲基化三聚氰胺之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等之單體‧寡聚物及下述一般式(16)所示之具有乙烯結合之單體。
  一般式(16):
   式(16)
  (上述一般式(16)中,R3係氫原子或甲基,R4係碳數為2或3之亞烷基,R5係碳數為1至20之烷基,該烷基之氫原子亦可被苯環所置換,k為1~15的整數。)
  一般式(16)所示之單體為例如:
  第一工業製藥公司製NEW-FRONTIER CEA[EO改質甲酚丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:甲基,k=1或2]、NP–2[n–壬基苯氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:n–壬基,k=2]、N–177E[n–壬基苯氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:n–壬基,k=16~17]或PEH[苯氧基乙基丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k=1];
  DAICEL公司製IRR169[乙氧化苯基丙烯酸酯(EO 1mol),R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k=1]或Ebecryl110[乙氧化苯基丙烯酸酯(EO 2mol),R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k=2];
  東亞合成公司製ARONIX M–101A[苯酚EO改質(k≒2)丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k≒1]、M–102[苯酚EO改質(k≒2)丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k≒4]、M–110[對枯基苯酚EO改質(k≒1)丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R3:對枯基,k≒1]、M–111[n–壬基苯酚EO改質(k≒1)丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:n–壬基,k≒1]、M–113[n–壬基苯酚EO改質(k≒4)丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:n–壬基,k≒4]或M–117[n–壬基苯酚PO改質(k≒2.5)丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:n–壬基,k≒2.5];
  共榮公司製輕丙烯酸酯PO–A[苯氧乙基丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k=1]、P–200A[苯氧聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k≒2]、NP–4EA[壬基苯酚EO附加物丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:n–壬基,k≒4]、或者NP–8EA[壬基苯酚EO附加物丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:n–壬基,k≒8]或輕酯PO[苯酚乙基丙烯酸甲酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k=1];
  日油公司製BLEMMER ANE–300[壬基苯氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:n–壬基,k≒5]、ANP–300[壬基苯氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:丙烯基,R5:n–壬基,k≒5]、43ANEP–500[壬基苯氧基–聚乙二醇–聚丙二醇–丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:丙烯基及丙烯基,R5:n–壬基,k≒5+5]、70ANEP–550[壬基苯氧基–聚乙二醇–聚丙二醇–丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:丙烯基及丙烯基,R5:n–壬基,k≒9+3]、75ANEP–600[壬基苯氧基–聚乙二醇–聚丙二醇–丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:丙烯基及丙烯基,R5:n–壬基,k≒5+2]、AAE–50[苯氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k=1]、AAE–300[壬基苯氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k≒5.5]、PAE–50[苯氧基聚乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯,R3:甲基,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k=2]、PAE–100[苯氧基聚乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯,R3:甲基,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k=2]或43PAPE–600B[苯氧基–聚乙二醇–聚丙二醇–甲基丙烯酸酯,R3:甲基,R4:乙烯基及丙烯基,R5:氫原子,k≒6+6];
  新中村化學公司製NK ESTER AMP–10G[苯氧基乙二醇丙烯酸酯(EO 1mol),R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k=1]、AMP–20G[苯氧基乙二醇丙烯酸酯(EO 2mol),R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k≒2]、AMP–60G[苯氧基乙二醇丙烯酸酯(EO 6mol),R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k≒6]或PHE–1G[苯氧基乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯(EO 1mol),R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k=1];
  大阪有機化學公司製VISCOAT#192[苯氧基乙基丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k=1];及
  日本化藥公司製SR–339A[苯氧基乙二醇丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:氫原子,k=1]或[乙氧化壬基苯酚基丙烯酸酯,R3:氫原子,R4:乙烯基,R5:n–壬基];但不限定於該等,亦可同時使用兩種以上。
  於一般式(16)所示之具有乙烯結合之單體中,R5之烷基之碳數為1至20,更宜為1~10。烷基不僅可為直鏈烷基,亦包含分枝烷基及具有苯環作為置換基之烷基。R5之烷基之碳數為1~10時,烷基成為障礙抑制樹脂彼此接近,促進對著色劑之吸附/配向,但碳數超過10時,烷基的立體障礙效果變大,顯示出傾向妨礙苯環對著色劑之吸附/配向。該傾向隨著R5之烷基之碳鏈變長而變得顯著,當碳數超過20時,苯環之吸附或配向極端降低。R5所示具有苯環之烷基可舉出芐基及2–苯基(異)丙基等。藉由增加1個側鏈苯環,溶劑親和性及著色劑配向性會改善,不僅提升分散性,亦可更提升顯影性。
  於一般式(16)所示之具有乙烯結合之單體中,k宜為1~15之整數。若k超過15,則親水性增大,溶媒和效果變小,並且乙烯基樹脂之黏度變高,使用其之著色組成物之黏度亦變高,有時會對流動性造成影響。從溶媒和的觀點來看,k尤其宜為1~4。
  從與其他前驅物之共聚性的觀點,以及從著色劑分散性的觀點來看,重複單位(U2)之前驅物(U2-b)宜為苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、苯基丙烯酸酯、苯基丙烯酸甲酯、一般式(16)所示之具有乙烯結合之單體。該等之中,由於苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、苯基丙烯酸酯、苯基丙烯酸甲酯、及一般式(16)所示之具有乙烯結合之單體可於乙烯基樹脂之側鏈導入苯環,因此尤其適宜。藉由於乙烯基樹脂之側鏈導入苯環,側鏈苯環會配向於著色劑,因此促進對著色劑之樹脂吸附,進而亦發揮抑制著色劑凝結的作用。進而言之,從顯影性及分散安定性的觀點來看,苯基丙烯酸酯及/或苯基丙烯酸甲酯最為適宜。
  [重複單位(U3)]
  重複單位(U3)具有從上述一般式(14)及(15)所示之脂肪族環基所組成的群組選出之一種以上之環狀構造。重複單位(U3)係對於著色劑、或含有著色劑與分散劑之著色組成物,作為親和性部位而發揮功能,及對於鹼顯影液,作為疏水性部位而發揮功能。重複單位(U3)之含有率係從顯影性及分散安定性的觀點來看,若以鹼可溶性感光性樹脂(a)或鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂(b)之總重複單位之質量作為基準,宜為2.0~30質量部。重複單位(U3)之含有率若小於2.0質量部,則對於著色劑、或著色劑與分散劑等所組成的著色組成物之親和性部位不足,難以獲得高品質之彩色濾光片,或有時發生彩色濾光片用著色組成物之保存安定性變差的問題,由於顯影時之疏水性不足,因此有時發生畫線部之圖案剝離或缺損的問題。另,若超過30質量部,有時對鹼顯影液之溶解速度變慢,顯影時間變長,彩色濾光片之生產性變差。
  重複單位(U3)之前驅物(U3-c)為例如下述一般式(17)所示之具有乙烯結合之單體、及下述一般式(18)所示之具有乙烯結合之單體。
  一般式(17):
   式(17)
  (上述一般式(17)中,R6係氫原子或甲基,R7係碳數為2或3之亞烷基,l為0~2的整數。)
  一般式(18):
  式(18)
  (上述一般式(18)中,R8係氫原子或甲基,R9係碳數為2或3之亞烷基,m為0~2的整數。)
  一般式(17)所示之具有乙烯結合之單體為例如日立化成公司製FANCRYL FA–513A[二環戊基丙烯酸酯,R6:氫原子,R7:無,l=0]及FA–513M[二環戊基丙烯酸酯,R6:氫原子,R7:無,l=0],但不限於該等,亦可同時使用兩種以上。
  一般式(18)所示之具有乙烯結合之單體為例如:
  日立化成公司製FANCRYL FA–511A[二環戊烯基丙烯酸酯,R8:氫原子,R9:無,m=0]、FA–512M[二環五氧烯基丙烯酸酯,R8:氫原子,R9:乙烯基,m=1]、FA–512A[二環五氧烯基甲基丙烯酸酯,R8:甲基,R9:乙烯基,m=1]、FA–512M[二環五氧烯基甲基丙烯酸酯,R8:甲基,R9:乙烯基,m=1];及
  FA–512MT[二環五氧烯基甲基丙烯酸酯,R8:甲基,R9:乙烯基,m=1],但不限於該等,亦可同時使用兩種以上。
  [重複單位(U4)]
  重複單位(U4)係含乙烯結合之感光性之重複單位。
  調製具有感光性之重複單位(U4)之樹脂的方法,可舉出利用前述方法(a)或方法(b)導入乙烯結合的方法。
  [重複單位(ホ)]
  重複單位(ホ)係重複單位(U1)、重複單位(U2)、重複單位(U3)及重複單位(U4)以外之重複單位。重複單位(ホ)之前驅物(ホ-e)係前驅物(U1-a)、前驅物(U2-b)、前驅物(U3-c)及前驅物(U4-d)以外之具有乙烯結合之單體。重複單位(ホ)之主要功能係賦予顯影性及分散安定性,因此重複單位(ホ)之側鏈係相對於具有著色劑分散性功能之重複單位(U2)側鏈較大的前述環構造,宜採用較小的構造。藉由具有對著色劑或著色劑組成物具有親和性之構造較大的側鏈之重複單位(U2)、與具有對於著色劑載體具有親和性之構造較小的重複單位(ホ)之加乘效果,據判顯影像及分散安定性會更提升。
  重複單位(ホ)之前驅物(ホ-e)可舉出例如:甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、正丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二級丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三級丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、戊基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異戊基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三級辛基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1-甲基丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、七(甲基)丙烯酸酯、辛基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、十六烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、癸基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、硬酯醯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異硬酯醯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、烯丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或油烯基丙烯酸酯等烷基或烯基(甲基)丙烯酸酯;2-羥基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、β-羧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油基醚二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二縮水甘油基醚二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異冰片烯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、酯丙烯酸酯、環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯、氨酯丙烯酸酯等各種丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯;醋酸乙烯、羥基乙基乙烯基醚、乙二醇二乙烯基醚、新戊四醇三乙烯基醚、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙烯基甲醯胺、二甲基-2,2'-[氧乙基(甲烯)]雙-2-丙烯酸乙酯、二乙基-2,2'-[氧乙基(甲烯)]雙-2-丙烯酸乙酯、二環己基-2,2'-[氧乙基(甲烯)]雙-2-丙烯酸乙酯、二苄基-2,2'-[氧乙基(甲烯)]雙-2-丙烯酸乙酯等單體‧寡聚物,但因應目的,不限定於該等而選擇具有其他乙烯結合之單體,或同時使用兩種以上均可。從顯影性及分散安定性的觀點來看,宜為甲基(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯或乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯。
  可作為重複單位(ホ)之前驅物(ホ-e)使用之具有其他乙烯結合之單體,可舉出例如:
  四氫糠基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或3-甲基-3-氧雜環丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有雜環式置換基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;
  甲氧基聚丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯或乙氧基聚丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等烷氧基聚亞烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;或者
  (甲基)丙烯醯胺、N, N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N, N-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二丙酮醇(甲基)丙烯醯胺及丙烯醯嗎啉等(甲基)丙烯醯胺類等。
  又,前述丙烯酸單體以外之單體可舉出例如:
  乙基乙烯醚、n-丙基乙烯醚、異丙基乙烯醚、n-丁基乙烯醚或異丁基乙烯醚等乙烯醚類;或者
  醋酸乙烯或丙酸乙烯等脂肪酸乙烯類。亦可將丙烯酸單體以外之前述單體與前述丙烯酸單體同時使用。
  又,為了後述之導入乙烯結合,亦可使用具有環氧基及乙烯結合之單體或具有羥基之單體。但視改質,亦可能成為重複單位(ホ)以外之重複單位,因此須顧慮到最終的重複單位(U1)、重複單位(U2)、重複單位(U3)及重複單位(U4)之質量比。
  鹼可溶性感光性樹脂(a)及/或鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂(b)係其酸價宜為20~300mgKOH/g。酸價小於20mgKOH/g時,對於顯影液之溶解性傾向變差,顯影時間變長,生產性降低。另,若超過300mgKOH/g,惟恐發生畫線部之圖案剝離或缺損。
  <多官能單體>
  本態樣之多官能單體包含具有酸性基之多官能單體,一部分亦可包含藉由自由基誘發聚合之單體(其他光聚合性單體)。
  該類其他聚合性單體可舉出三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧乙烷改質三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧丙烷改質三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等各種丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯等。
  (具有酸性基之多官能單體)
  具有酸性基之多官能單體可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。
  樹脂與多官能單體之合計量設為100質量部時,至少包含鹼可溶性感光性樹脂(a)之鹼可溶性感光性樹脂與具有酸性基之多官能單體之合計質量為20~70質量部。
  鹼可溶性感光性樹脂與具有酸性基之多官能單體之合計量小於20質量部時,因曝光時之感度不足,硬化不充分而引起畫線部之圖案剝離或缺損,因溶解性降低而產生顯影殘渣,進而發生顯影時間變長所造成的生產性降低等問題。另,合計量超過70質量部時,曝光時之感度過高,無法獲得良好的圖案形狀,或發生起因於溶解性過高之畫線部剝離或缺損等問題。
  於前述著色組成物,鹼可溶性感光性樹脂與具有酸性基之多官能單體,在彩色濾光片用著色組成物之非揮發成分100質量部中之適宜範圍為10.0~37.5質量部。
  進而言之,彩色濾光片用著色組成物之非揮發成分中,鹼可溶性感光性樹脂成分及多官能單體所含之乙烯結合之質量莫耳濃度為2.00×10- 3mol/g~2.75×10- 3mol/g,相對於前述非揮發成分之質量,樹脂之非揮發成分酸價與單體之非揮發成分酸價之合計比宜為8.0~40.0mgKOH/g。該類情況下,可製造具有高穿透性及良好生產性,進而少有異物所造成的畫線缺陷之高品質的彩色濾光片。樹脂與多官能單體之非揮發成分酸價之合計係由下式(i)來表示。
  非揮發成分酸價之合計=鹼可溶性感光性樹脂之酸價×鹼可溶性感光性樹脂之比率+鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂之酸價×鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂之比率+多官能單體之酸價×多官能單體之比率
       …式(i)
其中,樹脂之比率及多官能單體之比率係表示以樹脂與多官能單體之合計100質量部作為基準時之各自的質量比。
  鹼可溶性感光性樹脂成分及多官能單體所含之乙烯結合之質量莫耳濃度,宜為2.00×10- 3mol/g~2.75×10- 3mol/g,更宜為2.30×10- 3mol/g~2.70×10- 3mol/g。鹼可溶性感光性樹脂與多官能單體之乙烯結合之質量莫耳濃度係從下式(ii)算出。
  (乙烯結合之質量莫耳濃度)={鹼可溶性感光性樹脂之質量/鹼可溶性感光性樹脂之雙重結合當量+多官能單體之質量/多官能單體之雙重結合當量}/{樹脂之質量+多官能單體之質量}
       …式(ii)
  再者,雙重結合當量係由下式(iii)來定義,其為分子中所含雙重結合之尺度,若為分子量相同的化合物,則雙重結合當量之數值越小,雙重結合之導入量越多。
  [雙重結合當量]=[重複單位之分子量]/[重複單位中之雙重結合數]
       …式(iii)
  著色組成物中之該乙烯結合質量莫耳濃度小於2.00×10- 3mol/g時,因曝光時之感度不足,硬化不充分而引起畫線部之圖案剝離或缺損的問題。又,著色組成物中之乙烯結合之質量莫耳濃度大於2.75×10- 3mol/g時,發生曝光時之感度過高,無法獲得良好的圖案形狀的問題,或發生分散安定性降低,無法獲得均勻的著色塗膜的問題。進而言之,樹脂與多官能單體之非揮發成分酸價之合計小於8.0mgKOH/g時,起因於顯影性降低而發生顯影殘渣,或顯影時間變常而發生生產性降低的問題。又,樹脂與多官能單體之非揮發成分酸價之合計大於40.0mgKOH/g時,起因於溶解性過高而發生畫線部之圖案剝離或缺損的問題。
  畫線部之硬化度係取決於著色組成物中之乙烯結合之質量莫耳濃度,鹼可溶性感光性樹脂在樹脂所佔之含有量係調配成,著色組成物中之乙烯結合之質量莫耳濃度在前述範圍內。同時,鹼顯影性係取決於樹脂與多官能單體之非揮發成分酸價之合計,具有酸性基之多官能單體在多官能單體所佔之含有量係調配成,樹脂與多官能單體之非揮發成分酸價之合計在前述範圍內。如此,鹼可溶性感光性樹脂與多官能單體之含有量係相互造成影響,該含有量係依據著色劑濃度或所要求的鹼顯影性、畫線部之圖案尺寸,在前述範圍內適當調整。
  (其他多官能單體)
  本態樣之單體亦可包含具有酸性基之多官能單體以外之其他多官能單體。其他多官能單體可使用與第1態樣之說明相同之物。
  <光聚合起始劑>
  光聚合起始劑可使用例如安息香化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、噻吨酮系化合物、三嗪系化合物、肟酯系化合物、咔唑系化合物、醌系化合物、硼酸酯系化合物、咪唑系化合物、二茂鈦系化合物及膦系化合物。該等化合物之具體例可舉出與第1態樣之說明相同之物。又,光聚合起始劑係使用與第2態樣之說明相同之苯乙酮系化合物。
  <增感劑>
  彩色濾光片用著色組成物亦可進一步含有增感劑。增感劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。
  增感劑中,特別適宜的增感劑可舉出噻吨酮衍生物、米氏酮衍生物、咔唑衍生物。進而具體而言,可使用2,4-二乙基噻吨酮、2-氯噻吨酮、2,4-氯噻吨酮、2-異丙基噻吨酮、4-異丙基噻吨酮、1-氯-4-丙氧噻吨酮、4,4''-雙(二甲胺)二苯甲酮、4,4''-雙(二乙胺)二苯甲酮、4,4''-雙(乙基甲胺)二苯甲酮、N-乙基咔唑、3-苯甲醯基-N-乙基咔唑、3,6-二苯甲醯基-N-乙基咔唑等。
  感劑能夠以任意比率包含兩種以上亦無妨。
  使用增感劑時,其調配量係於著色組成物中所含之光聚合起始劑設為100質量部時,宜在1.0~100質量部之範圍內。
  <多官能硫醇>
  於彩色濾光片用著色組成物中,可進一步含有多官能硫醇。
  多官能硫醇係具有2個以上之硫醇(SH)基之化合物。多官能硫醇係藉由與光聚合起始劑一同使用,於光照射後之自由基聚合過程中,作為連鎖移動劑而發揮作用,產生不易受到氧防止聚合之含硫自由基,因此提升所獲得的彩色濾光片用著色組成物之感度。SH基尤其宜為與甲烯、乙烯基等脂肪族基結合後之多官能脂肪族硫醇基。可舉出例如六硫酚、十硫酚、1, 4–丁二醇雙硫代丙酸、1, 4–丁二醇雙硫代乙酸、乙二醇雙硫代乙酸、乙二醇雙硫代丙酸、三羥甲基丙烷三硫代乙酸、三羥甲基丙烷三硫代丙酸、三羥甲基丙烷三(3–硫醇丁酸)、季戊四醇四硫代乙酸、季戊四醇四硫代丙酸、三硫醇丙酸三(2–羥基乙基)異氰酸、1, 4–二甲基硫醇苯、2, 4, 6–三硫醇–二級三嗪、2–(N, N–二丁胺)–4, 6–二硫醇–二級三嗪等。該等多官能硫酚可單獨使用一種或混合兩種以上來使用。
  使用多官能硫醇時,其調配量係相對於著色劑100重量部,宜在0.05~100質量部之範圍內,更宜為0.1~50.0質量部之範圍內。多官能硫醇之調配量為0.05質量部以上時,可獲得更良好的顯影耐受性。硫醇(SH)基使用1個單官能多硫醇時,無法獲得如此之顯影耐受性提升。
  <紫外線吸收劑、聚合禁止劑>
  於彩色濾光片用著色組成物,亦可進一步含有紫外線吸收劑及/或聚合禁止劑。藉由含有紫外線吸收劑及/或聚合禁止劑,可控制畫線部之圖案形狀及解像性。
  紫外線吸收劑可舉出例如:2-[4-[(2-羥基-2-(十二及三癸基)氧丙基)氧]-2-羥基苯基-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三嗪、2-(2-羥基-4-[1-辛基氧羰基乙氧]苯基)-4,6-雙(4-苯基苯基)-1,3,5-三嗪等羥基苯基三嗪系;2-(5-甲基-2-羥基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-4,6-雙(1-甲基-1-苯基乙基)苯酚、2-(3-三級丁基-5-甲基-2-羥基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑等苯并三唑系;2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-辛氧基二苯甲酮、2,2',4,4'-四羥基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮系;苯基柳酸酯、對三級丁基苯基柳酸酯等柳酸酯系;乙基-2-氰-3,3'-二苯基丙烯酸酯等氰丙基酸酯系;2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶-1-氧基(三丙酮-胺-N-氧基)、雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)-癸二酸酯、聚[[6-[(1,1,3,3-四丁基)胺]-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4-二基][(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基)胺]等受阻胺系等。該等紫外線吸收劑可單獨使用一種,或以任意比率混合兩種以上來使用。
  聚合禁止劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。
  使用紫外線吸收劑及/或聚合禁止劑時,紫外線吸收劑及/或聚合禁止劑之調配量係相對於著色劑100質量部,在0.01~20質量部之範圍內,更宜為0.05~10質量部之範圍內。紫外線吸收劑及/或聚合禁止劑之調配量為0.01質量部以上時,可獲得更良好的解像度。
  <氧化防止劑>
  彩色濾光片用著色組成物可進一步包含氧化防止劑。
  藉由將氧化防止劑與前述具有酸性基之多官能單體同時使用,可抑制以往構成問題之後烘烤等燒成步驟中之黃變。又,亦可同時解決顯影後基板上在非畫線部殘留著色組成物(顯影殘渣)之問題、或起因於對畫線部附著有未溶解剝離片等異物、畫線部之圖案剝離或缺損所發生的畫線缺陷之問題。進而言之,氧化防止劑據判會抑制彩色濾光片用著色組成物中之各成分由於燒成步驟之氧化反應所產生的自由基或過氧化物造成氧化而劣化。
  氧化防止劑宜為例如苯酚系氧化防止劑、磷系氧化防止劑、羥基胺系氧化防止劑及硫系氧化防止劑。
  苯酚系氧化防止劑可舉出例如3,9-雙[2-[3-(3-三級丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙醯氧基]-1,1-二甲基乙基]-2,4,8,10-四氧雜螺[5.5]十一烷(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-80、住友化學公司製Sumilizer GA-80)、新戊四醇‧四[3-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯酯](BASF公司製IRGANOX1010、ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-60、住友化學公司製Sumilizer BP-101)、1,3,5-三甲基-2,4,6-三(3'5'-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苄基)苯(BASF公司製IRGANOX1330、ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-330)、三乙二醇-雙[3-(3-三級丁基-5-甲基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯酯](BASF公司製IRGANOX245、ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-70)、4,4'-硫雙(6-三級丁基-3-甲基苯酚)(住友化學公司製Sumilizer WX)、三-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苄基)-異氰酸酯(BASF公司製IRGANOX3114、ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-20)、1,6-己二醇-雙[3-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯酯](BASF公司製IRGANOX259)、2,2-硫-二乙烯雙[3-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯酯](BASF公司製IRGANOX1035)、N,N'-六甲烯雙(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基-氫肉桂醯胺)(BASF公司製IRGANOX1098)、2,4-雙[(辛基硫)甲基]-O-甲酚(BASF公司製IRGANOX1520L)、八癸基-[3-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯酯(BASF公司製IRGANOX1076、ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-50、住友化學公司製Sumilizer BP-76)、4,4'-亞丁基-雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-40、住友化學公司製Sumilizer BBM)、1,1,3-三(2-甲基-4-羥基-5-三級丁基苯基)丁烷(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-30)、2,4-雙-(正辛基硫)-6-(4-羥基-3,5-二-三級丁基苯胺基)-1,3,5-三嗪(BASF公司製IRGANOX565)、4,6-雙(十二基硫甲基)-鄰甲酚(BASF公司製IRGANOX1726)、2-三級丁基-6-(3-三級丁基-2-羥基-5-甲基苄基)-4-甲基苯基丙烯酸酯(住友化學公司製Sumilizer GM)、2-[1-(2-羥基-3,5-二-三級苄基苯基)乙基]-4,6-二-三級苄基苯基丙烯酸酯(住友化學公司製Sumilizer GS)、及6-[3-(3-三級丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙氧基]-2,4,8,10-四-三級丁基二苯[d,f][1,3,2]dioxa phosphepine(住友化學公司製Sumilizer GP)等。
  該等之中,從耐熱性及耐熱防變色的觀點來看,較宜為3,9-雙[2-[3-(3-三級丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙醯氧基]-1,1-二甲基乙基]-2,4,8,10-四氧雜螺[5.5]十一烷(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-80、住友化學公司製Sumilizer GA-80)、新戊四醇‧四[3-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯酯](BASF公司製IRGANOX1010、ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-60、住友化學公司製Sumilizer BP-101)、1,3,5-三甲基-2,4,6-三(3'5'-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苄基)苯(BASF公司製IRGANOX1330、ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-330)、三乙二醇-雙[3-(3-三級丁基-5-甲基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯酯](BASF公司製IRGANOX245、ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-70)、三-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苄基)-異氰酸酯(BASF公司製IRGANOX3114、ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-20)、1,6-己二醇-雙[3-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯酯](BASF公司製IRGANOX259)、N,N'-六甲烯雙(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基-氫肉桂醯胺)(BASF公司製IRGANOX1098)、八癸基-[3-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯酯(BASF公司製IRGANOX1076、ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-50、住友化學公司製Sumilizer BP-76)、4,4'-亞丁基-雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-40、住友化學公司製Sumilizer BBM)、1,1,3-三(2-甲基-4-羥基-5-三級丁基苯基)丁烷(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-30)、2-三級丁基-6-(3-三級丁基-2-羥基-5-甲基苄基)-4-甲基苯基丙烯酸酯(住友化學公司製Sumilizer GM)、2-[1-(2-羥基-3,5-二-三級苄基苯基)乙基]-4,6-二-三級苄基苯基丙烯酸酯(住友化學公司製Sumilizer GS)。該等可單獨使用或混合兩種以上使用。
  磷系氧化防止劑可舉出例如3,9-雙(2,6-二-三級丁基-4-甲基苯氧)-2,4,8,10-四氧-3,9-二磷雜螺[5.5]十一烷(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB PEP-36)、雙(壬基苯基)新戊四醇二亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB PEP-4C)、雙(2,4-二-三級丁基苯基)新戊四醇二亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB PEP-24G)、6-[3-(3-三級丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙氧]-2,4,8,10-四-三級丁基苯[d,f][1,3,2]dioxa phosphepine(BASF公司製IRGAFOS12)、三苯基亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB TPP)、二硬脂醯新戊四醇亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB PEP-8)、四(三癸基)-4,4'-亞丁基雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)二亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 260)、4,4'-亞丁基雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯基二三癸基)亞磷酸鹽(商品名:JPH1200)、三(壬基苯基)亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 1178)、六(三癸基)-1,1,3-三(2-甲基-5-三級丁基-4-羥基苯基)丁烷-三亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 522A)、10-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苯并)-9,10-二氫-9-氧-10-磷菲-10-氧化物(商品名:SANKOHCA)、四(C12-C15混合烷)-4,4'-異亞丙基二亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 1500)、三(2,4-二-三級丁基苯基)亞磷酸鹽(BASF公司製IRGAFOS168、ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 2112、住友化學公司製Sumilizer P-16)、二苯基單辛基亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB C)、二苯基單癸基亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 135A)、三癸基亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 3010)、三乙基亞磷酸鹽(商品名:JP302)、三-正丁基亞磷酸鹽(商品名:JP304)、三(對甲苯酚基)亞磷酸鹽(商品名:Chelex-PC)、二苯基單(三癸基)亞磷酸鹽(商品名:JPM308)、三(2-乙基己基)亞磷酸鹽(商品名:JP308)、苯基二癸基亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 517)、四苯基二丙二醇二亞磷酸鹽(商品名:JPP100)、2,2-甲烯雙(4,6-二-三級丁基苯基)辛基亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB HP-10)、四(2,4-二-三級丁基苯基)[1,1-雙苯基]-4,4'-二基雙亞磷酸鹽(BASF公司製IRGAFOS P-EPQ)、三(三癸基) 亞磷酸鹽(商品名:JP333E)、雙[2,4-二(1-苯基異丙基)苯基]新戊四醇二亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB PEP-45)、三月桂基三硫亞磷酸鹽(商品名:312)、三(單,二壬基苯基)亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 329K)、三油烯基亞磷酸鹽(商品名:Chelex-OL)、三硬酯醯亞磷酸鹽(商品名:JP318E)、及雙[2,4-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基)]-6-甲基苯基乙基酯、亞磷酸(BASF公司製IRGAFOS38)等。
  該等磷酸系氧化防止劑中,從耐熱性及耐熱防變色性的觀點來看,較宜為3,9-雙(2,6-二-三級丁基-4-甲基苯氧)-2,4,8,10-四氧-3,9-二磷雜螺[5.5]十一烷(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB PEP-36)、雙(壬基苯基)新戊四醇二亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB PEP-4C)、雙(2,4-二-三級丁基苯基)新戊四醇二亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB PEP-24G)、6-[3-(3-三級丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙氧]-2,4,8,10-四-三級丁基苯[d,f][1,3,2]dioxa phosphepine(BASF公司製IRGAFOS12)、二硬脂醯新戊四醇亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB PEP-8)、四(三癸基)-4,4'-亞丁基雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)二亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 260)、三(壬基苯基)亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 1178)、六(三癸基)-1,1,3-三(2-甲基-5-三級丁基-4-羥基苯基)丁烷-三亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 522A)、四(C12-C15混合烷)-4,4'-異亞丙基二亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 1500)、三(2,4-二-三級丁基苯基)亞磷酸鹽(BASF公司製IRGAFOS168、ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 2112、住友化學公司製Sumilizer P-16)、二苯基單辛基亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB C)、二苯基單癸基亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 135A)、三癸基亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 3010)、2,2-甲烯雙(4,6-二-三級丁基苯基)辛基亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB HP-10)、四(2,4-二-三級丁基苯基)[1,1-雙苯基]-4,4'-二基雙亞磷酸鹽(BASF公司製IRGAFOS P-EPQ)、雙[2,4-二(1-苯基異丙基)苯基]新戊四醇二亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB PEP-45)、三月桂基三硫亞磷酸鹽(商品名:312)、三(單,二壬基苯基)亞磷酸鹽(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB 329K)、及雙[2,4-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基)]-6-甲基苯基乙基酯、亞磷酸(BASF公司製IRGAFOS38)等。該等可單獨使用或混合兩種以上使用。
  羥基胺系氧化防止劑可舉出例如N,N-二八癸基羥基胺(BASF公司製IRGASTAB FS 042)等。羥基胺系氧化防止劑可單獨使用或混合兩種以上使用。
  硫系氧化防止劑可舉出例如二癸基3,3'-硫二丙酸酯(BASF公司製IRGANOX PS 800 FD)、二八癸基3,3'-硫二丙酸酯(BASF公司製IRGANOX PS 802 FD)、二三癸基硫二丙酸酯(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-503)、新戊四醇四-(β-月桂基-硫丙酸酯)(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-412S)、二月桂基-3,3'-硫二丙酸酯(住友化學公司製Sumilizer TPL-R)、二肉豆蔻基-3,3'-硫二丙酸酯(住友化學公司製Sumilizer TPM)、二硬酯醯-3,3'-硫二丙酸酯(住友化學公司製Sumilizer TPS)、新戊四醇四(3-月桂基硫丙酸酯)(住友化學公司製Sumilizer TP-D)、二三癸基-3,3'-硫二丙酸酯(住友化學公司製Sumilizer TL)、及2-巰基苯咪唑(住友化學公司製Sumilizer MB)等。
  該等硫系氧化防止劑中,從耐熱性及耐熱防變色性的觀點來看,較宜為二癸基3,3'-硫二丙酸酯(BASF公司製IRGANOX PS 800 FD)、二八癸基3,3'-硫二丙酸酯(BASF公司製IRGANOX PS 802 FD)、二三癸基硫二丙酸酯(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-503)、新戊四醇四-(β-月桂基-硫丙酸酯)(ADEKA公司製ADK STAB AO-412S)等。該等可單獨使用或混合兩種以上使用。
  氧化防止劑若從抑制穿透性降低、與同時達到穿透性及感度的觀點來看,宜使用苯酚系氧化防止劑。尤其從補足過氧化物自由基之氧化防止能力方面來看,進而宜使用苯酚性羥基所結合的碳原子兩側之碳原子被三級丁基置換之受阻苯酚系氧化防止劑。
  氧化防止劑之調配量係相對於著色組成物中之總非揮發成分100質量部,宜在0.1~5質量部之範圍內,更宜在0.3~4質量部之範圍內,尤其宜在0.5~3質量部之範圍內。氧化防止劑之調配量小於0.1質量部時,無法獲得所需效果。另,若氧化防止劑之調配量超過5質量部,則惟恐感度不足或產生不溶物及顯影後殘渣。
  <熱硬化性化合物>
  彩色濾光片用著色組成物宜進一步包含熱硬化性化合物。藉由包含熱硬化性化合物,可防止後烘烤等燒成步驟造成樹脂黃變。亦即,可獲得穿透性更高的彩色濾光片。又,藉由包含熱硬化性化合物,於後烘烤等燒成步驟,硬化更加進展,塗膜之硬化度提升,因此可獲得高可靠性的彩色濾光片。
  熱硬化性化合物為例如環氧樹脂、苯并胺樹脂、松香改質順丁烯二酸樹脂、松香改質富馬酸樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、尿素樹脂及酚樹脂等熱硬化性樹脂、或該等熱硬化性樹脂之加熱聚合前之單體及寡聚物。
  熱硬化性化合物宜導入有乙烯結合。藉由導入乙烯結合,可對熱硬化性化合物賦予活性能量硬化性,進而可提升光感度。對熱硬化性化合物導入乙烯結合,係可採用習知的方法來進行。
  熱硬化性化合物之中,環氧化合物及三聚氰胺化合物尤其穿透性優異,進而對顯影速度及感光性造成甚少影響,藉由燒成而硬化後之塗膜在耐熱性方面優異,故較為適宜。三聚氰胺化合物之中,尤其是具有羥甲基亞胺基(-NHCH2OH)之三聚氰胺化合物係熱硬化方向呈立體性,由包含該化合物之著色組成物所形成的塗膜係熱硬化速度快,熱硬化開始的起點早,因此較適宜。
  熱硬化性化合物之含有量係相對於著色組成物中之總非揮發成分100質量部,宜為0.5~10質量部。若小於0.5質量部的量,則膜硬化密度低,對於熱耐性、可靠性的效果小,超過10質量部時,光聚合性單體或光聚合起始劑等之添加量受到限制,未能確保充分的顯影性,除此之外,經時安定性有時亦構成問題。
  (環氧化合物)
  環氧化合物係指具有環氧基之化合物。環氧化合物係於彩色濾光片製作製程之燒成時,環氧基引發熱硬化反應,塗膜表面‧內部被架橋,提升所獲得塗膜之耐熱性及/或藥品耐受性。環氧化合物為低分子化合物或高分子化合物均可,代表例可舉出雙酚A系環氧樹脂、溴化雙酚A系環氧樹脂、雙酚F系環氧樹脂、溴化雙酚F系環氧樹脂、酚醛型環氧樹脂、環式脂肪族系環氧樹脂、雜環式環氧樹脂、縮水甘油酯系樹脂、縮水甘油胺系樹脂、環氧化油等環氧樹脂、前述環氧樹脂之溴化衍生物、或三(縮水甘油苯基)甲烷、三縮水甘油異氰酸酯等。其中,雙酚A系環氧樹脂、溴化雙酚A系環氧樹脂、酚醛型環氧樹脂、環式脂肪族系環氧樹脂、縮水甘油酯系樹脂、縮水甘油胺系樹脂、三(縮水甘油苯基)甲烷之膜硬化密度高,且對於著色組成物之顯影性的不良影響少,就該方面來看較適宜。
  可使用較佳的市售環氧化合物之例可舉出Nagase ChemteX公司製EX111、EX201、EX411、EX611、EX901、EX212L、DA-111、DA-141、日本化藥公司製EPPN501H、日本環氧樹脂公司製JER152、Daycel化學公司製EHPE3150等。其中,EX611、EHPE3150等係相對於添加量,可獲得特性提升的效果甚大,因此尤其適宜使用。
  又,為了促進環氧化合物之硬化,亦可同時使用硬化劑。代表性的硬化劑可舉出酸酐系硬化劑及胺系硬化劑兩種,胺系硬化劑係由於反應速度快,具有用一液系難以安定之缺點,以及若抽出成液晶相,則顧慮電壓保持率惡化,其與鋅酞菁顏料之適性不佳,難以確保分散安定性,從以上諸點來看,於本態樣宜採用酸酐系環氧硬化劑。酸酐系環氧硬化劑可例示順丁烯二酸、苯二甲酸、四氫苯二甲酸、六氫苯二甲酸、苯均四酸、二苯甲酮四羧酸、聯苯四羧酸、聯苯醚四羧酸、二苯基碸四羧酸之酸酐等。其中,從可建構緊密的架橋構造的觀點來看,較宜為1分子中具有2以上之酐基之物,從短波長的穿透較良好等光學特性,或可將液晶之電壓保持率保持在較高的觀點來看,更宜為環己酮四羧酸二酐等飽和碳氫系之多官能酸酐。
  (三聚氰胺化合物)
  三聚氰胺化合物係例如一般式(19)所示之三聚氰胺化合物或其縮合物。
  一般式(19):
   式(19)
  [式中,R12~R17係相互獨立表示氫原子或CH2OR'(R'係表示氫原子或碳數1~20之烷基),R12~R17相同或不同均可。-CH2OR'基之R'在上述式(19)中為相同或不同均可。]
  一般式(19)所示之三聚氰胺化合物係缺乏保存安定性,因此宜使用其縮合物。縮合物之質量平均分子量宜為1.5~6.0。
  三聚氰胺化合物之中,具有羥甲基亞胺基(-NHCH2OH)之三聚氰胺化合物係熱硬化方向呈立體性,由包含該化合物之著色組成物所形成的塗膜係熱硬化速度快,熱硬化開始的起點早,因此對熱或藥品之堅牢度變高。其理由大別為兩個。第一個理由係由於藉由使用具有羥甲基亞胺基之三聚氰胺化合物,可增加反應起點數。具有羥甲基亞胺基之三聚氰胺化合物係分子尺寸小,於一定質量中存在許多反應起點。因此,熱硬化速度快,熱硬化會遍布整體進行。第二個理由係由於具有羥甲基亞胺基之三聚氰胺化合物在受到熱能量時,會發揮熱能量之放大效果。具有羥甲基亞胺基之三聚氰胺化合物之熱硬化係藉由受到熱能量而開始,呈現溫度低時,熱能量少,溫度高時,熱能量變多的比例關係。具有羥甲基亞胺基之三聚氰胺化合物若受到熱能量,由於存在於化合物中之非共有電子對的影響,產生起因於電子移動之能量,由於熱能量被放大,因此即使在低溫下,熱硬化仍會進展,硬化速度變快。
  具有羥甲基亞胺基之三聚氰胺化合物係於化合物中,宜以0.5~4質量部的量來含有游離甲醛。具有羥甲基亞胺基之三聚氰胺化合物中之游離甲醛成為熱硬化的觸媒,因而促進熱硬化反應。游離甲醛量少於0.5質量部時,未能充分促進熱硬化,多於4質量部時,具有羥甲基亞胺基之三聚氰胺化合物本身之保存性不安定,由於經時而改變了其所發揮的硬化成效。再者,具有羥甲基亞胺基之三聚氰胺化合物中之游離甲醛量可依據日本工業標準調查會制訂之規格號碼JIS-L1041所記載的方法來測定。
  上述式(19)所示之三聚氰胺化合物之縮合物之市售品可舉出日本Carbide工業公司製NIKALAC MS–001、NIKALAC MX–002、NIKALAC MX–750、NIKALAC MX–706、NIKALAC MX–042、NIKALAC MX–035等。
  <儲藏安定劑>
  於本發明之彩色濾光片用著色組成物,可進一步含有儲藏安定劑。藉由含有儲藏安定劑,可長期使組成物之黏度安定。
  儲藏安定劑可舉出例如:2,6-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基)-4-甲基苯酚、新戊四醇四[3-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羧基苯基)丙酸酯]、2,4-雙-(正辛基硫)-6-(4-羧基-3,5-二-三級丁基苯胺基)1,3,5-三嗪等受阻苯酚系;四乙基膦、三苯基膦、四苯基膦等有機膦系;二甲基二硫磷酸鋅、二丙基二硫磷酸鋅、二丁基二硫磷酸錳等亞磷酸鹽系;十二基硫化物、苯并噻吩等硫系;苄基三甲基氯化物、二甲基羥胺等4級銨氯化物;乳酸、草酸等有機酸及其乙基醚等。
  使用儲藏安定劑時,其調配量係相對於著色劑100質量部,宜為1~20質量部,更宜為0.05~10質量部之範圍內。儲藏安定劑之調配量為0.01質量部以上時,彩色濾光片用著色組成物之經時安定性提升。
  <溶劑>
  彩色濾光片用著色組成物包含溶劑。藉由含有溶劑,以使得著色劑充分分散及/或滲透於樹脂或光聚合性化合物等色素載體中,於玻璃基板等透明基板上,塗布為乾燥膜厚會成為0.2~5μm而容易形成濾光片區段或黑矩陣。
  溶劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。溶劑可單獨使用一種或混合兩種以上使用。溶劑之調配量係相對於著色劑100質量部,宜設在100~10000質量部的範圍內,更宜設為500~5000質量部。
  <其他添加劑成分>
  為了使組成物之經時黏度安定,著色組成物亦可含有儲藏安定劑。又,該著色組成物係為了提高與透明基板之密貼性,亦可包含矽烷耦合劑等密貼提升劑。
  儲藏安定劑及密貼提升劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。使用儲藏安定劑及/或密貼提升劑時,其調配量宜設為與第1態樣之說明相同。
  使用矽烷耦合劑時,其調配量係相對於著色劑100質量部,宜設在0.01~10質量部的範圍內,更宜設在0.05~5.0質量部之範圍內。
  <胺系化合物>
  又,彩色濾光片用著色組成物亦可包含胺系化合物。胺系化合物係還原已溶存的氧。胺系化合物可舉出三乙醇胺、甲基二乙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、4-二甲基胺安息香酸甲基、4-二甲基胺安息香酸乙基、4-二甲基胺安息香酸異胺基、安息香酸2-二甲基胺乙基、4-二甲基胺安息香酸2-乙基己基、及N,N-二甲基對甲苯胺等。
  <分散助劑>
  本態樣之彩色濾光片用著色組成物亦可進一步包含分散助劑。分散助劑適宜為例如樹脂型著色劑分散劑、界面活性劑及色素衍生物。分散助劑係為了使著色劑分散於樹脂或溶劑中而使用。分散助劑對於顏料分散良好、防止分散後之著色劑再凝結的效果甚大。因此,使用利用分散助劑來將著色劑分散於樹脂或溶劑中而成之彩色濾光片用著色組成物時,可獲得穿透率更優異的彩色濾光片。
  使用分散助劑時,其調配量係相對於著色劑100質量部,宜為0.1~40質量部,更宜為0.1~30質量部。
  (樹脂型分散劑)
  樹脂型分散劑係以酸性基或鹼性基作為定錨而吸附於著色劑表面,由於聚合物之排斥效果會有效地發揮作用,顯現出分散安定性保持,因此宜為具有酸性基或鹼性基之聚合物。酸性基若就吸附特性優異方面而言宜為碸基,鹼性基若就吸附特性優異方面而言宜為胺基。又,具有酸性基之著色劑衍生物與具有鹼性基之樹脂型分散劑同時使用,或具有鹼性基之著色劑衍生物與具有酸性基之樹脂型分散劑同時使用,由於與樹脂之適性良好,因此較適宜。
  作為具有酸性基或鹼性基之樹脂型分散劑,於具有酸性基或鹼性基之主幹聚合物部,接枝結合了分枝聚合物之構造之梳齒型聚合物,係由於分枝聚合物優異的立體排斥效果,故更具有機溶劑可溶性,較為適宜。進而言之,基於上述理由,具有於主幹聚合物1分子,接枝結合了2分子以上之分枝聚合物之分子構造之梳齒型聚合物更適宜。
  樹脂型分散劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。
  (色素衍生物)
  色素衍生物可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。使用色素衍生物時,含有量若從提升分散性的觀點考量,相對於顏料100質量部宜為0.01質量部以上,進而宜為0.5質量部以上,最宜為1質量部以上。又,從耐熱性、耐光性的觀點考量,宜為200質量部以下,進而宜為100質量部以下。
  (界面活性劑)
  界面活性劑可使用例如與第1態樣之說明相同之物。添加樹脂型分散劑及/或界面活性劑時,其等之合計量係相對於著色劑100質量部,宜設在0.1~55質量部之範圍內,更宜設在0.1~45質量部之範圍內。樹脂型分散劑及界面活性劑之調配量過少時,難以獲得添加效果。又,該合計之調配量過多時,由於過剩的分散劑,可能對分散造成不良影響。
  <彩色濾光片用著色組成物之製造方法>
  本態樣之彩色濾光片用著色組成物可藉由例如與與第1態樣之說明相同的方法來製造。
  [去除粗粒子]
  從該感光性著色組成物,宜與第1態樣之說明相同,去出粗粒子及混入的微塵。例如從該感光性著色組成物,去除5μm以上之粗粒子,更宜去除1μm以上之粗粒子,進而宜去除0.5μm以上之粗粒子及混入的微塵。亦即,該著色組成物實質上宜不含0.5μm以上之粗粒子。
  <<彩色濾光片>>
  接著,說明有關本發明之第3態樣之彩色濾光片。
  第3態樣之彩色濾光片係於透明基板上,包含由前述之彩色濾光片用著色組成物所形成的濾光片區段或黑矩陣。一態樣之彩色濾光片具備至少1個紅色濾光片區段、至少1個綠色濾光片區段及至少1個藍色濾光片區段。其他形態之彩色濾光片具備至少1個洋紅色濾光片區段、至少1個青色濾光片區段及至少1個黃色濾光片區段。
  <彩色濾光片之製造方法>
  該彩色濾光片可藉由例如與與第1態樣之說明相同的方法來製造。
  本態樣之彩色濾光片用著色組成物具有良好的顯影性。具體而言,於顯影後之基板上非畫線部,甚少有著色組成物之殘留(顯影殘渣),未有畫線部之圖案剝離或缺損等,具有良好的圖像畫線形成性。該著色組成物係著色劑濃度高,加熱後亦可抑制透明性降低。又,使用該著色組成物所製造的彩色濾光片具有良好的穿透性及生產性。
【實施例】
  以下記載本發明之實施例,但本發明不受限於該等實施例。再者,只要未特別註明,「部」係表示「質量部」,「%」係表示「質量%」。
  首先,說明關於實施例及比較例中所進行的各種測定方法等。
  (樹脂之質量平均分子量)
  於下述試驗1,使用凝膠滲透層析測定裝置(「Shodex GPC System-21H」昭和電工製),以聚乙烯換算來測定。
  於下述試驗2及3,使用TSKgel管柱(TOSOH公司製),以裝備有RI檢測器之GPC(TOSOH公司製、HLC-8120GPC),使用THF作為展開溶劑來測定換算為聚苯乙烯之質量平均分子量(Mw)。
  (樹脂之酸價)
  於樹脂溶液0.5~1g,加入丙酮80ml及水10ml,攪拌使其均勻溶解,以0.1mol/K之KOH水溶液作為滴定液,使用自動滴定裝置(「COM-555」平沼產業製)進行滴定,測定樹脂溶液之酸價。然後,從樹脂溶液之酸價及樹脂溶液之非揮發成分濃度,來算出樹脂之每一非揮發成分之酸價。
  (樹脂之銨鹽價)
  以5%鉻酸鉀水溶液作為試劑,以0.1N之硝酸銀水溶液進行滴定而求出後,將其換算為氫氧化鉀之當量後之值,表示固體部分之銨鹽價。
  (樹脂之胺價)
  使用0.1N之鹽酸水溶液,藉由電位差滴定法求出後,換算為氫氧化鉀之當量。
  (顏料之相對表面積)
  以利用氮吸附之BET法來求出。再者,測定係使用自動蒸汽吸附量測定裝置(BEL Japan公司製「BELSORP18」)。
  (顏料之平均一次粒徑)
  採用從電子顯微鏡照片,直接計測一次粒子大小的方法來測定。具體而言,計測各個顏料之一次粒子之短軸徑及長軸徑,取平均作為該顏料粒子之粒徑。接著,針對100個以上之顏料粒子,與已求出粒徑之立方體逼近而求出各粒子之體積(質量),將體積平均粒徑設為平均一次粒子徑。再者,電子顯微鏡係使用穿透型(TEM)。
  <<試驗1>>
  試驗1係關於第1態樣。於試驗1,對應於第1態樣之例子記載為「實施例」,其他例子記載為「比較例」。
  <樹脂黏結劑之製造方法>
  <鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(A)之製造方法>
  (鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(A-1)之調製)
  於分離式的4支燒瓶,安裝溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、攪拌裝置,於該反應容器裝入丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯100部。於該反應容器,一面注入氮氣一面加熱至120℃,以相同溫度,從滴下管歷經2.5小時滴下苯乙烯5.2部、縮水甘油基丙烯酸甲酯35.5部、二環戊基丙烯酸甲酯41.0部、偶氮雙異丁腈1.0部之混合物。
  接著,以將反應容器內進行空氣置換,對於丙烯酸17.0部,放入三二甲基胺苯酚0.3部及對苯二酚0.3部,以120℃繼續反應5小時,於固體成分酸價=0.8時結束反應,獲得質量平均分子量約12000(藉由GPC測定)之丙烯酸樹脂溶液。
  進一步添加四氫苯二甲酸酐30.4部及三乙基胺0.5部,以120℃繼續反應4小時,添加丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯,直到非揮發成分成為40%為止,獲得鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(A-1)。
  (鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(A-2)之調製)
  除了使用二環戊烯基丙烯酸甲酯來取代二環戊基丙烯酸甲酯以外,其他均採與樹脂黏結劑溶液(A-1A)相同的方法來獲得樹脂黏結劑溶液(A-2)。質量平均分子量為12500。
  (鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(A-3)之調製)
  於具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌裝置之分離式的4支燒瓶中,裝入丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯370部。升溫至80℃,將燒瓶內進行氮置換後,從滴下管歷經2小時滴下對枯基酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯酸酯(東亞合成公司製ARONIX M110)18部、芐基丙烯酸甲酯10部、丙三醇丙烯酸甲酯18.2部、甲基丙烯酸甲基25部及2,2'–偶氮雙異丁腈2.0部之混合物。滴下結束後,進一步以100℃繼續反應3小時,其後添加於環己酮50部溶解了偶氮雙異丁腈1.0部所得之溶液,進一步以100℃繼續反應1小時。接著,將反應容器內進行空氣置換,對丙烯酸9.3部(丙三醇基之當量),將三二甲基胺苯酚0.5部及對苯二酚0.1部放入反應容器內。以120℃繼續反應6小時,於固體成分酸價成為0.5的時點結束反應,獲得丙烯酸樹脂溶液。進一步加入四氫苯二甲酸酐19.5部(所生成的羥基之當量)及三乙基胺0.5部,以120℃繼續反應3.5小時,獲得丙烯酸樹脂溶液。冷卻至室溫後,將樹脂溶液取樣約2g。以180℃加熱歷經20分鐘以使其乾燥,測定未揮發成分。根據如此所獲得的非揮發成分含有量,於先前合成之樹脂溶液添加丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯,以使非揮發成分成為20質量部,獲得鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(1A-3)。質量平均分子量(Mw)為19000。
  (鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂溶液(B)之調製)
  於具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌裝置之分離式的4支燒瓶中,裝入丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯70.0部。升溫至80℃,將反應容器內進行氮置換後,從滴下管歷經2小時滴下正丁基丙烯酸甲酯13.3部、2-羥基乙基丙烯酸甲酯4.6部、甲基丙烯酸4.3部、對枯基酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯酸酯(東亞合成公司製ARONIX M110)7.4部及2,2'–偶氮雙異丁腈0.4部之混合物。滴下結束後,進一步繼續反應3小時,獲得固體成分30質量部,質量平均分子量26000之丙烯酸樹脂溶液。冷卻至室溫後,將樹脂溶液取樣約2g。以180℃加熱歷經20分鐘以使其乾燥,測定非揮發成分。根據如此所獲得的非揮發成分含有量,於先前合成之樹脂溶液添加丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯,以使不揮發成分成為20質量部,獲得鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂溶液(B-1)。
  <微細化顏料之製造方法>
  (藍色微細化顏料(p1)之生成)
  將酞菁系藍色顏料之C.I.顏料藍15:6(東洋墨水製造股份有限公司製「Lionol Blue ES」)100部、已粉碎之食鹽800部及二乙二醇100部放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作所製),以70℃歷經12小時混合攪拌。接著,將該混合攪拌物放入溫水3000部中,一面加熱至約70℃,一面以高速混合機歷經約1小時攪拌而製成漿狀。重複過濾及水洗以去除食鹽及溶劑之二乙二醇後,以80℃乾燥24小時,獲得98部的藍色微細化顏料(p1)。所獲得的藍色微細化顏料(p1)之平均一次粒徑為28.3nm。
  (紫色微細化顏料(p2)之生成)
  將二噁嗪系紫色顏料之C.I.顏料紫23(Clariant公司製「Fast Violet RL」)120部、已粉碎之食鹽1600部及二乙二醇100部放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作所製),以90℃歷經18小時混合攪拌。接著,將該混合攪拌物放入溫水5000部中,一面加熱至約70℃,一面以高速混合機歷經約1小時攪拌而製成漿狀。重複過濾及水洗以去除食鹽及溶劑之二乙二醇後,以80℃乾燥24小時,獲得118部的紫色微細化顏料(p2)。所獲得的紫色微細化顏料(p2)之平均一次粒徑為26.4nm。
  (紅色微細化顏料(p3)之生成)
  將二酮吡咯並吡咯系紅色顏料C.I.顏料紅254(日本千葉公司製「IRGAZIN RED 2030」)120部、已粉碎之食鹽1000部及二乙二醇120部放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作所製),以60℃歷經10小時混合攪拌。接著,將該混合攪拌物放入溫水2000部中,一面加熱至約80℃,一面以高速混合機歷經約1小時攪拌而製成漿狀。重複過濾及水洗以去除食鹽及溶劑之二乙二醇後,以80℃乾燥24小時,獲得115部的紅色微細化顏料(p3)。所獲得的紅色微細化顏料(p3)之平均一次粒徑為24.8nm。
  (黃色微細化顏料(p4)之生成)
  將鎳錯合物系黃色顏料C.I.顏料黃150(LANXESS公司製「E-4GN」)100部、氯化鈉700部及二乙二醇180部放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作所製),以80℃歷經6小時混合攪拌。接著,將該混合攪拌物放入溫水2000部中,一面加熱至約80℃,一面以高速混合機歷經約1小時攪拌而製成漿狀。重複過濾及水洗以去除食鹽及溶劑之二乙二醇後,以80℃乾燥24小時,獲得95部的黃色微細化顏料(p4)。所獲得的黃色微細化顏料(p4)之平均一次粒徑為39.2nm。
  (綠色微細化顏料(p5)之生成)
  將酞菁系綠色顏料之C.I.顏料綠36(東洋墨水製造股份有限公司製「Lionol Green 6YK」)120部、氯化鈉1600部及二乙二醇270部放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作所製),以70℃歷經12小時混合攪拌。接著,將該混合攪拌物放入溫水5000部中,一面加熱至約70℃,一面以高速混合機歷經約1小時攪拌而製成漿狀。重複過濾及水洗以去除食鹽及溶劑之二乙二醇後,以80℃乾燥24小時,獲得117部的綠色微細化顏料(p5)。所獲得的綠色微細化顏料(p5)之平均一次粒徑為32.6nm。
  <側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c)之製造方法>
  (側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1)之調製)
  於具備溫度計、攪拌機、蒸餾管、冷卻器之4支分離式的燒瓶,裝入甲基乙酮67.3部,於氮氣流下升溫至75℃。於該反應容器,安裝放入了甲基丙烯酸甲酯34.0部、正丁基丙烯酸甲酯28.0部、2-乙基己基丙烯酸甲酯28.0部、二甲基胺乙基丙烯酸甲酯10.0部、2,2'–偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)6.5部、及甲基乙酮25.1部之均勻混合物之滴下漏斗,歷經2小時滴下前述混合物。滴下結束2小時後,從所獲得的固體成分確認聚合產率為98%,質量平均分子量(Mw)為6830。冷卻至50℃,添加氯化甲基3.2部、乙醇22.0部,以50℃繼續反應2小時後,歷經1小時加溫至80℃,進一步繼續反應2小時,獲得樹脂成分47質量部、於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1)。所獲得的樹脂之銨鹽價為34mgKOH/g。
  (側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c2)之調製)
  於具備溫度計、攪拌機、蒸餾管、冷卻器之4支分離式的燒瓶,裝入異丙醇62.4部,於氮氣流下升溫至75℃。於該反應容器,安裝放入了乙基丙烯酸甲酯32.1部、正丙基丙烯酸甲酯25.1部、月桂基丙烯酸甲酯25.1部、甲基丙烯醯胺丙基三甲基氯化銨17.7部、2,2'–偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)5.7部、及乙基乙酮15.6部之均勻混合物之滴下漏斗,歷經2小時滴下。滴下結束2小時後,從所獲得的固體成分確認聚合產率為98%,質量平均分子量(Mw)為7420。冷卻至50℃,加入異丙醇72部,獲得樹脂成分40量部、於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c22)。所獲得的樹脂之銨鹽價為45mgKOH/g。
  (側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c3)之調製)
  於具備溫度計、攪拌機、蒸餾管、冷卻器之4支分離式的燒瓶,裝入甲基乙酮67.3部,於氮氣流下升溫至75℃。於該反應容器,安裝放入了異丙基丙烯酸甲酯27.5部、苄基丙烯酸甲酯25.0部、2-乙基己基丙烯酸甲酯27.5部、N,N-二甲基胺甲基苯乙烯20.0部、2,2'–偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)6.7部、及甲基乙酮25.1部之均勻混合物之滴下漏斗,歷經2小時滴下。滴下結束2小時後,從所獲得的固體成分確認聚合產率為98%,質量平均分子量(Mw)為6770。冷卻至50℃,添加氯化苄基15.7部、乙醇22.0部,以50℃繼續反應2小時後,歷經1小時加溫至80℃,進一步繼續反應2小時,獲得樹脂成分50質量部、於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c3)。所獲得的樹脂之銨鹽價為60mgKOH/g。
  (側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c4)之調製)
  於具備溫度計、攪拌機、蒸餾管、冷卻器之4支分離式的燒瓶,裝入異丙醇62.4部,於氮氣流下升溫至75℃。於該反應容器,安裝放入了甲基丙烯酸甲酯25.0部、硬脂醯丙烯酸甲酯20.0部、環己基丙烯酸甲酯20.0部、BLEMMER PE90(日油公司製、二乙二醇單丙烯酸甲酯)15.0部、N-乙烯基砒喀烷酮20.0部、2,2'–偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)4.7部、及異丙醇15.6部之均勻混合物之滴下漏斗,歷經2小時滴下。滴下結束2小時後,從所獲得的固體成分確認聚合產率為98%,質量平均分子量(Mw)為7550。冷卻至50℃,添加氯化甲基9.0部、異丙醇22.0部,以50℃繼續反應2小時。其後,歷經1小時加溫至80℃,進一步繼續反應2小時。其後,加入異丙醇50部,獲得樹脂成分44質量部、於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c4)。所獲得的樹脂之銨鹽價為92mgKOH/g。
  (側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c5)之調製)
  於具備溫度計、攪拌機、蒸餾管、冷卻器之4支分離式的燒瓶,裝入甲基乙酮82.0部,於氮氣流下升溫至75℃。於該反應容器,安裝放入了乙基丙烯酸甲酯23.5部、三級丁基丙烯酸甲酯26.0部、月桂基丙烯酸甲酯25.0部、KAYAMAR PM-21(日本化藥公司製、ε-己內酯1莫耳附加2-羥基乙基丙烯酸甲酯之磷酸酯)10.0部、二乙基胺丙基丙烯酸甲酯17.5部、2,2'–偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)6.0部、及甲基乙酮25.6部之均勻混合物之滴下漏斗,歷經2小時滴下。滴下結束2小時後,從所獲得的固體成分確認聚合產率為98%,質量平均分子量(Mw)為7010。冷卻至50℃,獲得樹脂成分48質量部、於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c5)。所獲得的樹脂之銨鹽價為49mgKOH/g。
  <鹵化化合物之製造方法>
  (鹵化化合物(C-1))
  採下述程序,從C.I.酸性紅289及側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1)生成鹵化化合物(C-1)。
  於水2000部添加51部之側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1),充分進行攪拌混合後,加熱至60℃,準備好樹脂溶液。於該樹脂溶液,逐次少許滴下於90部之水中,令10部之C.I.酸性紅289溶解所得之水溶液。滴下結束後,以60℃歷經120分鐘攪拌,以充分反應。反應終點係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開的時點。亦即,於不會滲開時,判斷已獲得鹵化化合物。一面攪拌一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,進一步水洗。水洗後,從殘留於濾紙上之鹵化化合物,使用乾燥機去除水分予以乾燥,獲得32部之C.I.酸性紅289與側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1)之鹵化化合物(C-1)。此時,鹵化化合物(C-1)中之來自C.I.酸性紅289之有效色素成分含有量為29質量部。
  (鹵化化合物(C-2))
  採下述程序,從C.I.酸性紅289及側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c2)生成鹵化化合物(C-2)。
  於10%之甲醇水溶液2000部添加88部之具有陽離子性基之樹脂(C-2),充分進行攪拌混合後,加熱至60℃,準備好樹脂溶液。於該樹脂溶液,逐次少許滴下於90部之水中,令10部之C.I.酸性紅289溶解所得之水溶液。滴下結束後,以60℃歷經120分鐘攪拌,以充分反應。反應終點係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開的時點。亦即,於不會滲開時,判斷已獲得鹵化化合物。一面攪拌一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,進一步水洗。水洗後,從殘留於濾紙上之鹵化化合物,使用乾燥機去除水分予以乾燥,獲得43部之C.I.酸性紅289與具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c2)之鹵化化合物(C-2)。此時,鹵化化合物(C-2)中之來自C.I.酸性紅289之有效色素成分含有量為22質量部。
  (鹵化化合物(C-3))
  採下述程序,從C.I.酸性紅289及側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c3)生成鹵化化合物(C-3)。
  於10%之N,N-二甲基甲醯胺水溶液2000部添加46.7部之側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c3),充分進行攪拌混合後,加熱至70℃,準備好樹脂溶液。於該樹脂溶液,逐次少許滴下於90部之水中,令10部之C.I.酸性紅289溶解所得之水溶液。滴下結束後,以70℃歷經120分鐘攪拌,以充分反應。反應終點係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開的時點。亦即,於不會滲開時,判斷已獲得鹵化化合物。一面攪拌一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,進一步水洗。水洗後,從殘留於濾紙上之鹵化化合物,使用乾燥機去除水分予以乾燥,獲得19部之C.I.酸性紅289與側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c4)之鹵化化合物(C-4)。此時,鹵化化合物(C-4)中之來自C.I.酸性紅289之有效色素成分含有量為53質量部。
  (鹵化化合物(C-4))
  採下述程序,從C.I.酸性紅289及側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c4)生成鹵化化合物(C-4)。
  於1000部的水添加20.0部之具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c4),充分進行攪拌混合後,加熱至70℃,準備好樹脂溶液。於該樹脂溶液,逐次少許滴下於90部之水中,令10部之C.I.酸性紅289溶解所得之水溶液。滴下結束後,以60℃歷經120分鐘攪拌,以充分反應。反應終點係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開的時點。亦即,於不會滲開時,判斷已獲得鹵化化合物。一面攪拌一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,進一步水洗。水洗後,從殘留於濾紙上之鹵化化合物,使用乾燥機去除水分予以乾燥,獲得19部之C.I.酸性紅289與具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c4)之鹵化化合物(C-4)。此時,鹵化化合物(C-4)中之來自C.I.酸性紅289之有效色素成分含有量為53質量部。
  (鹵化化合物(C-5))
  採下述程序,從C.I.酸性紅289及側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c5)生成鹵化化合物(C-5)。
  於20%醋酸2000部添加63.2部之側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c5),充分進行攪拌混合後,加熱至60℃,進行側鏈之3級胺基之銨鹽化,準備好經銨鹽化之樹脂溶液。於該經銨鹽化之樹脂溶液,逐次少許滴下於90部之水中,令10部之C.I.酸性紅289溶解所得之水溶液。滴下結束後,以60℃歷經120分鐘攪拌,以充分反應。反應終點係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開的時點。亦即,於不會滲開時,判斷已獲得鹵化化合物。一面攪拌一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,進一步水洗。水洗後,從殘留於濾紙上之鹵化化合物,使用乾燥機去除水分予以乾燥,獲得38部之C.I.酸性紅289與側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c5)之鹵化化合物(C-5)。此時,鹵化化合物(C-5)中之來自C.I.酸性紅289之有效色素成分含有量為23質量部。
  (鹵化化合物(C-6))
  採下述程序,從C.I.酸性藍112及側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1)生成鹵化化合物(C-6)。
  於10%之甲醇水溶液2000部添加88部之具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1),充分進行攪拌混合後,加熱至60℃,準備好樹脂溶液。於該樹脂溶液,逐次少許滴下於90部之水中,令10部之C.I.酸性藍112溶解所得之水溶液。滴下結束後,以60℃歷經120分鐘攪拌,以充分反應。反應終點係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開的時點。亦即,於不會滲開時,判斷已獲得鹵化化合物。一面攪拌一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,進一步水洗。水洗後,從殘留於濾紙上之鹵化化合物,使用乾燥機去除水分予以乾燥,獲得43部之C.I.酸性藍112與側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1)之鹵化化合物(C-6)。此時,鹵化化合物(c-6)中之來自C.I.酸性藍112之有效色素成分含有量為22質量部。
  (鹵化化合物(C-7))
  採下述程序,從C.I.酸性藍93及側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1)生成鹵化化合物(C-7)。
  於10%之N,N-二甲基甲醯胺水溶液2000部添加46.7部之側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1),充分進行攪拌混合後,加熱至70℃,準備好樹脂溶液。於該樹脂溶液,逐次少許滴下於90部之水中,令10部之C.I.酸性藍93溶解所得之水溶液。滴下結束後,以70℃歷經120分鐘攪拌,以充分反應。反應終點係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開的時點。亦即,於不會滲開時,判斷已獲得鹵化化合物。一面攪拌一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,進一步水洗。水洗後,從殘留於濾紙上之鹵化化合物,使用乾燥機去除水分予以乾燥,獲得29部之C.I.酸性藍93與側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1)之鹵化化合物(C-7)。此時,鹵化化合物(C-7)中之來自C.I.酸性藍93之有效色素成分含有量為30質量部。
  (鹵化化合物(C-8))
  採下述程序,從C.I.酸性紅249及側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1)生成鹵化化合物(C-8)。
  於20%醋酸2000部添加63.2部之側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂1A-1,充分進行攪拌混合後,加熱至60℃,進行側鏈之3級胺基之銨鹽化,準備好經銨鹽化之樹脂溶液。於該經銨鹽化之樹脂溶液,逐次少許滴下於90部之水中,令10部之C.I.酸性紅249溶解所得之水溶液。滴下結束後,以60℃歷經120分鐘攪拌,以充分反應。反應終點係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開的時點。亦即,於不會滲開時,判斷已獲得鹵化化合物。一面攪拌一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,進一步水洗。水洗後,從殘留於濾紙上之鹵化化合物,使用乾燥機去除水分予以乾燥,獲得38部之C.I.酸性紅249與具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1)之鹵化化合物(C-8)。此時,鹵化化合物(C-8)中之來自C.I.酸性紅249之有效色素成分含有量為23質量部。
  (鹵化化合物(C-9))
  採下述程序,從C.I.酸性黃5及側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1)生成鹵化化合物(C-9)。
  於水2000部添加51部之側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1),充分進行攪拌混合後,加熱至60℃,準備好樹脂溶液。於該樹脂溶液,逐次少許滴下於90部之水中,令10部之C.I.酸性黃5溶解所得之水溶液。滴下結束後,以60℃歷經120分鐘攪拌,以充分反應。反應終點係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開的時點。亦即,於不會滲開時,判斷已獲得鹵化化合物。一面攪拌一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,進一步水洗。水洗後,從殘留於濾紙上之鹵化化合物,使用乾燥機去除水分予以乾燥,獲得33部之C.I.酸性黃5與側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂(c1)之鹵化化合物(C-9)。此時,鹵化化合物(C-9)中之來自C.I.酸性黃5之有效色素成分含有量為33質量部。
  (鹵化化合物(C-10))
  採下述程序,從C.I.直接藍86及Disperbyk–2000(BYK Chemie Japan公司製、改質丙烯酸系嵌段共聚物、銨鹽價61mgKOH/g)所組成的鹵化化合物(C-10)。
  於水2000部添加50.9部之Disperbyk–2000,充分進行攪拌混合後,加熱至60℃,準備好樹脂溶液。於該樹脂溶液,逐次少許滴下於90部之水中,令10部之C.I.直接藍86溶解所得之水溶液。滴下結束後,以60℃歷經120分鐘攪拌,以充分反應。反應終點係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開的時點。亦即,於不會滲開時,判斷已獲得鹵化化合物。一面攪拌一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,進一步水洗。水洗後,從殘留於濾紙上之鹵化化合物,使用乾燥機去除水分予以乾燥,獲得31部之C.I.直接藍86與Disperbyk–2000之鹵化化合物(C-10)。此時,鹵化化合物(C-10)中之來自C.I.直接藍86之有效色素成分含有量為33質量部。
  (鹵化化合物(AC-1))
  採下述程序,從C.I.酸性紅289及二硬脂醯二甲基氯化銨(QUARTAMIN D86P)生成鹵化化合物(AC-1)。
  於10%之氫氧化鈉水溶液2000部添加11.5部之QUARTAMIN D86P,充分進行攪拌混合後,加熱至60℃,準備好樹脂溶液。於該溶液,逐次少許滴下於90部之水中,令10部之C.I.酸性紅289溶解所得之水溶液。滴下結束後,以60℃歷經120分鐘攪拌,以充分反應。反應終點係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開的時點。亦即,於不會滲開時,判斷已獲得鹵化化合物。一面攪拌一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,進一步水洗。水洗後,從殘留於濾紙上之鹵化化合物,使用乾燥機去除水分予以乾燥,獲得17部之C.I.酸性紅289與QUARTAMIN D86P之鹵化化合物(AC-1)。此時,鹵化化合物(AC-1)中之來自C.I.酸性紅289之有效色素成分含有量為42質量部。
  <具有酸性基之多官能性單體(OM)之製造方法>
  (具有酸性基之多官能性單體(OM-1))
  於1L容量之4支燒瓶內,放入二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯578g、巰醋酸20g、N,N-二甲基苄基胺0.5g及4-甲氧苯酚0.6g,以50~60℃之溫度繼續反應6小時,獲得具有酸性基之多官能單體(OM-1)。酸價為20,根據凝膠滲透層析的結果所算出的具有酸性基之多官能性單體之含有量若以面積換算為25%。又,多官能性單體(OM-1)之酸價為20KOH-mg/g。
  (具有酸性基之多官能性單體(OM-2))
  於1L容量之4支燒瓶內,放入二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯515g、四氫苯二甲酸酐50g、N,N-二甲基苄基胺0.5g,以80~100℃之溫度繼續反應10小時,獲得包含具有酸性基之多官能單體之多官能性單體(OM-2)。酸價為38,根據凝膠滲透層析的結果所算出的具有酸性基之多官能性單體之含有量若以面積換算為40%。又,多官能性單體(OM-2)之酸價為38KOH-mg/g。
  <顏料分散體之製造方法>
  (藍色顏料分散體(P-B)之調製)
  將下述所示組成之混合物攪拌均勻後,使用直徑1mm之氧化鋯珠,藉由IGER研磨機(IGER Japan公司製「Mini Model M-250 MKII」)歷經5小時予以分散。其後,以5μm的過濾器過濾而獲得藍色顏料分散體(P-B)。
  藍色微細化顏料(p1) :18.0部
  銅酞菁衍生物(化學式(20))
化學式(20):
   式(20)
  樹脂型顏料分散劑  :8.0部
  (BYK公司製BYK-111)
  樹脂黏結劑溶液(A-1) :60.0部
  環己酮  :12.0部
  (紫色顏料分散體(P-V)之調製)
  將下述組成之混合物,與藍色顏料分散體P-B同樣地獲得紫色顏料分散體(P-V)。
  紫色微細化顏料(p2)  :20.0部
  樹脂型顏料分散劑  :8.0部
  (BYK公司製BYK-111)
  樹脂黏結劑溶液(A-1) :60.0部
  環己酮  :12.0部
  (紅色顏料分散體(P-R))
  將下述組成之混合物,與藍色顏料分散體(P-B)同樣地獲得紅色顏料分散體(P-R)。
  紅色微細化顏料(p3)  :10.0部
  蒽醌係顏料(C.I.顏料紅177)  :2.0部
  (日本千葉公司製「CHROMOPHTAL RED A2B」)
  黃色微細化顏料(p4)  :4.0部
  二酮吡咯并吡咯系色素衍生物(化學式(21))  :4.0部
化學式(21):
  式(21)
  樹脂型顏料分散劑  :8.0部
  (日本Lubrizol公司製「Solsparz 20000」)
  樹脂黏結劑溶液(A-1)  :60.0部
  環己酮  :12.0部
  (綠色顏料分散體(P-G))
  將下述組成之混合物,與藍色顏料分散體(P-B)同樣地獲得綠色顏料分散體(P-G)。
  綠色微細化顏料(p5)  :13.5部
  黃色微細化顏料(p4)  :6.5部
  樹脂型顏料分散劑  :8.0部
  (日本千葉公司製「EFKA4300」)
  樹脂黏結劑溶液(A-1)  :60.0部
  環己酮  :12.0部
  <鹵化化合物溶液之製造方法>
  (鹵化化合物溶液(Z-1))
  以葉片攪拌混合下述組成之混合物後,以5.0mm之過濾器過濾,獲得鹵化化合物溶液(Z-1)。
  鹵化化合物(C-1)  :10.0部
  丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMEA)  :90.0部
  (鹵化化合物溶液(Z-2)至(Z-11))
  以下,除了變更為表1所示之鹵化化合物以外,其他均與鹵化化合物溶液(Z-1)同樣地製作鹵化化合物溶液(Z-2)至(Z-11)。
  此時之色素成分之含有量表示於表9。
  在此,「色素成分含有量A」及「色素成分含有量B」分別表示鹵化化合物(C)中之有效色素成分含有量(質量部)及鹵化化合物溶液中之有效色素成分含有量(質量部)。

  【表1】


    [實施例1]
    (感光性著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料R-1))
    將下述混合物攪拌混合均勻,其後以5.0μm的過濾器過濾及混合,獲得感光性著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料R-1)。
    鹵化化合物溶液(Z-1)  :30.0部
    樹脂黏結劑溶液(A-1)  :22.8部
    樹脂黏結劑溶液(B-1)  :5.7部
    單體(OM-1)  :4.5部
    光聚合起始劑(I-1)  :1.6部
    增感劑(S-1)  :0.2部
    丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMEA)  :35.2部
    均染劑(L-1)  :0.005部
    [實施例2至34]
    (感光性著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料(R-2)至(R-34)))
    除了使用表2及表3所示之成分及調配量以外,其他均與感光性著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料R-1A)同樣地獲得感光性著色組成物(R-2)至(R-34)。
    [實施例35]
    除了使用表8所示之成分及調配量,使用環己酮53.2部取代溶劑之丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMEA)35.2部以外,其他均與感光性著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料R-6)同樣地獲得感光性著色組成物(R-35)。
    [比較例1~4]
    (感光性著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料(R-36)至(R-39)))
    除了鹵化化合物溶液或單體採用如表8所示以外,其他均與抗蝕劑材料(R-6)同樣地獲得抗蝕劑材料(R-36)至(R-39)。

  【表2】




  【表3】
The aspects of the invention are described in detail below.
In addition, when one or both of "acrylic acid and methacrylic acid" are shown in this specification, it may be described as "(meth)acrylic acid." Similarly, when one or both of "acrylonitrile and methacryl" are indicated, "(meth)acrylofluorene" may be described. Also, "C.I." means a color index (C.I.).
○The first aspect
First, a first aspect of the present invention will be described.
The method for producing a color filter is known to include: a dyeing method for dyeing a pattern after patterning by a resist; or a transparent electrode having a specific pattern formed in advance, and dissolving and dissolving in a solvent by applying a voltage A plating method in which a pigment-containing resin is ionized to form a pattern, and a pigment dispersion method in which a color resist obtained by dispersing a coloring agent such as a pigment in a resist material is used, and a pigment dispersion method is mainly used as a production method. However, the color filter used as a coloring agent is caused by light scattering or the like by the pigment particles, so that the degree of polarization controlled by the liquid crystal is disordered, and as a result, the brightness or contrast of the color liquid crystal display device is easily lowered. .
As a technique for solving this problem, for example, a review of a dye-based curable composition using a dye as a colorant is proposed in the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 6-75375, and the dye can be present in a dissolved state in the curability. In the medium of the composition. However, as for the color filter using a dye in the colorant, the dye used for the color resist is required to have heat resistance, light resistance, and solubility to the resin and the organic solvent used for the resin.
Therefore, in order to improve solubility and to improve heat resistance and light resistance, a color filter using a salt of an anionic dye and a cationic surfactant as a colorant has been proposed. Such a color filter is described in, for example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 5-333207 and No. 2004-307391. In general, it is known to use sodium sulfonate (-SO) as an anionic dye.3Na) is changed to a salt of an organic amine to enhance the solubility of the anionic dye in an organic solvent. The above coloring agent enhances the solubility of the anionic dye for the organic solvent by changing the sodium sulfonate group of the anionic dye to the matrix salt of the cationic surfactant, and enhances heat resistance by increasing the molecular weight. Lightfastness. However, these methods are incapable of obtaining sufficient solubility for the solvent used for producing the color filter, and are not compatible with the resin, so that it is difficult to impart long-term storage stability to the coloring composition for a color filter. Further, it is difficult to impart strong adhesion between the coating film and a transparent substrate such as glass.
Further, as a halogenated compound of an anionic dye, for example, JP-A-2005-350648, a cationic resin is used as a counter-charged substance as a crystalline aqueous coloring material, and the purpose is to use a dye. Used in the state of particles, the use of color filters that are required to be used in a dissolved state has not been reviewed in detail.
Further, for example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-352815 proposes a coloring resin composition in which an anionic dye is added to a copolymer solution obtained by copolymerizing a monomer having a guanamine structure. This is achieved by the action of the guanamine structure as a dyeing point on the anionic dye to stabilize the dye in the coating film and improve the tolerance. However, the method disclosed herein is a problem in which a foreign matter is produced by mixing a copolymer and an anionic dye in an organic solvent, so that a dye having a high polarity is not sufficiently dissolved.
The present inventors focused on cumulative research in order to solve the various problems described above, and as a result, found a coloring composition for a color filter which, if used as a coloring agent, contains a resin having a cationic group in a side chain and an anionic dye. The halogenated compound or a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is excellent in storage stability, does not cause foreign matter to the coating film, and has strong adhesion to a transparent substrate such as glass, and has good developability. The residue of the colored composition or the like is generated in the non-pixel portion on the substrate after development. Then, according to the discretion, the completion of this aspect.
That is, the second aspect of the present invention is a coloring composition for a color filter containing a colorant, a resin, a monomer, and an organic solvent; and the coloring agent contains a halogenated compound which contains a cation by a side chain. The reaction of a resin of a base with an anionic dye; the aforementioned monomer comprises a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group.
In the color filter of the second aspect, the coloring composition for a color filter used includes a halogenated compound obtained by reacting a resin having a cationic group in a side chain with an anionic dye; and a polyfunctional group having an acidic group; By using a single color filter, a color filter having high storage stability can be obtained, and foreign matter is not generated when the coating film is formed, and the adhesion is excellent and the developability is good, and the non-pixel on the substrate after development can be suppressed. The residue of the coloring composition or the like is generated.
Specifically, it is considered that the colored composition is formed of a halogenated compound contained as a coloring agent to form a salt having a cation in a side chain and a salt structure obtained by reacting with an anionic dye, thereby reacting with a resin binder, a monomer, and a solvent. The compatibility is improved, so that the stability of the coloring composition is improved, and the generation of foreign matter is also suppressed.
Further, since the alkali developability is improved by the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group contained as a monomer, no residue is generated.
Further, it has been judged that the adhesion to the glass surface is enhanced by the influence of the acidic functional group of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group.
It has been found that the stability of the colored composition is improved by the combination, and the generation of foreign matter can be suppressed, and the development residue does not occur, and the substrate adhesion becomes high.
<<Coloring composition for color filter>>
As described above, the coloring composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the present invention contains a coloring agent, a resin binder, a monomer, and an organic solvent; and the coloring agent contains a halogenated compound which has a cationic group by a side chain. The reaction of the resin with an anionic dye; the monomer contains a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group.
<colorant>
The colorant contains a halogenated compound as an essential component, and the aforementioned halogenated compound is obtained by reacting a resin having a cationic group in a side chain with an anionic dye. The colorant may further contain a pigment as needed.
<halogenated compound>
The halogenated compound is a halogenated compound obtained by reacting a resin having a cationic group in a side chain with an anionic dye.
(resin having a cationic group in the side chain)
The resin having a cationic group in the side chain may be any one having at least one onium salt group in the side chain, and is not particularly limited as long as it is difficult to obtain, and the resin having a cationic group in the side chain is preferably a suitable ruthenium. Ammonium salt, iodized salt, sulfur salt, diazonium salt and barium salt of salt structure. Further, from the viewpoint of preserving stability (thermal stability), the resin having a cationic group in the side chain is preferably an ammonium salt, an iodide salt or a phosphonium salt, and further preferably an ammonium salt.
When a coloring composition for a color filter containing a halogenated compound is prepared, and the characteristics of the color filter are exhibited, it is preferable to use a resin which is the same as the resin binder constituting the coloring composition for a color filter. In the present embodiment, the acrylic resin is preferably used as the coloring composition for the color filter. Therefore, the resin having a cationic group in the side chain for obtaining the halogenated compound is preferably an acrylic resin.
Further, as the resin having a cationic group in the side chain, a vinyl-based resin containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (1) is preferably used.
General formula (1):
Formula 1)
[General formula (1), R18It is a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group. R19~Rtwenty oneEach independently represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group, a substituted or non-substituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or non-substituted aryl group;19~Rtwenty oneThe two can be combined to form a ring. Q1It means an alkylene group, an arylene group, -CONH-R''- or -COO-R''-, and R'' means an alkylene group. Y-It is an inorganic or organic anion. ]
In general formula (1), R19It is a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group. R19The alkyl group may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-hexyl group or a cyclohexyl group. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly suitable.
By R19When the alkyl group shown has a substituent group, the substituent group may, for example, be a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or the like.
Among the above, R19It is most suitable to use a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
In the general formula (1), R19~Rtwenty oneExamples thereof include a hydrogen atom, a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group, a substituted or non-substituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or non-substituted aryl group.
Here, R19~Rtwenty oneThe alkyl group may, for example, be a linear alkyl group (methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-octyl, n-dodecyl, n-tetradecyl, n-hexadecanyl and n- Octadecyl, etc., branched alkyl (isopropyl, isobutyl, secondary butyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tertiary pentyl, isohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl and 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl, etc.), cycloalkyl (cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, etc.), and bridged cyclic alkyl (norbornyl, adamantane) Base and base). The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R19~Rtwenty oneThe alkenyl group may, for example, be a linear or branched alkenyl group (vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl) , 1-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl and 2-methyl-2-propenyl, etc., cycloalkenyl (2-ring) Hexyl and 3-cyclohexenyl, etc.). The alkenyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
R19~Rtwenty oneExamples of the aryl group include a monocyclic aryl group (such as a phenyl group), a condensed polycyclic aryl group (naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, a phenanthryl group, an anthranquinolyl group, an anthracenyl group, a naphthylquinolyl group, etc.), and Aromatic heterocyclic hydrocarbon group (thienyl group (derived from thiophene)), furyl group (derived from furan), pipenyl (group derived from piper), pyridyl (group derived from pyridine) , 9-carbonyl fluorenyl (based on xanthene) and 9-carbonyl thioxyl (based on thioxan).
By R19~Rtwenty oneWhen the alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the aryl group shown have a substituent group, the substituent group may, for example, be a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkenyl group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbonyl group or a benzene group. The substituent selected by the base or the like. As the substituent, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or a phenyl group is particularly preferable.
From the perspective of stability, R19~Rtwenty onePreferably, it is a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group, more preferably a non-substituted alkyl group. Also, R19~Rtwenty oneTwo of them are combined to form a ring.
In the general formula (1), the Q of the vinyl group and the ammonium salt group is bonded.1It means an alkylene group, an arylene group, -CONH-R''- or -COO-R''-, and R'' represents an alkylene group. Among them, from the viewpoint of polymerization and difficulty in obtaining, it is preferable to be -CONH-R''- or -COO-R''-. Further, R'' is more preferably a methyl group, an ethane group, a propane group or a butylene group, and particularly preferably an ethane group.
Y in the general formula (1) constituting the counter anion of the foregoing resin-The component is an inorganic or organic anion. The counter anion can be used without any limitation, and specific examples thereof include halide ions such as hydroxide ions, chloride ions, bromide ions, and iodide ions; acid ions such as formic acid ions and acetate ions; and carbonate ions. , inorganic acid ions such as hydrogencarbonate ions, nitrate ions, sulfate ions, sulfite ions, chromic acid ions, potassium dichromate ions, phosphate ions, permanganic ions, etc.; cyanide ions; and further, such as hexacyanoferrate ( III) complex ions such as acid ions. From the viewpoint of synthetic suitability or stability, it is preferably a halide ion and a carboxylate ion, and is most preferably a halide ion. When the counter anion is an organic acid ion such as a carboxylic acid ion, the organic acid ions in the resin may be combined to form an intramolecular salt.
In order to obtain a vinyl resin having a structural unit represented by the general formula (1), a method of copolymerizing not only a monomer having an ammonium salt group and ethylene as a monomer component but also a method can be used. It is obtained by copolymerizing a monomer having an amine group and ethylene as a monomer component, and reacting the obtained acrylic resin having an amine group with a hydrazine chlorinating agent to carry out ammonium chlorination.
When a monomer having an ammonium salt group and an ethylene bond is copolymerized as a monomer component, a monomer having a 4-stage ammonium salt group and ethylene bonding may, for example, be (meth)acryloyloxyethyltrimethyl chloride. Ammonium, (meth)acryloyloxyethyltriethylammonium chloride, (meth)acryloyloxyethyldimethylammonium chloride, (meth)acryloyloxyethylmorphoammonium chloride, etc. Alkyl (meth) acrylate type 4th ammonium salt; (meth) acrylamide propyl trimethyl ammonium chloride, (meth) acrylamide ethyl triethyl ammonium chloride, (methyl An alkyl (meth) acrylamide amine grade 4 ammonium salt such as acrylamide ethyl dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride; dimethyl diallyl ammonium methyl sulfate; and trimethyl vinyl Phenyl ammonium chloride and the like.
When an acrylic resin having an amine group is obtained, and the hydrazine chlorinating agent is reacted to be ammonium chlorinated, the monomer having an amine group and ethylene bonding may, for example, be dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate or the like. Ethylamine ethyl (meth) acrylate, dipropyl amine ethyl (meth) acrylate, diisopropyl amine ethyl (meth) acrylate, dibutyl amine ethyl (meth) acrylate Ester, diisobutylamine ethyl (meth) acrylate, di-tert-butylamine ethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, diethylamine B (meth) acrylate, diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, dipropylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, diisopropyl propyl propyl (meth) acrylamide , dibutylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, diisobutylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, di-tertiary-butylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, etc. with dioxane a (meth) acrylate or (meth) acrylamide; and a styrene having a dialkylamine group such as dimethylamine styrene or dimethylamine methyl styrene; Diene such as diene methylamine or dienamine An amine compound; an aromatic vinyl monomer containing an amine group such as N-vinylpyrrolidine, N-vinylpyrrolidone or N-vinylcarbazole.
The hydrazine chlorinating agent may, for example, be an alkylsulfate such as dimethylsulfuric acid, diethylsulfonic acid or dipropylsulfuric acid; a sulfonic acid ester such as p-toluenesulfonic acid methyl or benzenesulfonic acid methyl; methyl chloride or chlorine chloride; An alkyl bromide such as an alkane, a chloropropane or a chlorooctane; an alkyl bromide such as methyl bromide, ethyl bromide, propane bromide or octyl bromide; or benzyl chloride or benzyl bromide.
The reaction of the amine group with the hydrazine chlorinating agent can generally be carried out by dropping a polymer solution having an amine group and dropping the hydrazine chlorinating agent in an amount equal to or less than the amine group. The temperature at the time of the ammonium chlorination reaction is about 90 ° C or less, and particularly when the vinyl monomer is ammonium chlorinated, it is preferably about 30 ° C or less, and the reaction time is about 1 to 4 hours.
Further, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl halide can also be used as the hydrazine chlorinating agent. The alkoxycarbonylalkyl halide can be represented by the following general formula (2).
General formula (2):
Z-Rtwenty two-COORtwenty three
In the general formula (2), Z is a halogen such as chlorine or bromine, and is preferably bromine;twenty twoAn alkylene group having 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms;twenty threeIt is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
The reaction of an amine group with an alkoxycarbonylalkyl halide can be carried out by reacting the above-mentioned hydrazine chlorinating agent with an alkoxycarbonylalkyl halide having an amine group of less than or equal to an amine group, and then -COOR' 'Transfer to carboxylate ion (-COO)-) and get. Thereby, a polymer having a carbonyl betaine structure represented by the general formula (2) and having an ammonium salt group can be obtained.
In addition, as another monomer having ethylene coupling which can be used together with a structural unit having a cationic group in forming a side chain and a monomer having ethylene bonding, crotonate, vinyl ester, and cisplatin are mentioned. Oleic acid diesters, phthalic acid diesters, itaconic acid diesters, vinyl alcohol esters, (meth) acrylamides, vinyl ethers, vinyl alcohol esters, styrenes, (Meth)acrylonitrile or the like. Further, it may contain a copolymerization unit derived from a monomer having an acidic group.
Examples of the crotonate include crotonate butyl and crotonate hexyl groups.
Examples of the vinyl esters include vinyl ethyl ester, ethylene propyl ester, vinyl butyl carbonate, vinyl methoxyethyl ester, and benzoic acid ethylene.
Examples of the maleic acid diesters include dimethyl maleic acid, diethyl maleate, and dibutyl maleate.
Examples of the phthalic acid diesters include dimethyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, and dibutyl phthalate.
Examples of the itaconic acid diesters include dimethyl itaconate, diethyl itaconate, and dibutyl itaconate.
Examples of the (meth)acrylamides include (meth)acrylamide, N-methyl(meth)acrylamide, N-ethyl(meth)acrylamide, and N-propyl ( Methyl) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-n-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-tert-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ring Hexyl (meth) acrylamide, N-(2-methoxyethyl)(meth) acrylamide, N,N-dimethyl(meth) acrylamide, N,N-diethyl ( Methyl) acrylamide, N-phenyl (meth) acrylamide, N-benzyl (meth) acrylamide, (meth) propylene morpholine, diacetone acrylamide, and the like.
Examples of the vinyl ethers include methyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, hexyl vinyl ether, and methoxyethyl vinyl ether.
Examples of the styrenes include styrene, methyl styrene, dimethyl styrene, trimethylstyrene, ethyl styrene, isopropyl styrene, butyl styrene, hydroxystyrene, and methoxy. Styrene, butoxystyrene, ethoxylated styrene, fluorostyrene, difluorostyrene, bromostyrene, fluoromethylstyrene, protected by an acid-removable group (eg tertiary Boc) Etc.) Protected hydroxystyrene, ethylene benzoic acid methyl, and α-methylstyrene.
Examples of the monomer having an acidic group include unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, α-chloroacrylic acid, and cinnamic acid; maleic acid, maleic anhydride, phthalic acid, and clothing. Unsaturated dicarboxylic acid or its anhydrides such as benic acid, itaconic anhydride, citraconic acid, citraconic anhydride, mesaconic acid; unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acids having three or more valences or anhydrides thereof; succinic acid mono(2- Propylene oxiranyl ethyl), succinic acid mono(2-methylpropenyloxyethyl), phthalic acid mono(2-propenyl oxiranyl), phthalic acid mono(2-methylpropene oxime) Mono[(methyl)acryloxyalkylene] esters of polyvalent carboxylic acids of two or more valences such as ethyl); omega-carboxy-polycaprolactone monoacrylate, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone monoacrylic acid A mono(meth)acrylate such as a methyl ester or the like having a terminal carboxyl group.
As a method of obtaining a structural unit having a cationic group having a side chain, particularly a copolymer comprising a structural unit represented by the general formula (11), anionic polymerization, living anionic polymerization, cationic polymerization, living cationic polymerization, or radical can be employed. A conventional method such as polymerization and living radical polymerization. Among them, radical polymerization or living radical polymerization is preferred.
In the case of living radical polymerization, a polymerization initiator is preferably used. As the polymerization initiator, for example, an azo compound and an organic peroxide can be used. Examples of the azo compound include 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2, 2'-azobis(2-methylbutyronitrile), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane). 1–carboxonitrile), 2, 2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2, 2'-azobis(2,4-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile) , dimethyl 2, 2'-azobis(2-methylpropionate), 4, 4'-azobis(4-cyanovaleric acid), 2, 2'-azo double (2– Hydroxymethylvaleronitrile) and 2, 2'-azobis[2-(2-imidazoline-2-yl)propane]. Examples of the organic peroxides include benzammonium peroxide, tertiary hydrogen peroxide butadiene, diisopropyl peroxycarbonate, di-n-propyl peroxycarbonate, and di(2-ethoxyethyl). Peroxycarbonate, tertiary butyl peroxy neoacetate, (3, 5, 5 - trimethylhexyl) peroxide, dipropyl hydrazine peroxide and diethyl hydrazine peroxide . These polymerization initiators may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The polymerization temperature is preferably from 40 to 150 ° C, more preferably from 50 to 110 ° C, and the reaction time is preferably from 3 to 30 hours, more preferably from 5 to 20 hours.
The living radical polymerization method suppresses side reactions which occur in general radical polymerization, and since the polymerization growth occurs on average, it is easy to synthesize a block polymer or a resin having a uniform molecular weight.
Among them, an atomic mobile radical polymerization method using an organic halide or a halogenated fluorenyl compound as a starting agent and a transition metal complex as a catalyst can be adapted to a wide range of monomers. It is more suitable in terms of the polymerization temperature of the equipment. The atomic mobile radical polymerization method can be carried out by the methods described in the following References 1 to 8.
(Reference 1) Fukuda et al., Prog. Polym. Sci. 2004, 29, 329
(Reference 2) Matyjaszewski et al., Chem. Rev. 2001, 101, 2921
(Reference 3) Matyjaszewski et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1995, 117, 5614
(Reference 4) Macromolecules 1995, 28, 7901, Science, 1996, 272, 866
(Reference 5) International Publication No. 96/030421
(Reference 6) International Publication No. 97/018247
(Reference 7) Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-208616
(Reference 8) Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-41117
It is preferred to use an organic solvent for the above polymerization. The organic solvent is not particularly limited, but for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, toluene, xylene, acetone, hexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether B can be used. Ester, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether ethyl ester, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl ester, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether ethyl ester, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl ester or ethylene glycol monobutyl ether Ester and the like. These polymerization solvents can be used by mixing two or more types.
The amount of the ammonium salt group in the vinyl resin containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) which is preferably in this aspect is not particularly limited, but the ammonium salt of the resin preferably has a valence of 10 to 200 mgKOH/g, more preferably 20 to ~. 130 mg KOH / g.
The molecular weight of the vinyl resin which is preferably present in the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is not particularly limited, but the converted weight average molecular weight measured by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is preferably 1,000. ~500,000, more preferably 3,000 to 150,000.
Moreover, it is preferable that the vinyl resin containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) in the present aspect has a property of being dissolved in a solvent widely used for the coloring composition for a color filter. Thereby, a coating film which does not generate foreign matter can be obtained. In particular, the aforementioned vinyl resin preferably has a property of being dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether ethyl ester.
In the resin having a cationic group in the side chain, the total content of the structural unit represented by the above general formula (2) is not particularly limited, but the total structural unit contained in the resin having a cationic group in the side chain is set to When it is 100% by mass, it is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 10 to 50 parts by mass from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and coloring power of the halogenated product.
(anionic dye)
As the anionic dye, the above-described coloring compound in combination with the above copolymer and ion is used. The coloring compound is not particularly limited as long as it has a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a phosphoric acid group or a metal salt thereof in the molecule, and the solubility in an organic solvent or a developer can be considered. The salt forming property, the absorbance, the other interaction with the composition, the light resistance, the heat resistance and the like are appropriately selected.
Examples of the anionic dye include an anthraquinone anionic dye, a monoazo anionic dye, a diazo anionic dye, an oxazine anionic dye, an amine ketone anionic dye, and a xanthene anionic dye. a quinoline anionic dye, a triphenylmethane anionic dye, or the like. Further, an anionic dye is preferably an acid dye or a direct dye. Specific examples of the anionic dye which can be used for the synthesis of the halogenated compound are shown below.
The red dyes include CI acid red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 22 , 23, 24, 25:1, 26, 26:1, 26:2, 27, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44 , 45, 47, 50, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 59, 60, 62, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 70, 71, 73, 74, 76, 76: 1, 80 , 81, 82, 83, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 91, 92, 93, 97, 99, 102, 104, 106, 107, 108, 110, 111, 113, 114, 115, 116, 120 , 123, 125, 127, 128, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 137, 138, 141, 142, 143, 144, 148, 150, 151, 152, 154, 155, 157, 158, 160, 161 ,163,164,167,170,171,172,173,175,176,177,181,229,231,237,239,240,241,242,249, 252,253,255,257 , 264, 266, 267, 274, 276, 280, 286, 289, 299, 306, 309, 311, 323, 333, 324, 325, 334, 335, 336, 337, 340, 343, 344, 347, 348 , 350, 351, 353, 354, 356, 388 and so on.
Also, CI direct red 1, 2, 2: 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 10: 1, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 21, 22, 23 can also be used. 24, 26, 26: 1, 28, 29, 31, 33, 33: 1, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39, 42, 43, 43: 1, 44, 46, 49, 52, 53, 54 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 7, 67: 1, 68, 72, 72: 1, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 79, 81, 81:1, 85, 86, 88, 89, 90, 97, 100, 101, 101: 1, 107, 108, 110, 114, 116, 117, 120, 121, 122, 122: 1, 124, 125, 127, 127:1 127: 2, 128, 129, 130, 132, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 140, 141, 148, 149, 150, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 169, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 186, 204, 211, 213, 214, 217, 222, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 232, 236, 237, 238, etc. .
The yellow dyes include CI acid yellow 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 9:1, 10, 11, 11:1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 17 : 1, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 36, 38, 39, 40, 40:1, 41, 42, 42:1, 43 , 44, 46, 48, 51, 53, 55, 56, 60, 63, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 72, 76, 82, 83, 84, 86, 87, 90, 94, 105, 115 , 117, 122, 127, 131, 132, 136, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 149, 153, 159, 166, 168, 169, 172, 174, 175, 178, 180, 183, 187 , 189, 190, 191, 192, 199, etc.
Also, CI direct yellow 1, 2, 4, 5, 12, 13, 15, 20, 24, 25, 26, 32, 33, 34, 35, 41, 42, 44, 44:1, 45, 46, 48, 49, 50, 51, 61, 66, 67, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 81, 84, 86, 90, 91, 92, 95, 107, 110, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 126, 127, 129, 132, 133, 134, and the like.
The orange dyes include CI acid orange 1, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 20: 1, 22, 23 , 24, 24, 1, 25, 27, 28, 28: 1, 30, 31, 33, 36, 37, 38, 41, 45, 49, 50, 51, 54, 55, 56, 59, 79, 83 , 94, 95, 102, 106, 116, 117, 119, 128, 131, 132, 134, 136, 138, and the like.
Also, CI direct orange 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 13, 17, 19, 20, 21, 24, 25, 26, 29, 29:1, 30, 31, 32, 33, 43, 49, 51, 56, 59, 69, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 79, 80, 83, 84, 85, 87, 88, 90, 91, 92, 95, 96, 97, 98, 101, 102, 102: 1, 104, 108, 112, 114, and the like.
The blue dye may be CI Acid Blue 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 , 26, 27, 29, 34, 35, 37, 40, 41, 41:1, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57 , 58, 62, 62: 1, 63, 64, 65, 68, 69, 70, 73, 75, 78, 79, 80, 81, 83, 84, 85, 86, 88, 89, 90, 90:1 , 91, 92, 93, 95, 96, 99, 100, 103, 104, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 124, 127, 127 : 1,128,129,135,137,138,143,145,147,150,155,159,169,174,175,176,183,198,203,204,205,206,208,213,227 230, 231, 232, 233, 235, 239, 245, 247, 253, 257, 258, 260, 261, 262, 264, 266, 269, 271, 272, 273, 274, 277, 278, 280, and the like.
Also, CI Direct Blue 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 8, 1:1, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 19, 20, 21, 21:1, 22, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 35, 36, 37, 40, 42, 45, 48, 49, 50, 53, 54, 55, 58, 60, 61, 64, 65, 67, 79, 96, 97, 98: 1, 101, 106, 107, 108, 109, 111, 116, 122, 123, 124, 128, 129, 130, 130: 1, 132, 136, 138, 140, 145, 146, 149, 152, 153, 154, 156, 158, 158: 1, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 174, 177, 181, 184, 185, 188, 190, 192, 193, 206, 207, 209, 213, 215, 225, 226, 229, 230, 231, 242, 244, 253, 254, 260, 263, and the like.
The purple dye may be CI acid violet 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5: 1, 6, 7, 7: 1, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 36, 38, 39, 41, 42, 43, 47, 49, 51, 63, 67, 72, 76, 96, 97, 102, 103, 109, etc.
Also, CI Direct Violet 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 18, 21, 22, 25, 26, 27 may also be used. 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 45, 51, 52, 54, 57, 58, 61, 62, 63, 64, 71, 72, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 85, 86, 87, 88, 93, 97, and the like.
The green dye may be CI Acid Green 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 22, 25, 25:1. 27, 34, 36, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 44, 54, 55, 59, 66, 69, 70, 71, 81, 84, 94, 95, and the like.
Further, C.I. Direct Green 11, 13, 14, 24, 30, 34, 38, 42, 49, 55, 56, 57, 60, 78, 79, 80, etc. may also be used.
(production of halogenated compounds)
The halogenated compound used in the present aspect can be easily stirred or vibrated to cause a resin having a cationic group in a side chain, an aqueous solution dissolved in an anionic dye, or an aqueous solution of a resin having a cationic group in a side chain under stirring or vibration. Obtained by mixing an anionic dye aqueous solution. In the aqueous solution, the cationic group of the resin and the anionic group of the dye are ionized, and the ion-bonding portion is precipitated as water-insoluble. Conversely, since the salt composed of the reverse anion of the resin and the counter cation of the acid dye is water-soluble, it can be removed by washing with water or the like. The resin having a cationic group in the side chain and the anionic dye system may be used in a single type or in a plurality of types having different structures.
The solvent used in the formation of the salt is a resin having a cationic group in the side chain and is dissolved in the anionic dye. Therefore, a mixed solution of water and a water-soluble organic solvent can also be used. The water-soluble organic solvent may, for example, be methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, n-butanol, isobutanol or 2-( Methoxymethoxy)ethanol, 2 -butoxyethanol, 2 - (isopropoxy)ethanol, 2 - (hexyloxy) ethanol, 2 - (hexyloxy) ethanol, diethylene glycol, diethyl Glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol, glycerin, tetraethylene glycol , dipropylene glycol, acetone, diacetone alcohol, aniline, pyridine, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, methyl ethyl ketone, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl hydrazine, tetrahydrofuran (THF), Dioxane, 2-oxanone, 2-methylxanthone, N-methyl-2-indole ketone, 1,2-hexanediol, 2,4,6-hexanetriol, Tetrafuranmethanol, 4-methoxy-4-pentanone, and the like. These water-soluble organic solvents are preferably used in an amount of 5 to 50 parts by mass, and preferably 5 to 20 parts by mass, based on the total weight of the aqueous solution (100 parts by mass).
The content of the dye component derived from the anionic dye in the halogenated compound is in the mass portion of the halogenated compound 100, and is preferably in the range of 10 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 15 to 55 parts by mass. By controlling within this range, a halogenated compound excellent in solvent solubility can be obtained.
Further, the mass portion of the effective dye component (except for the counter ion such as an alkali metal ion) in the anionic dye contained in the halogenated compound can be measured by the spectroscopic spectrum of the halogenated compound solution and the anionic dye solution adjusted to the same concentration. Calculated by calculating the spectral intensity ratio of the maximum absorption wavelength.
For example, a halogenated compound solution and an anionic dye solution can be prepared at a certain concentration by using a solvent (N-methyl-2-oxacandone or the like) which dissolves both the halogenated compound and the anionic dye, and the halogenation obtained by measuring the absorbance is used. The absorbances of the maximum absorption wavelengths of the compound solution and the anionic dye solution were set to Xa and Xb, respectively. Many anionic dyes contain a counter ion such as an alkali metal ion. In this case, if the number of counter ions present in one molecule is Na, the atomic weight of the counter ion is set to Ma, and the molecular weight of the xanthene acid dye is set to In Mb, the mass portion of the effective dye component in the anionic dye is imparted by the following formula (iv).
(1-Ma×Na×Mb)×100[mass part] (iv)
Then, by using this formula, the mass portion of the effective dye component in the anionic dye contained in the halogenated compound can be calculated by the following formula (v).
(Xa/Xb) × (1-Ma × Na / Mb) × 100 [mass part] ... (v)
The ratio of the resin having a cationic group in the side chain to the anionic dye may be appropriately adjusted if the molar ratio of the total anionic group of the total cationic unit of the resin to the anionic dye is in the range of 10/1 to 1/4. The halogenated compound is preferably in the range of 2/1 to 1/2.
(pigment)
The coloring composition for a color filter of this aspect may further contain a pigment as a coloring agent.
The pigment may be used singly or in combination of two or more organic or inorganic pigments. The pigment is preferably a pigment having high color rendering property and high heat resistance, and particularly preferably a pigment having high heat decomposition resistance, and an organic pigment is generally used. The following is a specific example of the organic pigment which can be used for a color filter by using a color index number.
For the red coloring composition used to form the red filter segments, for example, CI Pigment Red 7, 9, 14, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 81:1, 81 can be used. : 2, 81:3, 97, 122, 123, 146, 149, 168, 177, 178, 180, 184, 185, 187, 192, 200, 202, 208, 210, 215, 216, 217, 220, 223 Red pigments such as 224, 226, 227, 228, 240, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264 and 272.
In addition to these red pigments, it can also be used together with the yellow pigment or the orange pigment shown below.
In the red coloring composition, CI Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34 can be used simultaneously. , 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86 , 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128 , 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175 Yellow pigments and/or CI pigments such as 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, etc. 36, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61, 71 , 73 and other orange pigments.
For the green coloring composition for forming the green filter segment, a green pigment such as C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58 or the like can be used. Further, in the green coloring composition, CI Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32 can be used at the same time. , 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83 , 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127 , 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174 Yellow pigments such as 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 198, 199, 213, 214, 218, 219 or 220.
For the blue colored composition for forming the blue filter segment, for example, CI Pigment Blue 1, 1:2, 1:3, 2, 2:1, 2:2, 3, 8, 9, 10 can be used. , 10:1, 11, 12, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 18, 19, 22, 24, 24:1, 53, 56, 56 : 1,57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64 and other blue pigments. Further, in the blue coloring composition, a purple pigment such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 29, 30, 32, 37, 40, 42, 45 may be used at the same time.
For the cyan coloring composition for forming the cyan filter section, for example, CI Pigment Blue 15:1, 15:2, 15:4, 15:3, 15:6, 16, 81, etc. may be used alone or in combination. Color pigments.
The magenta coloring composition for forming the magenta filter segment may be used alone or in combination, for example, a purple pigment such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, C.I. Pigment Red 144, 146, 177, 169, 81, and a red pigment. In the magenta colored composition, a yellow pigment can be used at the same time.
The inorganic pigments are, for example, titanium oxide, palladium sulfate, zinc white, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, purple red paint (red iron oxide (III)), cadmium red, ultramarine blue, indigo, chrome oxide green, cobalt green, brown earth and Synthetic iron black. The inorganic pigment is used in combination with an organic pigment in order to achieve a balance between chroma and brightness while ensuring good coatability, sensitivity, developability, and the like.
[Pigment Refining]

The pigment used in this aspect is preferably refined by salt milling in order to correspond to high penetration and high contrast. From the viewpoint of good dispersion in the colorant carrier, the primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 10 nm or more. Further, it is preferably 80 nm or less from the viewpoint of forming a filter segment having a high contrast ratio. A particularly suitable range is from 20 to 60 nm.
The primary particle diameter of the pigment was determined from an electron micrograph of the pigment obtained by TEM (transmission electron microscope). Specifically, first, from the TEM image, one pigment particle that can see the entire primary particle is selected. Next, the line segment having the largest length is selected from the line segments connecting the two points on the contour of the pigment particle image. This line segment is set to the first line segment. Next, from the line segments connecting the two points on the contour of the pigment particle image, a line segment orthogonal to the first line segment is selected. This line segment is set to the second line segment. Then, find the length L of the first line segment1Length L with the second line segment2Average, set it to the average length LAvAnd further find the length of one side and the average length LAvThe volume V of the equal cube. The above measurement and calculation are performed on 100 or more pigment particles, and the average of the volume V is obtained, and this is set as the average volume V.Av. With the average volume VAvThe length of one side of the cube is set to the average primary particle size of the pigment particles.
The salt milling treatment refers to heating a mixture of a pigment, a water-soluble inorganic salt and a water-soluble organic solvent using a kneader, a 2-roll mill, a 3-roll mill, a ball mill, an attritor, and a sand mill. After mechanically mixing and stirring, the water-soluble inorganic salt and the water-soluble organic solvent are removed by washing with water. The water-soluble inorganic salt functions as a pulverization aid. In salt milling, the high hardness of the inorganic salt is used to pulverize the pigment. By optimizing the conditions in which the pigment is subjected to a salt milling treatment, it is possible to obtain a pigment having a very fine primary particle diameter, or a narrow distribution range thereof and a clear particle size distribution.
As the water-soluble inorganic salt, for example, sodium chloride, cesium chloride, potassium chloride or sodium sulfate can be used. From the price point of view, sodium chloride (salt) should be used. From the viewpoint of the treatment efficiency and the production efficiency, the water-soluble inorganic salt is preferably used in an amount of 50 to 2000 parts by mass, and most preferably 300 to 1000 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
The water-soluble organic solvent functions as a wet pigment and a water-soluble inorganic salt, and is not particularly limited as long as it is dissolved (mixed) in water and the inorganic salt used is substantially insoluble in water. However, in the salt milling treatment, the temperature rises and the solvent is in a state of easy evaporation. Therefore, from the viewpoint of safety, it is preferably a high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 120 ° C or higher. For example, 2-methoxymethoxyethane, 2-butoxyethane, 2-(isopropoxy)ethane, 2-(hexyloxy)ethane, 2-(hexyloxy)ethane can be used. , diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, liquid poly Ethylene glycol, 1-methoxy-2-propane, 1-ethoxy-2-propane, dipropylene glycol, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether or liquid polypropylene glycol. The water-soluble organic solvent is preferably used in an amount of from 5 to 1,000 parts by mass, and most preferably from 50 to 500 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
When the pigment is subjected to salt milling, the resin may be added as needed. The kind of the resin to be used is not particularly limited, and a natural resin, a modified natural resin, a synthetic resin, a synthetic resin modified from a natural resin, or the like can be used. The resin to be used is preferably solid at room temperature and insoluble in water, and a part is soluble in the above organic solvent. The amount of the resin to be used is preferably in the range of 5 to 200 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment.
<Resin Adhesive>
The resin binder is a coloring agent, in particular, a substance in which a halogenated product is dispersed, or a halogenated product is dyed and/or infiltrated. The resin binder is preferably in the entire wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm in the visible light region, and has a transmittance of 80% or more, more preferably 95% or more. The resin binder is, for example, a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin. The resin binder may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Moreover, when the coloring composition of this aspect is used in the form of an alkali-developing type coloring resist, it is preferable to use an alkali-soluble resin obtained by copolymerizing a monomer having an acidic group-containing ethylene bond. Further, in order to further enhance the light sensitivity, a photosensitive resin having ethylene bonding may also be used.
Among the resin binders, an alkali-soluble photosensitive resin having both alkali-soluble and photo-curing properties is particularly preferable.
Examples of the thermoplastic resin include butyral resin, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, chlorinated polyethylene, chlorinated polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl acetate, and polyurethane. Resin, polyester resin, acrylic resin, alkyd resin, polystyrene resin, polyamide resin, rubber resin, cyclized rubber resin, cellulose, polyethylene, polybutadiene resin, polyimine Resin, etc. Examples of the thermosetting resin include an epoxy resin, a benzoamide resin, a rosin-modified maleic acid resin, a rosin-modified fumaric acid resin, a melamine resin, a urea resin, a phenol resin, and the like.
Examples of the thermosetting resin include a benzoamide resin, a rosin-modified maleic acid resin, a rosin-modified fumaric acid resin, a melamine resin, a urea resin, a phenol resin, and the like.
The alkali-soluble resin obtained by copolymerizing a monomer having an acidic group and an ethylene bond may, for example, be a resin having an acidic group such as a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group.
Specifically, the alkali-soluble resin may, for example, be an acrylic resin having an acidic group, an α-olefin-(anhydride) maleic acid copolymer, a styrene-styrenesulfonic acid copolymer, or a styrene-(meth)acrylic acid. Copolymer and isobutylene-(anhydride) maleic acid copolymer. Among them, at least one resin selected from the group consisting of an acrylic resin having an acidic group and a styrene-styrenesulfonic acid copolymer having an acidic group is preferable, and an acrylic resin having an acidic group is particularly preferably used because it has high heat resistance and transparency.
The mass average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin binder is preferably in the range of 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably in the range of 5,000 to 80,000, and still more preferably in the range of 5,000 to 30,000. Further, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably in the range of 5,000 to 50,000. The value of Mw/Mn is preferably 10 or less.
When the mass average molecular weight Mw of the resin binder exceeds 100,000, the interaction between the resins becomes strong, and the viscosity of the colored filter for the color filter becomes high, so that it is easy to be difficult to handle. Moreover, when the mass average molecular weight Mw is less than 5,000, problems may occur in developability or adhesion to a substrate such as glass.
The acid value of the resin binder is preferably from 20 to 300 mgKOH/g from the viewpoints of dispersibility, permeability, developability and resistance of the pigment. When the acid value is less than 20 mgKOH/g, the solubility in the developer is not good, and it is difficult to form a fine pattern. When the acid value exceeds 300 mgKOH/g, a fine pattern is not left.
The resin binder can be used in an amount of 20 to 400 parts by mass, and more preferably 50 to 250 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent in the coloring composition.
(alkali soluble photosensitive resin)
The resin binder preferably contains an alkali-soluble photosensitive resin.
As the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin of the present aspect, for example, a resin in which ethylene is bonded is introduced according to the method (a) or the method (b) shown below.
[method (a)]
As the method (a), for example, by copolymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group with one or more other monomers, the side chain epoxy group of the obtained copolymer is rendered unsaturated. An ethylenic double-bonded unsaturated carboxyl group of an unsaturated monovalent acid is subjected to an additional reaction, and a polyvalent acid anhydride is reacted with the generated hydroxyl group to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated double bond and a carboxyl group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group include epoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, methyl epoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and 2-epoxypropoxy group (A). Acrylate, 3,4 epoxybutyl (meth) acrylate and 3,4 epoxy cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the standpoint of reactivity with an unsaturated monovalent acid in the next step, it is preferably a propylenepropyl (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the unsaturated monovalent acid include (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m- or p-vinylbenzoic acid, and α-halogenane, alkoxy, halogen, and nitrate of (meth)acrylic acid. And a monocarboxylic acid such as a cyanide substituent. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Examples of the polyvalent acid anhydride include tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, and maleic anhydride, and these may be used alone or in combination of two or more. If necessary, the number of carboxyl groups and the like may be increased, and a tricarboxylic acid anhydride such as trimellitic anhydride may be used, or a tetracarboxylic dianhydride such as pyromellitic dianhydride may be used, or the residual anhydride group may be hydrolyzed or the like. Further, when a polyvalent acid anhydride is used, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride or maleic anhydride having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond can further increase the ethylenic unsaturated double bond.
The method similar to the method (a) includes, for example, a part of a side chain carboxyl group of a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing an unsaturated ethylenic monomer having a carboxyl group with one or more other monomers, and having a ring The ethylenically unsaturated ethylenic monomer is subjected to an additional reaction to introduce an unsaturated ethylenic double bond and a carboxyl group.
[method (b)]
As the method (b), comprising using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydroxyl group, copolymerizing with another unsaturated monovalent acid having a carboxyl group or another monomer, and having a side chain hydroxyl group of the obtained copolymer, having an isocyanate A method in which an isocyanate group of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer is reacted.
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydroxyl group include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- or 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2 - or 3 - or 4 - hydroxy butyl A hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as a (meth) acrylate, a glycerol (meth) acrylate or a cyclohexane dimethanol mono (meth) acrylate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, it can also be used in the above-mentioned hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate, and polyether mono(meth)acrylic acid obtained by additionally polymerizing an ethylene peroxide, a propylene peroxide, and/or a butyl peroxide. Ester, or (poly)ester mono(meth)acrylate with (poly)γ-valerolactone, (poly)ε-caprolactone and/or (poly)12-hydroxystearic acid. From the viewpoint of suppressing the coating film foreign matter, it is preferably 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate or glycerol (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an isocyanate group include 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate or 1,1-bis[(meth)acrylofluoreneoxy]ethyl isocyanate, but are not limited thereto. Alternatively, you can use two or more types at the same time.
The alkali-soluble photosensitive resin is, for example, a resin having a carboxyl group and having an ethylene bond; specifically, an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid such as (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid or α-chlorinated acrylic acid, maleic acid, and benzene An unsaturated dicarboxylic acid such as formic acid. Alkali-soluble photosensitive resin precursors having other ethylene-bonding monomers are, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl ( Methyl) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, secondary butyl (meth) acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl ( Methyl) acrylate, isoamyl (meth) acrylate, neopentyl (meth) acrylate, tertiary pentyl (meth) acrylate, 1-methyl butyl (meth) acrylate, Hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate, Mercapto (meth) acrylate, sterol oxime (meth) acrylate, isosteid oxime (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, allyl (meth) acrylate or oil The alkyl or alkenyl (meth) acrylate such as an alkenyl acrylate is not limited thereto, and a monomer having another ethylene bond may also be used depending on the purpose. The alkali-soluble photosensitive resin precursor may have two or more kinds of monomers having other ethylene bonds. From the viewpoint of pigment dispersibility, the monomer having other ethylene bonds in the precursor of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin is preferably methyl (meth) acrylate or ethyl (meth) acrylate.
<monomer>
The single system of this aspect contains a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group. The monomer of this aspect contains a monomer or oligomer which is hardened by ultraviolet rays or heat or the like to form a resin.
(multifunctional monomer having an acidic group)
Examples of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group include poly(meth)acrylates containing a polyvalent alcohol and (meth)acrylic acid, esterified products with dicarboxylic acids, and polyvalent carboxylic acids. An esterified product of a monohydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate or the like. Specific examples thereof include trimethylolpropane diacrylate, trimethylolpropane diacrylate methyl ester, neopentyl alcohol triacrylate, neopentyl alcohol trimethyl acrylate, and dipentaerythritol. Monohydroxy oligoacrylate or monohydroxy oligo acrylate such as penta acrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol penta acrylate, and malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, p-benzene a monoester of a dicarboxylic acid such as dicarboxylic acid containing a free carboxyl group; propane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid (tricarboxylic acid), butane-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid, benzene-1,2 , 3-tricarboxylic acid, benzene-1,3,4-tricarboxylic acid, benzene-1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid and other tricarboxylic acids, with 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate A monohydroxy monoacrylate such as a methyl ester, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate or 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate or an oligoesteride containing a free carboxyl group of a monohydroxymethyl methacrylate or the like. The polyfunctional monomer may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds at any ratio as needed.
Further, a compound represented by the following formula (3) can also be suitably used.


(where, R10Is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R11Is a carbon number of 1 to 12 carbon atoms, X1The system represents an organic group having a carbon number of 3 to 60 (n+o), n is an integer of 2 to 18, and o is an integer of 1 to 3. )
Here, the compound represented by the formula (3) can be easily obtained by, for example, the following method.
(1) a method of adding a ruthenium compound to a compound obtained by subjecting a compound having an organic group represented by X to acrylate with acrylate;
(2) a method in which a compound having an organic group represented by X is modified with a polyisocyanate compound, and an acrylate compound having a hydroxyl group is used to acrylize the obtained compound, and then a ruthenium compound is added to the obtained compound;
(3) A method in which a compound obtained by supplying an organic group represented by X is acrylated to be acrylated, and then modified with a polyisocyanate compound to add a ruthenium compound to the obtained compound.
Examples of the compound which supplies the organic group represented by X include pentaerythritol, a caprolactone modification of pentaerythritol, a polyisocyanate modification of pentaerythritol, and dipentaerythritol and dioxon. A caprolactone modification of a tetraol, a polyisocyanate modification of dipentaerythritol.
Examples of the ruthenium compound include hydrazine acetic acid, 2-propionic acid, 3-propionic acid, o-benzoic acid, 2-nonylnic acid, and decanoic acid.
The content of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is usually from 5 to 500 parts by mass, more preferably from 20 to 300 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resin binder. When the content of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is less than 5 parts by mass, the pixel strength or the smoothness of the surface of the pixel tends to decrease, and if it exceeds 500 parts by mass, for example, the alkali developability is lowered, and the area other than the pixel portion tends to be formed. It is prone to substrate contamination or film residue.
(other polyfunctional monomers)
The monomer of this aspect may also contain other polyfunctional monomers other than the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group.
Other polyfunctional monomers include, for example, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, epoxy (meth)acrylate, and EO modification. Bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanedi(di)di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanedipine (methyl) Acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth) acrylate, tris(propylene oxyethyl) isocyanide, three (Propylene methoxyethyl) isocyanide, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, caprolactone modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, epoxy acrylate , pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, and the like.
These other polyfunctional monomers may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds at any ratio as needed. When a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group and other polyfunctional monomers are used at the same time, the content of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is based on the total mass of all the monomers (100 mass parts), preferably 10 masses. More than 50 parts by mass or more. When the content of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is 10 parts by mass or more, a filter segment excellent in adhesion to the substrate or no development residue can be obtained.
(monofunctional monomer)
The monomer of this aspect may also contain a monofunctional monomer.
Monofunctional monomers are, for example, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone monoacrylate, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone monomethyl acrylate, 2-propenyl oxyethyl succinic acid, 2-propene methoxyethyl succinyl Acid, 2-propenyloxypropyl succinic acid, 2-propenyl methoxymethoxy succinic acid, methoxyethylene glycol acrylate, methyl methacrylate methacrylate, methoxy diethylene glycol acrylate, A Oxydiethylene glycol methacrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol acrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol methyl acrylate, methoxypropylene glycol acrylate, methoxypropyl glycol methyl acrylate, methoxydipropylene glycol acrylate, methoxy Dipropylene glycol methyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, methyl 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, and commercially available 2-propenyl oxyethyl succinic acid (trade name M -5300).
The monofunctional monomers may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.
<solvent>
The coloring composition of this aspect further comprises a solvent. The solvent may be contained so that the colorant is sufficiently dispersed and/or infiltrated into the colorant carrier, and the film is coated on the substrate to have a dry film thickness of 0.2 to 5 μm to easily form a filter segment.
The solvent may, for example, be ethyl lactate, benzyl alcohol, 1,2,3-trichloropropane, 1,3-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol diacetate. , 1, 4 - dioxane, 2 - heptanone, 2-methyl-1, 3-propanediol, 3, 3, 5 - trimethyl-2, cyclohexene-1, ketone, 3, 5, 5 Trimethylcyclohexanone, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methyl-1,3-butanediol, 3-methoxy-3-methylacetate, 3-methoxybutyl Alcohol, butyl 3-methoxyacetate, 4-heptanone, m-xylene, m-diethylbenzene, m-dichlorobenzene, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamidine Amine, n-butanol, n-butylbenzene, n-propyl acetate, o-xylene, o-chlorotoluene, o-diethylbenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, p-chlorotoluene, p-diethylbenzene, di-n-butylbenzene, tert-butyl Benzene, γ-butyrolactone, isobutanol, isophorone, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate , ethylene glycol mono-tert-butyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl Ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diisobutyl ketone, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, two Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, cyclohexanol, cyclohexanol acetate, cyclohexanone, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate Salt, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diacetone alcohol, triacetin, tripropylene glycol monobutyl ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol diacetic acid Salt, propylene glycol phenyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, phenyl alcohol , methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl cyclohexanol, n-aminoacetic acid, n-butyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, divalent acid ester, and the like.
Among them, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate are preferably used from the viewpoint of dispersion of the pigment and halogenated compound in this aspect, and dissolution. And an alcoholic acid ester such as ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate or an aromatic alcohol such as benzyl alcohol or a ketone such as cyclohexanone. Particularly, from the viewpoint of safety and hygiene and low viscosity, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is preferably used. The organic solvent may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds at any ratio as needed. When two or more organic solvents are used in combination, the above preferred organic solvent preferably contains 65 to 95 parts by mass.
The organic solvent is used to adjust the viscosity of the colored composition, and it is preferable to form a filter segment having a uniform film thickness as the target, and it is preferably used in an amount of 800 to 4,000 parts by mass with respect to the mass portion of the colorant 100.
Further, in addition to the above-mentioned components, a photopolymerization initiator, a sensitizer, an amine compound, a leveling agent, a curing agent, and a curing accelerator described below can be used as the coloring composition for a color filter.
<Photopolymerization initiator>
In the coloring composition for a color filter, the composition is cured by ultraviolet irradiation, and when a filter segment is formed by photolithography, a photopolymerization initiator may be contained. The composition can be prepared by adding a photopolymerization initiator in the form of a solvent development type or an alkali development type coloring resist material.
The photopolymerization initiator can be used: 4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone, 4-t-butyldichloroacetophenone, diethoxyacetophenone, 1–(4-isopropylbenzene) Base)–2–hydroxy- 2–methylpropane–1-ketone, 1-hydroxycyclohexylbenzophenone, 2-benzyldimethylamine-1–(4-morpholinylphenyl)–butane–1– An acetophenone compound such as a ketone; a benzo compound such as benzo, benzoxyl ether, benzoether, benzoisopropyl ether or benzyldimethylketal; benzophenone, benzoquinone benzoic acid, benzene Benzoic acid methyl, 4-phenylbenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, propylene benzophenone, 4-benzoquinone-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, 3, 3', a benzophenone compound such as 4, 4'-tetra(t-butylperoxycarboxy)benzophenone; thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, isopropylthiophene a thioxanthone compound such as ketone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 2, 4, 6-trichloro-o-triazine, 2-phenyl- 4, 6-bis(trichloromethyl)-o-triazine, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-o-triazine, 2–(pair Phenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-o-triazine, 2-piperonyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-o-triazine, 2,4-bis(trichloromethane) —6– Styryl-o-triazine, 2–(naphtho-l-yl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-o-triazine, 2–(4-methoxynaphthalene –1–yl)–4, 6–bis(trichloromethyl)-o-triazine, 2,4-trichloromethyl-(piperidinyl)-6-triazine, 2,4-trichloromethyl ( Triazine-based compounds such as 4'-methoxystyryl-6-6-triazine; 1,2-octanedione, 1–[4–(phenylthio)–, 2(O–benzopyrene)] , O-(Ethyl)-N-(1-phenyl-2-carbonyl- 2–(4′-methoxy-naphthyl)ethylidene)hydroxylamine and other oxime ester compounds; bis (2, 4, Phosphate compounds such as 6-trimethylbenzo)epoxyphenylphosphine, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoepoxyphenylphosphine; 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone, ethylhydrazine, etc. a compound; a borate ester compound; an oxazole compound; an imidazole compound; or a titanocene compound.
These photopolymerization initiators may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds at any ratio as needed.
The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably from 5 to 200 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the colorant. The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably from 10 to 150 parts by mass from the viewpoint of photocurability and developability.
<sensitizer>
In the colored composition for a color filter of the present aspect, a sensitizer may be further contained.
The sensitizer may, for example, be an unsaturated ketone represented by a flavonoid derivative or dibenzylideneacetone, a 1,2-dione derivative represented by benzyl or camphorquinone, a benzo derivative, or an anthracene. Derivatives, naphthoquinone derivatives, anthracene derivatives, xanthene derivatives, thioxanthene derivatives, xanthone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, coumarin derivatives Polymethine pigment, acridine derivative, azabenzene derivative, diene terpene derivative, oxazine derivative, porphyrin derivative, etc., such as a cyanine derivative, a merocyanine derivative, and a cyanine derivative , anthracene derivative, sulfonium salt derivative, squaric acid ylide derivative, porphyrin derivative, tetraphenylporphyrin derivative, triarylmethane derivative, tetrabenzoporphyrin derivative, tetrapyrazine porphyrin Derivative, phthalocyanine derivative, tetrazoporphyrin derivative, tetraquinoxaline porphyrin derivative, naphthalocyanine derivative, phthalocyanine derivative, pyridinium salt derivative, thiopyridinium salt derivative , Tetraphyrin derivatives, olefin derivatives, spiropyran derivatives, spirooxazine derivatives, thiospirone derivatives , metal aromatic hydrocarbon complex, organic ruthenium complex, Michler's ketone derivative. Further, in the present invention, the derivative means a compound which is substituted with another atom or a functional group, or which is oxidized or reduced, or a part of the compound, is changed to the original compound. The derivative may have a structure which contains most of the skeleton of the original compound, and only the structure similar to the original compound may exhibit a completely different property.
Specifically, the "Special Functional Materials" (1986, CMC) compiled by the "Pigment Handbook" compiled by Ohara Shinto and others, and the "Special Functional Materials" (1986, CMC) and Chisen-Sang Sanlang, etc. The sensitizer described in "Special Functional Materials" (1986, CMC) is not limited to these. Further, it may contain a sensitizer which exhibits absorption of light from the ultraviolet to the near-infrared region.
Among the above sensitizers, particularly suitable sensitizers are, for example, thioxanthone derivatives, methyl ketone derivatives, and carbazole derivatives. Further specifically, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-chlorothioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 4-isopropylthioxanthone can be used. Ketone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, 4,4''-bis(dimethylamine)benzophenone, 4,4''-bis(diethylamine)benzophenone, 4, 4''-bis(ethylmethylamine)benzophenone, N-ethylcarbazole, 3-benzylidene-N-ethylcarbazole, 3,6-dibenzoyl-N-B Carbazole and the like.
It is also possible that the sensitizer can be contained in two or more kinds at any ratio. The content of the sensitizer is preferably from 3 to 60 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator, and is preferably from 5 to 50 parts by mass from the viewpoint of photocurability and developability.
<Multifunctional thiol>
The coloring composition for a color filter may further contain a polyfunctional thiol.
The polyfunctional thiol can be used in the same manner as described in the third aspect below.
<leveling agent>
In the coloring composition of the present aspect, in order to improve the leveling property of the composition on the transparent substrate, it is preferred to further add a leveling agent. The leveling agent is preferably a dimethyl siloxane having a polyether structure or a polyester structure in the main chain. Specific examples of the dimethyl siloxane having a polyether structure in the main chain include, for example, FZ-2212 manufactured by TORAY‧Dow Corning Co., Ltd., BYK-333 manufactured by BYK Corporation, and the like. Specific examples of the dimethyl methoxy olefin having a polyester structure in the main chain include BYK-310 and BYK-370 manufactured by BYK Corporation. As the leveling agent, it is also possible to use dimethyl methoxyoxane having a polyether structure in the main chain and dimethyl methoxy oxane having a polyester structure in the main chain.
The leveling agent is particularly preferably a so-called surfactant having a hydrophobic group and a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and has hydrophilicity and low solubility in water, and when added to a colored composition, the surface tension reducing ability is low, even if The surface tension reducing ability is low, and the lubricity to the glass sheet is still good. As such a leveling agent, it is preferred to use, for example, dimethyloxane having a polyalkylene oxide unit. The polyalkylene oxide units are, for example, polyethylene oxide units and polyoxypropylene units. Dimethyloxane may also have both polyethylene oxide units and polypropylene oxide units. Further, the combination of the polyalkylene oxide unit and the dimethyloxane may be any of the following types: a pendant type in which a polyalkylene oxide unit is combined in a repeating unit of dimethyloxane; a polyepoxy a terminal unit modified with an alkane unit bonded to a terminal end of dimethyloxane; and a linear block copolymer in which a polyalkylene oxide unit is repeatedly and repeatedly bonded to dimethyloxane. The dimethyloxane having a polyalkylene oxide unit is, for example, FZ-2110, FZ-2122, FZ-2130, FZ-2166, FZ-2191, FZ-2203 and FZ- commercially available from TORAY‧Dow Corning. 2207, but is not limited to these.
The content of the leveling agent is preferably from 0.003 to 1.0 part by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total mass of the coloring composition.
The leveling agent may also optionally comprise an anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric surfactant. The leveling agent may comprise a mixture of two or more surfactants.
The anionic surfactant may, for example, be a polyethylene oxide ether sulfate, a sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, an acrylate of a styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, a sodium alkylnaphthalenesulfonate or an alkyl diphenyl ether. Sodium sulfonate, ethanolamine lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, ethanolamine stearate, ammonium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer and polyethylene oxide Ether phosphate and the like.
The cationic surfactant may, for example, be an alkyl quaternary ammonium salt or the like.
Examples of the nonionic surfactant include polyethylene oxide oleyl ether, polyethylene oxide lauryl ether, polyethylene oxide nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene oxide ether phosphate, and polyethylene oxide sorbitan. An alkyl quaternary ammonium carboxylate internal salt such as glyceryl stearic acid, polyethylene glycol monolauryl ester, alkyl dimethylamine acetic acid quaternary ammonium carboxylate, or an amphoteric surfactant such as alkyl imidazoline or a fluorine-based or Anthraquinone based surfactant.
The amphoteric surfactant may, for example, be an alkylbetaine such as an alkyldimethylamine acetate betaine or an alkylimidazoline. Further, a fluorine-based or sulfhydryl-based surfactant can be mentioned.
<Amine compound>
The coloring composition for a color filter of the present aspect may contain an amine compound. The amine compound reduces the dissolved oxygen.
The amine compound may, for example, be triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, 4-dimethylamine benzoic acid methyl, 4-dimethylamine benzoic acid ethyl, 4-dimethylamine benzoin Acid isoamine, benzoic acid 2-dimethylaminoethyl, 4-dimethylamine benzoic acid 2-ethylhexyl, and N,N-dimethyl-p-toluidine.
<hardener, hardening accelerator>
The coloring composition of this aspect may also contain a curing agent and/or a hardening accelerator. The hardener and/or the hardening accelerator assist in hardening of the thermosetting resin.
Any hardener may be used if the hardener is reactive with the thermosetting resin. As the curing agent, for example, a phenol resin, an amine compound, an acid anhydride, an active ester, a carboxylic acid compound, a sulfonic acid compound, or the like can be effectively used, but it is not particularly limited thereto. Further, among these, a hardening agent is preferably a compound having two or more phenolic hydroxyl groups or an amine-based curing agent in one molecule.
The hardening accelerator is, for example, an amine compound (for example, dicyandiamide, benzyldimethylamine, 4-(dimethylamine)-N,N-dimethylbenzylamine, 4-methoxy-N,N - dimethylbenzylamine, 4-methyl-N,N-dimethylbenzylamine, etc.); a 4-stage ammonium chloride compound (for example, triethylbenzylammonium chloride, etc.); a blocked isocyanate compound (for example) Dimethylamine, etc.); imidazolyl derivative bicyclic oxime compounds and salts thereof (eg imidazolyl, 2-methylimidazolyl, 2-ethylimidazolyl, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazolyl, 2-phenylimidazolyl, 4-phenylimidazolyl, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazolyl and 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-ethyl-4-methylimidazolyl And other; phosphorus compounds (such as triphenylphosphine, etc.); guanamine compounds (such as melamine, guanamine, acetamide, benzoguanamine, etc.); S-triazine derivatives (such as 2,4-diamine - 6-Methyl propylene oxiranyl-S-triazine, 2-vinyl-2,4-diamine-6-triazine, 2-vinyl-4,6-diamine-S-triazine ‧ isocyanate Acid addenda and 2,4-diamine-6-methylpropenyloxyethyl-S-triazine ‧ isocyanate acid addenda). The hardening accelerator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the hardening accelerator is preferably 0.01 to 15 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the thermosetting resin.
<Dispersing Aid>
The coloring composition for a color filter of this aspect may further contain a dispersing aid. The dispersing aid promotes the dispersion of the pigment in a colorant carrier such as a resin binder or an organic solvent. The dispersing aid is, for example, a dye derivative, a resin type dispersant, and a surfactant. The dispersing aid has a great effect on dispersing the pigment well and preventing re-coagulation of the dispersing coloring agent. Therefore, when a coloring composition obtained by dispersing a coloring agent in a pigment carrier by using a dispersing aid is used, a high spectral transmittance can be obtained. Color filter.
In this aspect, the above halogenated compound can also function as a dispersing aid for the pigment used at the same time.
(pigment derivative)
The dye derivative is, for example, an organic pigment, anthracene, acridone or a triazine, and a compound having a basic substituent, an acidic substituent or a sulfhydryl methyl group which may have a substituent. The pigment derivative can be used, for example, in JP-A-63-305173, JP-A-57-15620, JP-A-59-40172, JP-A-63-17102, and JP-A-5- In the case of the publication No. 9469 or the like, these may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, and most preferably 1 part by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. Moreover, from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance, it is preferably 200 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 100 parts by mass or less.
In the color filter composition of the present aspect, when the coloring composition is contained in the blue pigment, as the pigment derivative for dispersing the blue pigment, it is particularly preferable to use a base of copper phthalocyanine in which a basic substituent is introduced into the phthalocyanine pigment. Sex compounds. The basic compound of copper phthalocyanine is preferably an ammonium compound of copper phthalocyanine, for example, a copper phthalocyanine sulfonate ammonium salt compound, a copper phthalocyanine tertiary amine compound, and a copper phthalocyanine ammonium amide compound.
Specifically, it is an amine compound of copper phthalocyanine represented by the following general formula (4). Further, an amine compound of copper phthalocyanine having a basic group represented by the following general formulas (5) to (7) can be suitably used.
By using a basic compound of copper phthalocyanine, especially an amine compound of copper phthalocyanine, in the blue coloring composition, high luminance and high contrast ratio can be achieved when a blue color filter is produced. This is because the basic compound of copper phthalocyanine suppresses the occurrence of fluorescence from the halogenated compound while enhancing the dispersion of the blue pigment. In particular, in the blue coloring composition, a basic compound of a halogenated compound and copper phthalocyanine is present, which is significant.
General formula (4):
P-Lq

[In general formula (4), P: an organic pigment residue, an anthracene residue, an acridone residue or a triazine residue; L: a basic substituent, an acidic substituent or an orthobenzene which may also have a substituent Dimethyl imine methyl; q: an integer from 1 to 4]
In the general formula (4), the organic pigment constituting the organic pigment residue of P may be, for example, the following.
The organic pigment constituting the organic pigment residue of P is, for example, a pyrrolopyrroledione pigment; an azo pigment such as azo, disazo, or polyazo; copper phthalocyanine, copper phthalocyanine, zinc phthalocyanine, a phthalocyanine pigment such as a zinc halide phthalocyanine or a metal-free phthalocyanine; an onion, a diamine, an onion, a pyrimidine, a ketone, an indolinone, a standard reduction blue, a furanone, an anthrone violet dye, etc. Lanthanide pigment; quinophthalone pigment; dithiazide pigment; anthraquinone pigment; anthraquinone pigment; thiazin indigo pigment; isoindane pigment; isoindolinone pigment; quinophthalone pigment Durene-based pigments; dioxazine-based pigments; and metal-compound pigments.
Among them, it is preferable to use a dye derivative having a basic substituent and a basic substituent in the general formula (4). By including a dye derivative having a basic substituent, even in the case of a pigment which is difficult to disperse without a dye derivative having a basic substituent, it is excellent in dispersibility, fluidity, and storage stability. The pigment composition is suitable. The additive effect of the acidic resin type dispersant and the dye derivative having a basic substituent can be a pigment composition which is effective for dispersing a pigment and excellent in fluidity and storage stability.
Among the basic substituents, L is particularly a substituent selected from the group represented by the general formulae (5), (6) and (7).
General formula (5):
Formula (5)
General formula (6):
Formula (6)
General formula (7):
Formula (7)
[In general formula (5) to formula (7),
X1Department –SO2–, –CO–, –CH2–, –CH2NHCOCH2–, –CH2NHSO2CH2– or directly combined;
Y1Department-NH-, -O-, or direct combination;
X2Department –SO2–, –CO–, –CH2–, –CH2NHCOCH2–, –CH2NHSO2CH2– or directly combined;
X3Department –SO2–, –CO–, –CH2–, –CH2NHCOCH2–, –CH2NHSO2CH2– or directly combined;
Y3Department -NH-, -NR58-Z'-NR59- or directly combined;
R58And R59Each of which is independently a hydrogen-bonded, substituted or non-substituted alkyl group having 1 to 36 carbon atoms, a substituted or non-substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 36 carbon atoms, or a substituted or non-substituted phenyl group;
r is an integer from 1 to 10;
a Z'-substituted or non-substituted alkylene group, or a substituted or non-substituted arylene group;
Rtwenty fourAnd R25Each of which is independently a hydrogen-bonded, substituted or non-substituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or non-substituted carbon number of 2 to 30, or Rtwenty fourWith R25a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic ring that is integrated into a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;
R26, R27, R28And R29Each of which is independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or non-substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or non-substituted arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. ;
R30a hydrogen atom, a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or non-substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms;
R31And a substituent represented by the above general formula (5) or a substituent represented by the above general formula (6);
Q2The hydroxyl group, the alkoxy group, the substituent represented by the above formula (5), or the substituent represented by the above formula (6). ]
Examples of the amine component used to form the substituents represented by the general formulae (5) to (7) include dimethylamine, diethylamine, N,N-ethylisopropylamine, and N,N-B. Propylamine, N, N-methylbutylamine, N, N-methylisobutylamine, N, N-butylethylamine, N, N-tert-butylethylamine, diisobutylamine, dipropylamine, N, N-t-butyl propylamine, dibutylamine, di-second butylamine, diisobutylamine, diisobutylamine, N, N-isobutyl second butylamine, diamylamine, diisoamylamine , dihexylamine, bis(2-ethylhexyl)amine, dioctylamine, N, N-methyloctadecylamine, didecylamine, diarylamine, N, N-methyl-1, 2-dimethyl Propylamine, N, N-methylhexylamine, dioleylamine, distearylamine, N,N-dimethylamine methylamine, N,N-dimethylamine ethylamine, N,N-dimethylamine propylamine, N, N-dimethylamine, N,N-diethylamine ethylamine, N,N-diethylamine propylamine, N,N-diethylamine hexylamine, N,N-diethylamine butylamine, N , N-diethylamine pentylamine, N,N-dipropylamine butylamine, N,N-dibutylamine propylamine, N,N-dibutylamine ethylamine, N,N-dibutylamine butylamine, N, N -Diisobutylamine pentylamine, N, N-methyl-lauramide, N, N-ethyl-hexylamine ethylamine, N, N-distearylamine Amine, N, N-dioleylamine, N,N-distearylamine, piperidine, 2-methylpiperidine, 4-methylpiperidine, 2,4-dimethylpiperidine, 2,6-Dimethylpiperidine, 3,5-dimethylpiperidine, 3-piperidinemethanol, methylpiperidine acid, isopiperidinecarboxylic acid, isopiperidinecarboxylic acid methyl, isopiperidinecarboxylic acid ethyl , 2-piperidinemethanol, pyrrole, 3-hydroxypyrrole, N-amineethylpiperidine, N-aminoethyl-4-methylpiperidine, N-amineethylmorpholine, N-aminopropylpiper Pyridine, N-aminopropyl-2-methylpipecolic acid, N-aminopropyl-4-methylpipecolic acid, N-aminopropylmorpholine, N-methylpiperazine, N- Butyl piperazine, N-methylhomopiperazine, 1-cyclopentylpiperazine, 1-amino-4-methylpiperazine or 1-cyclopentylpiperazine.
Pigment derivatives having a basic substituent can be synthesized in various synthetic routes. For example, after the organic dye is introduced into the substituent represented by the formulas (8) to (11), the substituent is reacted with the above-mentioned substituent, and the amine component of the substituent represented by the formula (5) to the formula (7) is, for example, N, N-dimethylaminopropylamino, N-methylpiperidine, diethylamino or 4-[4-hydroxy-6-[3(dibutylamino)propylamino]-1,3,5-triazine –2–amine] aniline and other reactions are obtained.
Equation (8): –SO2Cl
Formula (9): –COCl
Equation (10): –CH2NHCOCH2Cl
Equation (11): –CH2Cl
When the substituent represented by the formulae (8) to (11) is reacted with the above-mentioned amine component, one of the substituents of the formulae (8) to (11) is partially hydrolyzed, and a substance in which chlorine is substituted with a hydroxyl group may be mixed. In this case, the formula (8) and the formula (9) each become a decanoic acid group and a carboxylic acid group, but both may maintain a free acid or a salt of a valence of 1 to 3 or a salt of the above monoamine.
In addition, when the organic dye is an azo dye, the substituents represented by the general formulae (5) to (7) are introduced into the diazo component or the coupling component in advance, and then a coupling reaction is carried out, whereby the coupling can be produced. A nitrogen derivative.
Among the amine compounds of copper phthalocyanine, the substituent represented by the general formula (7) can be synthesized by various synthetic routes. For example, by using cyanogen chloride as a starting material and at least one chlorine of cyanogen chloride, an amine component such as N,N-dimethylamine propylamine which forms a substituent represented by formula (5) and (6) is formed. Or a reaction such as N-methylpiperidine, followed by reacting residual chlorine of cyanogen chloride with various amines or alcohols.
Among the amine compounds of copper phthalocyanine used in this aspect, the most preferable form is a copper phthalocyanine sulfonamide compound.
The copper phthalocyanine sulfonate compound is the above copper phthalocyanine sulfonate compound having a basic substituent, X1, X2And X3For –SO2–, –CH2NHSO2CH2–, Y0For -NH- or direct combination, r is an integer from 1 to 10, Y3For -NH-, -NR58-Z'-NR59- the compound. [Here, R58And R59Each is independently a hydrogen-bonded, substituted or non-substituted alkyl group having 1 to 36 carbon atoms, a substituted or non-substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 36 carbon atoms, or a substituted or non-substituted phenyl group, and Z is a carbon number of 1 to The alkylene group of 20 is more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an arylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group. Base, vinyl, propenyl, phenylalkenyl. ]
The amine compound of copper phthalocyanine may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The blending amount of the copper phthalocyanine amine compound is preferably from 0.01 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably from 1 to 100 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the blue pigment. Further, in the case of the blue coloring composition, the compounding amount of the copper phthalocyanine amine compound is preferably from 0.3 to 1.5 by mass ratio of the halogenated compound (amine compound of halogen phthalocyanine/halogenated compound). By conforming to this range, it is possible to suppress the fluorescence generated from the halogenated compound while enhancing the dispersion of the blue pigment, and as a result, it is possible to obtain a blue coloring composition in which a color filter can achieve high brightness and high contrast ratio. If the mass ratio of the halogenated compound (the amine compound of the copper phthalocyanine/halogenated compound) is less than 0.3, since the fluorescence inhibition and the dispersibility of the amine compound of the copper phthalocyanine are insufficient, the contrast becomes low, and if it exceeds 1.5, It affects the color characteristics and sometimes becomes low brightness. The mass ratio of the halogenated compound (amine compound of a copper phthalocyanine/halogenated compound) is preferably from 0.4 to 1.2, and most preferably from 0.5 to 1.1.
(resin type dispersant)
The resin type dispersant has a pigment affinity site having a property of adsorbing to the added pigment and a site compatible with the colorant carrier, and is adsorbed to the added pigment to stabilize the dispersion of the colorant carrier. The resin type dispersant is, for example, a polycarboxylate such as a polyurethane or a polyacrylate, an unsaturated polyamine, a polycarboxylic acid, a polycarboxylic acid (partial) amine salt, a polycarboxylate ammonium salt, a polycarboxylic acid alkylamine salt, a poly a siloxane, a long-chain polyamine phthalamide phosphate, a hydrocarbon-containing polycarboxylate or a modified product thereof, formed by reacting with a polyester having a polymerized (lower alkylenimine) and a free carboxyl group An oily dispersant such as guanamine or a salt thereof, a (meth)acrylic acid-(meth) acrylate copolymer, a styrene-maleic acid copolymer, a polyvinyl alcohol, a polyvinylpyrrolol or the like, or The water-soluble polymer compound, the polyester-based, the modified polyacrylate-based, the ethylene oxide/propylene oxide-added compound, the phthalate-based compound, and the like are not limited thereto. The resin type dispersant may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
Commercially available resin type dispersants include Disperbyk-101, 103, 107, 108, 110, 111, 116, 130, 140, 154, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166 manufactured by BYK-Chemie. 170, 171, 174, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 190, 2000, 2001, 2020, 2025, 2050, 2070, 2095, 2150, 2155 or Anti-Terra-U, 203, 204, or BYK – P104, P104S, 220S and 6919, or Lactimon, Lactimom-WS or Bykumen, etc., SOLSPERSE 3000, 9000, 13240, 13650, 13940, 17000, 18000, 20000, 21000, 24000, 26000, 27000, manufactured by Lubrizol, Japan. 28000, 31845, 32000, 32500, 32550, 33500, 32600, 34750, 35100, 36600, 38500, 41000, 41090, 53095, 55000, 76500, etc., EFKA-46, 47, 48, 452, 4008, manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan. 4009, 4010, 4015, 4020, 4047, 4050, 4055, 4060, 4080, 4400, 4401, 4402, 4403, 4406, 4408, 4300, 4310, 4320, 4330, 4340, 450, 451, 453, 4540, 4550, 4560, 4800, 5010, 5065, 5066, 5070, 7500, 7554, 1101, 120, 150, 1501, 1502, 1503, etc., Ajinomoto Fine AJISPER-PA111, PB711, PB821, PB822, PB824, etc. manufactured by -Techno Corporation.
When the resin-type dispersant is added, the amount thereof is preferably 0.1 to 55 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 45 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. When the amount of the resin-type dispersant is less than 0.1 part by mass, it is difficult to obtain an effect of addition, and when the amount is more than 55 parts by mass, excessive dispersing agent may adversely affect dispersion.
(surfactant)
The surfactant may be, for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, polyethylene oxide ether sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, acrylate of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, sodium alkylnaphthalenesulfonate, alkyl diphenyl. Sodium ether disulfonate, ethanolamine lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, ethanolamine stearate, ammonium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, ethanolamine of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, polyepoxy Anionic surfactant such as alkyl ether phosphate; polyethylene oxide oleyl ether, polyethylene oxide lauryl ether, polyethylene oxide decyl phenyl ether, polyethylene oxide ether phosphate, polyethylene oxide sorbitol a cationic surfactant such as an anhydride glyceryl stearate; a raw rubber dry-distillation surfactant such as an alkyl 4-grade ammonium salt or an ethylene oxide additive thereof; an alkyl dimethylamine acetate quaternary ammonium carboxylate internal salt, etc. An alkyl quaternary ammonium carboxylate inner salt; or an amphoteric surfactant such as an alkyl imidazoline, but is not limited thereto. The surfactants may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
When the surfactant is added, the amount thereof is preferably 0.1 to 55 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 45 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. When the amount of the surfactant is less than 0.1 part by mass, it is difficult to obtain an effect of addition, and when the amount is more than 55 parts by mass, excessive dispersion may adversely affect dispersion.
<Other additive ingredients>
The coloring composition of this aspect may also contain a storage stabilizer in order to stabilize the viscosity of the composition over time.
Storage stabilizers are, for example, 4-grade ammonium chlorides such as benzyltrimethyl chloride and dimethylhydroxylamine; organic acids such as lactic acid and oxalic acid and ethyl ether thereof; tertiary butyl pyrocatechol; tetraethylphosphine And an organic phosphine such as tetraphenylphosphine; and a phosphite.
The content of the storage stabilizer is, for example, 0.1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant.
Further, in order to improve the adhesion to the transparent substrate, the coloring composition of the present aspect may contain a adhesion improving agent such as a decane coupling agent.
The adhesion promoter is a decane coupling agent such as ethylene tris (β-methoxy-oxy) decane, ethylene ethoxy decane and ethylene trimethoxy decane; γ-methacryloxy propylene (meth)acrylic acid decane such as trimethoxydecane; β-(3,4-epoxycycloalkyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, β-(3,4-epoxycycloalkyl)methyltrimethoxy Baseline, β–(3,4-epoxycycloalkyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, β–(3,4-epoxycycloalkyl)methyltriethoxydecane, γ–epoxypropyl Epoxy decanes such as oxypropyltrimethoxydecane, γ-glycidoxypropyltriethoxydecane; N-β(aminoethyl)γ-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N–β (Amineethyl) γ-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, N-β(aminoethyl)γ-aminopropylmethyldiethoxydecane, γ-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, γ– Amino decanes such as aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-phenyl-gamma-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-phenyl-gamma-aminopropyltriethoxydecane; and gamma-mercaptopropyltrimethyl Oxydecane, γ-mercaptopropyltrimethylethyl decane Isothioguananes.
The content of the adhesion enhancer is, for example, 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the colorant.
<Method for Producing Colored Composition for Color Filter>
Hereinafter, a method of producing a coloring composition for a color filter of the present aspect will be described. First, the halogenated compound is stirred and dissolved in a resin binder and/or an organic solvent to obtain a halogenated compound solution. A resin binder, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator are added to the halogenated compound solution, and further, an organic solvent and other additives are added as needed, and a solvent-developing type or an alkali-developing type photosensitive coloring composition (anti-resistance) is obtained. Etch material).
When the colorant contains a pigment, various pigments such as a three-roll mill, a two-roll mill, a sand mill, a kneader, and an attritor are used to finely disperse the pigment together with the pigment dispersant shown below. , a pigment dispersion is obtained. This is mixed with a halogenated compound solution, a polyfunctional monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, an organic solvent, or the like to obtain a coloring composition for a color filter.
The colorant solution and the pigment dispersion may be separately prepared, and then mixed and used, or the halogenated compound and the pigment may be mixed and dispersed.
When the pigment is dispersed in a resin binder and/or an organic solvent, a dispersion aid may be appropriately added.
[Remove coarse particles]
From the coloring composition for a color filter, coarse particles of 5 μm or more are removed by means of centrifugation, a sintered filter, a membrane filter, or the like, and coarse particles of 1 μm or more are preferably removed, and coarse particles of 0.5 μm or more are preferably removed. And mixed dust. Thus, the colored composition is preferably substantially free of coarse particles of 0.5 μm or more. Further, the colored composition is substantially more preferably free of coarse particles of 0.5 μm or more.
<<Color filter>>
Next, a color filter according to a first aspect of the present invention will be described.
The color filter of the first aspect includes a filter segment formed of the coloring composition for the color filter described above. A color filter of one form includes at least one red filter segment, at least one green filter segment, and at least one blue filter segment. Another aspect of the color filter includes at least one magenta filter segment, at least one cyan filter segment, and at least one yellow filter segment.
<Method of Manufacturing Color Filter>
The color filter of this aspect can be manufactured by, for example, a printing method or photolithography.
The patterned filter segments can be formed by printing and drying only the coloring composition prepared as the printing ink by the printing method. Therefore, the printing method is low in cost and excellent in mass productivity. Further, by the development of printing technology, it is possible to form a fine pattern having high dimensional accuracy and smoothness by printing.
When using ink in printing, it is preferable that the ink does not dry and solidify on the printing plate or on the felt cloth. Moreover, the control of the fluidity of the ink on the printing press is also important. The ink fluidity can be controlled by adjusting the ink viscosity by using a dispersant or an extender pigment.
When the filter segment is formed by the photolithography method, the solvent development type or the alkali development type coloring composition is applied to the transparent substrate by a coating method such as spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, or roll coating. The colored composition prepared by the object is applied to a dry film thickness of, for example, 0.2 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 5 μm. A dry coating film such as a vacuum dryer, a convection oven, an IR oven, or a hot plate is used as needed, and the coating film is exposed to ultraviolet rays through a mask having a specific pattern which is provided in contact or non-contact with the coating film. . Thereafter, the coating film is immersed in a solvent or an alkali developer, or the developer is sprayed to remove the uncured portion from the coating film. Thereby, a film pattern corresponding to a filter segment of a certain color is obtained. The same operation as described above was repeated except that the coloring composition for the color filter segments of other colors was used to form a film pattern corresponding to the remaining filter segments. Thereafter, a color filter is obtained by firing the film patterns. Further, the firing may be performed each time a film pattern is formed.
At the time of development, an aqueous solution such as sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide is used as the alkali developing solution. An organic base such as dimethylbenzylamine or triethanolamine can also be used. Further, an antifoaming agent or a surfactant may be added to the developer.
Further, in order to increase the ultraviolet exposure sensitivity, a water-soluble or alkali-soluble resin such as polyvinyl alcohol or a water-soluble acrylic resin may be applied onto the colored resist film obtained by applying and drying the colored resist. The coating film is dried, and then ultraviolet exposure is also possible. A coating film composed of a water-soluble or alkali-soluble resin prevents oxygen from inhibiting polymerization of the colored resist film.
The color filter can also be manufactured by a method other than printing or photolithography. For example, a color filter can be manufactured by an electrodeposition method or a transfer method. The above colored composition can be utilized in any method.
Further, in the manufacture of a color filter using an electrodeposition method, a substrate having a transparent conductive film on one main surface is prepared, and the transparent conductive film is used as an electrode to cause colloidal particles to be electrophoresed on the transparent conductive film. Thereby a filter segment is formed. Further, in the manufacture of a color filter using a transfer method, a filter segment is formed in advance on a previous main surface of a transfer substrate having a release surface on a main surface, and the filter region is formed. The segment is transferred from the transfer substrate to the substrate.
On the transparent substrate, a black matrix in which a light-shielding pattern is formed before forming the filter segment may be used. The black matrix is made of, for example, a metal film such as a chromium film, a multilayer film such as a chromium/chromium oxide film, an inorganic compound film such as titanium nitride, or a resin film in which a light shielding material is dispersed in a resin.
An electrical circuit, such as an active matrix circuit including a thin film transistor (TFT), may also be formed prior to forming the filter segments on the transparent substrate. Further, on the color filter, other layers such as a film or a transparent conductive film may be further formed as needed.
The substrate on which the color filter is formed is not transparent. For example, a color filter may also be formed on the reflective substrate. When the substrate on which the color filter is formed is transparent, the substrate may be a glass plate such as soda lime glass, low alkali borosilicate glass, alkali-free aluminoborosilicate glass, or polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, or poly. A resin plate such as ethylene glycol. Further, the surface of the glass plate or the resin plate may be formed of a transparent electrode composed of indium oxide, tin oxide or the like for driving the liquid crystal after the panel formation.
The color filter is bonded to the counter substrate by using a sealant. Thereafter, the liquid crystal is injected from the injection port provided in the sealing portion, and the injection port is sealed, and if necessary, a polarizing film or a retardation film is bonded to the outside of the substrate, whereby the liquid crystal display panel is manufactured. The liquid crystal display panel can be used for color filters using twisted nematic (TN), super twisted nematic (STN), planar switching (IPS), vertical alignment (VA), optical compensation bending (OCB), and the like. Colorized liquid crystal display mode.
The color filter of this aspect is excellent in storage stability by the coloring composition. In addition, the color filter composition of the color filter is excellent in developability, and no residual (developing residue) of the colored composition or pattern defect and/or peeling of the pixel portion is generated in the non-pixel portion on the substrate after development. The color filter manufactured by using the coloring composition for a color filter is a coating film which does not generate a foreign material, and has a strong adhesiveness with a transparent substrate, such as glass. Further, the color filter described above has high transmittance and high productivity.
○Second aspect
Next, a second aspect of the present invention will be described.
The color filter is formed on a transparent substrate such as glass or a driving substrate on which a thin film transistor (TFT) is disposed, and a coloring layer is directly formed or a passivation film such as a tantalum nitride film is formed to form a colored layer on the surface thereof. A fine strip (striped) filter segment of two or more different hue is arranged in parallel or in a crosswise manner, or a fine filter segment is arranged in a certain arrangement. The filter segments are from a few micrometers to hundreds of micrometers, are very fine, and are arranged neatly in a specific arrangement for each hue.
The liquid crystal used in such a liquid crystal display device is susceptible to electrical characteristics of members such as color filters built in the liquid crystal display device, and may be disordered in liquid crystal alignment due to liquid crystal contamination or may cause poor switching performance. A problem such as an influence is displayed as a problem. In order to solve such problems, insulation is required for the color layer of the color filter, and the film thickness is increased to improve the insulation, and a color film having a low dielectric constant is formed. In order to solve such a problem, for example, in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2004-117537, a method of selecting a dielectric tangent of two layers in a color layer of a green (green) pixel in a specific range is examined.
In the COA method, which has recently been highlighted by the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-94263, a coloring layer or a passivation film such as a tantalum nitride film is directly formed on a driving substrate on which a thin film transistor (TFT) is disposed. Forming a coloring layer, bonding a substrate on which the colored layer is formed, and forming a substrate for driving a transparent electrode of liquid crystal by vapor deposition or sputtering; the COA method is driven by a thin film transistor (TFT) Since the coloring layer is directly formed on the substrate, the aperture ratio (opening ratio) of the pixel is greatly increased, and high luminance and low cost can be achieved. On the other hand, the mechanism is susceptible to color filtering. The effect of the electrical characteristics of the light sheet.
In order to solve this problem, the film thickness of the color filter segment is generally set to about 1.6 to 2 μm. In the COA method, the following method is often used, that is, a film thickness of about 3 μm or a bridge density is formed. A higher film, thereby reducing the effects of the electrical characteristics of the color filter. Further, since the structure of the color filter segment of the thick film is formed on the thin film transistor (TFT) instead of the insulating film, it is necessary to provide the connection between the transparent electrode and the thin film transistor (TFT) in the color filter section. Since the pores are formed, the photosensitive coloring composition forming the pixel must be more excellent in resolution than the general photosensitive coloring composition. The resolution of the photosensitive coloring composition is generally adjusted by the amount of the photopolymerization initiator and the monomer, and may be improved by selecting a photopolymerization initiator and a monomer having a low sensitivity or an adjustment amount. On the other hand, since the sensitivity is lowered, the adhesion between the photosensitive coloring composition and the glass substrate is lowered, and pattern peeling is likely to occur. Moreover, when a photopolymerization initiator having high sensitivity is used, the pattern tends to be thicker than the mask, and it is difficult to form minute contact holes. Further, in the COA method, the required characteristics of the profile angle, that is, the angle between the pattern profile and the substrate are very strict, and it is difficult to control the profile angle by the conventional photosensitive coloring composition.
In recent years, color filters have been required to have further high penetration and high concentrations. In order to produce a high-density color filter, the concentration of the coloring material in the colored composition to be used must be increased, but the coloring material concentration of the coloring composition is increased, the exposure sensitivity and the solubility during development are helpful for image formation. The characteristics will be relatively reduced. As a result, the solubility of the non-exposed portion in the developing process is deteriorated, and the coloring composition of the non-exposed portion remains in the developing process, and the resist remains undissolved and remains as a release sheet on the substrate, which may cause chromatic aberration or the like. s reason. As a result, the quality of the color filter is lowered and the yield at the time of production is lowered. In other words, when the liquid crystal is a material having a very high insulating property, if the polar compound remaining in the coloring composition for a color filter is dissolved in the liquid crystal cell, the voltage between the electrodes is lowered, resulting in a decrease in the voltage holding ratio. Display unevenness, poor alignment, and the like cause a decrease in the performance of the liquid crystal display element. Therefore, the coloring composition is required to be insoluble to liquid crystals. This resistance is referred to as a voltage holding ratio characteristic, which is an index indicating the electrical characteristics of the display performance of a liquid crystal display element (LCD).
A second aspect of the present invention is a photosensitive coloring composition comprising a colorant, a resin, a monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator; the monomer comprises a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group; and is colored with respect to photosensitivity. 100 parts by mass of the nonvolatile component of the composition, the content of the monomer is 20 to 50 parts by mass, and the photopolymerization initiator contains an acetophenone-based compound and a sulfonium-based phosphorus oxide-based compound; an acetophenone-based compound and an anthracene The mass ratio of the phosphine oxide-based compound (acetophenone-based compound/phosphonium-based phosphorus oxide-based compound) is in the range of 60/40 to 90/10.
The photosensitive coloring composition having the above-described configuration is formed by using a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group, adhesion to a glass substrate, solubility to an alkali developing solution, and high voltage holding ratio characteristics. Further, by setting the amount of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group to a specific range and containing a photopolymerization initiator of a specific component at a specific ratio, a pattern having a good profile angle can be formed.
According to this aspect, a thick film and a high resolution can be obtained, and the adhesion to the glass substrate is good, and the solubility in the alkali developing solution and the high voltage holding property are excellent, and the developability, in particular, the contour angle can be formed well. A photosensitive coloring composition of the pattern, and a color filter using the same.
<<Coloring composition for color filter>>
As described above, the photosensitive coloring composition of the second aspect contains a coloring agent, a resin, a monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator.
<colorant>
For red colorants, for example, Pigment Red 7, 14, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 57:1, 81, 81:1, 81:2 can be used. 81:3, 81:4,122,146,166,168,169,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,200,202,208,210,221,242,246,254,255, Red pigments such as 264, 270, 272, 273, 274, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286 or 287. Further, a halogenated compound which exhibits a red basic dye, an acid dye or the like may also be used.
Also, in the red coloring agent, it is also possible to use CI pigment orange 36, 38, 43, 71 or 73 orange pigment, and/or CI pigment yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12 , 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60 , 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116 , 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168 1,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,198,199,213,214,218,219,220 Or 221 and other yellow pigments. Further, a halogenated compound which exhibits an orange dye and/or a yellow basic dye, an acid dye or the like may also be used.
The green coloring agent may, for example, be C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, and the like. Among them, as a green pigment, it is preferable to use C.I. Pigment Green 58 from the viewpoint of achieving high brightness. C.I. Pigment Green 58 has a high acidity, and therefore it is difficult to ensure dispersion stability as compared with other pigment types. However, by using the coloring composition for a color filter of the present aspect, crystal foreign matter of the coating film can be suppressed.
Also, in the green coloring agent, a yellow pigment can be used at the same time. The yellow pigments which can be used at the same time are CI Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, A yellow pigment such as 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 198, 199, 213, 214, 218, 219, 220 or 221. Further, a halogenated compound which exhibits a yellow basic dye, an acid dye or the like may also be used.
As the blue coloring agent, for example, C.I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 60 or 64 or the like can be used. In the blue coloring composition, a purple pigment such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 29, 30, 32, 37, 40, 42 or 50 may also be used. Further, a halogenated compound which exhibits a purple basic dye, an acid dye or the like may also be used.
[Micronization of pigments]
The pigment used in this aspect can be refined by salt milling. The salt milling treatment can be carried out, for example, by the same method as the description of the first aspect. Further, as the salt milling treatment, for example, the same aqueous solution inorganic salt, water-soluble organic solvent, and resin as those described in the first aspect can be used. The amount of each material used should be set to the range described in the first aspect. The amount of each material used should be set to the range described in the first aspect. The primary particle size of the pigment is in the same range as the description of the first aspect. The primary particle diameter of the pigment can be measured by the same method as described in the first aspect.
When the pigment is subjected to salt milling, a resin may also be added. The resin used is the same as that described in the first aspect. The amount of the resin used should also be within the range described in the first aspect.
From the viewpoint of good dispersion in the colorant carrier, the primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 20 nm or more. Further, it is preferably 100 nm or less from the viewpoint of forming a filter segment having a high contrast ratio. A particularly suitable range is in the range of 25 to 85 nm. The primary particle diameter of the pigment can be measured by the same method as described in the first aspect.
<Resin>
The resin disperses the colorant. The resin is, for example, a thermoplastic resin or a thermosetting resin.
The resin is preferably in the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm in the visible light region, and the spectral transmittance is 80% or more, more preferably 95% or more. When a coloring composition is used in the form of an alkali-developing type colored resist, an alkali-soluble vinyl-based resin obtained by copolymerizing a monomer containing an acidic group and ethylene is preferably used. Further, in order to further enhance the light sensitivity, an energy ray-curable resin having ethylene bonding may also be used.
In addition, from the viewpoints of pigment dispersibility, developability, and heat resistance, a pigment adsorbing group and a carboxyl group serving as an alkali-soluble group during development, a colorant carrier, and an aliphatic group functioning as an affinity group for a solvent and The balance of aromatic groups is very important. The resin is preferably a resin binder having an acid value of 20 to 300 mgKOH/g. When a resin having an acid value of less than 20 mgKOH/g is used, the solubility in the developer is deteriorated, and it may be difficult to form a fine pattern. Further, when a resin having an acid value of more than 300 mgKOH/g is used, a fine pattern may not remain.
The amount of the resin is preferably 30 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent, and it is preferable to set a good color characteristic because the coloring agent has a high concentration. It is 500 mass parts or less. The blending amount of the resin is preferably 40 parts by mass or more and 300 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent.
(thermoplastic resin)
The thermoplastic resin may, for example, be an acrylic resin, a butyral resin, a styrene-maleic acid copolymer, a chlorinated polyethylene, a chlorinated polypropylene, a polyvinyl chloride, a vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, or a polyacetic acid. Ethylene, urethane resin, polyester resin, vinyl resin, alkyd resin, polystyrene resin, polyamide resin, rubber resin, cyclized rubber resin, cellulose, polyethylene (HDPE, LDPE), Polybutadiene and polyimine resin.
The alkali-soluble vinyl-based resin obtained by copolymerizing an acidic group and a monomer containing an ethylene group may, for example, be a resin having an acidic group such as a carboxyl group or a sulfo group. Specifically, the alkali-soluble resin may, for example, be an acrylic resin having an acidic group, an α-olefin-(anhydride) maleic acid copolymer, a styrene-styrenesulfonic acid copolymer, or a styrene-(meth)acrylic acid. Copolymer or isobutylene-(anhydride) maleic acid copolymer or the like. Among them, at least one resin selected from the group consisting of an acrylic resin having an acidic group and a styrene/styrenesulfonic acid copolymer having an acidic group, particularly an acrylic resin having an acidic group, is preferably used because it has high heat resistance and high transparency.
The energy ray-curable resin having ethylene bonding may, for example, be a resin in which ethylene bonding is introduced by the method (i) or (ii) described in the first aspect.
(thermosetting resin)
Examples of the thermosetting resin include an epoxy resin, a benzoamide resin, a rosin-modified maleic acid resin, a rosin-modified fumaric acid resin, a melamine resin, a urea resin, and a phenol resin.
<monomer>
The monomer contains at least a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group. By including a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group in the monomer, the adhesion to the glass substrate, the solubility to the alkali developing solution, and the high voltage holding ratio characteristics can be simultaneously achieved. The monomer preferably further contains an oligomer which can be reacted by ultraviolet rays or heat. Further, the monomer may simultaneously use a monomer having no acidic group and/or an oligomer having no acidic group.
The amount of the monomer is preferably from 20 to 50 parts by mass in the non-volatile component of the colored composition, and is preferably from 30 to 45 parts by mass from the viewpoint of photocurability, resolution, and grating shape.
(multifunctional monomer having an acidic group)
As the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used. The polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is also preferably a compound represented by the general formula (3) shown in the first aspect. By using the compound of the general formula (3), the solubility of the photosensitive coloring composition of the present aspect to the alkali developing solution can be improved, and in the developing process on the manufacturing line, by preventing the generation of insoluble matter with the developing solution, it can be prevented. The filter is clogged.
The polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The amount of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is 20 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 45 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the nonvolatile component of the photosensitive coloring composition. When the amount of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is less than 5% by mass, the pixel strength or the smoothness of the surface of the pixel tends to decrease, and if it exceeds 500 parts by mass, for example, the alkali developability is lowered to form an area other than the pixel portion. It tends to cause substrate contamination or film residue.
The monomer includes the above polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group, and may further contain a polyfunctional monomer or a monofunctional monomer other than the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group.
(other polyfunctional monomers)
Other polyfunctional monomers may be the same as those described in the first aspect.
(monofunctional monomer)
As the monofunctional monomer, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used.
When a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group and another monomer are used at the same time, the other monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In this case, the amount of the other monomer used is 100 parts by mass, and usually 0 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 0 to 50 mass, based on the total monomer amount, that is, the total amount of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group. unit.
Further, in this aspect, from the viewpoint of voltage holding ratio, it is preferred to use a monomer which does not use caprolactone as a raw material.
<Photopolymerization initiator>
The photopolymerization initiator is an acetophenone-based compound and a fluorenylphosphorus oxide-based compound. Further, the ratio of the acetophenone-based compound to the fluorenylphosphorus oxide-based compound is in the range of 60/40 to 90/10 in the acetophenone-based compound/fluorenylphosphorus oxide-based compound. A good pattern can be formed by combining a photopolymerization initiator and the aforementioned polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group.
The acetophenone-based compound may, for example, be 4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone, 4-t-butyldichloroacetophenone, diethoxyacetophenone or p-dimethylaminophenylbenzene. Ketone, 1–(4-isopropylphenyl)–2–hydroxy-2–methylpropane–1-ketone, 1-hydroxycyclohexylbenzophenone, 2-benzyldimethylamine-1–(4– Morpholine phenyl)-butane-1-ketone, 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl) Phenyl]-1-butanone and the like.
Examples of the fluorenylphosphine oxide-based compound include bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzo)epoxyphenylphosphine and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoepoxyphenylphosphine.
The photopolymerization initiator may further use a photopolymerization initiator other than the acetophenone-based compound and the fluorenylphosphine oxide-based compound. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator other than the acetophenone-based compound and the fluorenylphosphine oxide-based compound include 1,2-octanedione, 1–[4–(phenylthio)-, 2(O). - an oxime ester compound such as benzopyrene)], O-(acetylene)-N-(1-phenyl-2, carbonyl-2, (4'-methoxy-naphthyl)ethylidene)hydroxylamine; Benzene compounds such as benzo, benzomethyl ether, benzoether, benzoisopropyl ether, benzyl dimethyl ketal; benzophenone, benzoquinone benzoic acid, benzoquinone benzoic acid methyl, 4– Phenylbenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, propylene benzophenone, 4-benzoquinone-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, 3, 3', 4, 4'-four (t a benzophenone compound such as butyl peroxycarboxy)benzophenone; thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2, 4–2 Thiophenone compounds such as isopropyl thioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 2, 4, 6-trichloro-o-triazine, 2-phenyl-4, 6-bis (trichloro) Methyl)-orthotriazine, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-o-triazine, 2-(p-tolyl)-4, 6-bis (three Chlorine ) - o-triazine, 2 - piperonyl - 4, 6 - bis (trichloromethyl) - o-triazine, 2, 4 - bis (trichloromethyl) - 6 - styryl - o-triazine, 2 –(naphtho-l-yl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-o-triazine, 2–(4-methoxynaphthalenyl-l-yl)-4,6-bis(trichloro) Methyl)-orthotriazine, 2,4-trichloromethyl-(piperidinyl)-6-triazine, 2,4-trichloromethyl (4'-methoxystyryl)-6-three Triazine-based compound such as azine; 2, 2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4, 5, 4', 5'-tetraphenyl-1, 2'-biimidazole, 2, 2'-double (ortho) Methoxyphenyl)-4, 5, 4', 5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2, 2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4, 5, 4', 5'-tetra(p-methyl An imidazole compound such as phenyl)biimidazole; an anthraquinone compound such as phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone or ethylhydrazine; a borate ester compound; an oxazole compound; and a titanocene compound. These photopolymerization initiators may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds at any ratio as needed.
In this aspect, the photopolymerization initiator is used in a specific amount to improve the adhesion. Specifically, the amount of the photopolymerization initiator to be added is preferably from 3 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably from 8 to 13 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the nonvolatile component of the photosensitive coloring composition.
As a characteristic when the photosensitive coloring composition is used for COA, the profile angle is preferably in the range of 35 to 65°, more preferably in the range of 40 to 60°. Further, the taper length is preferably 7 μm or less. By setting the blending amount of the monomer and the blending amount of the initiator in the above range, the contour angle and the taper length can be controlled to a desired value, and a color filter suitable for the COA method can be manufactured.
<sensitizer>
The coloring composition may also contain a sensitizer.
For the sensitizer, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect is used. The amount of the sensitizer to be formulated can be, for example, the same range as the description of the first aspect.
<Multifunctional thiol>
The colored composition of the present aspect may contain a polyfunctional thiol. As the polyfunctional thiol, for example, the same as the description of the third aspect below can be used.
<leveling agent>
The colored composition of this aspect may contain a leveling agent. For the leveling agent, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used.
<polymerization inhibitor>
The colored composition of this aspect may contain a polymerization inhibiting agent. As the polymerization inhibiting agent, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used.
<solvent>
The photosensitive coloring composition may contain a solvent so that the coloring agent is sufficiently dispersed and/or infiltrated into the coloring agent carrier, and is applied to a substrate such as a glass substrate to have a dry film thickness of 0.5 to 5.0 μm to easily form a filter. Section.
As the solvent, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used. Moreover, it is preferable to use the thing similar to description of a 1st aspect from the viewpoint of the storage stability of a coloring composition.
The amount of the solvent to be added is preferably in the range of 800 to 4,000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant. By setting the blending amount within this range, the viscosity of the colored composition can be adjusted to an appropriate value to form a filter segment having a uniform film thickness as a target.
<Dispersing Aid>
When the colorant is dispersed in the colorant carrier, a dispersing aid such as a dye derivative, a resin type dispersant, or a surfactant can be suitably used in the same manner as in the first embodiment.
As the pigment derivative, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used.
Further, the pigment derivative can be used, for example, in JP-A-63-305173, JP-A-57-15620, JP-A-59-40172, JP-A-63-17102, and JP-A-5. -9469 bulletin and the like. The pigment derivative may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the pigment derivative is used, it is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and most preferably 3 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent. Moreover, from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance, it is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and most preferably 35 parts by mass or less with respect to the mass portion of the coloring agent 100.
As the resin type dispersant, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used.
As the surfactant, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used. When a resin-type dispersing agent and/or a surfactant is added, the total amount of the dispersing agent and the surfactant is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 55 parts by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 45 parts by mass. Inside. When the amount of the resin-type dispersant and the surfactant is small, it is difficult to obtain an effect of addition. Further, when the total amount of the compound is large, the dispersion may be affected by the excessive dispersant.
<leveling agent>
In order to improve the leveling property of the photosensitive coloring composition on the transparent substrate, it is preferred to further add a leveling agent to the photosensitive coloring composition.
For the leveling agent, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used. When a leveling agent is used, the compounding amount is generally in the photosensitive coloring composition, and it is preferably set to 0.003 to 0.5 part by mass.
The leveling agent may also be auxiliaryly added to an anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric surfactant. The surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more. For the surfactants, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used.
<hardener, hardening accelerator>
In order to assist the hardening of the thermosetting resin, the photosensitive coloring composition may contain a curing agent, a curing accelerator, and the like. As the curing agent and the curing accelerator, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used. When a hardening accelerator is used, the compounding amount is also set to be the same as that of the first aspect.
<Other additive ingredients>
In order to stabilize the viscosity of the composition over time, the coloring composition may also contain a storage stabilizer. Further, the colored composition may contain a adhesion enhancer such as a decane coupling agent in order to improve the adhesion to the transparent substrate.
For the storage stabilizer and the adhesion enhancer, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used. When the storage stabilizer and/or the adhesion enhancer are used, the amount of the stabilizer is preferably the same as that described in the first aspect.
<Method for Producing Photosensitive Coloring Composition>
The photosensitive coloring composition of this aspect can be produced, for example, by the same method as the description of the <Coloring composition for color filters> in the first aspect.
[Remove coarse particles]
From the photosensitive coloring composition, it is preferable to remove the coarse particles and the mixed fine dust in the same manner as the description of the first aspect. For example, it is preferable to remove coarse particles of 5 μm or more from the photosensitive coloring composition, and it is preferable to remove coarse particles of 1 μm or more, and it is preferable to remove coarse particles of 0.5 μm or more and fine dust mixed therein. That is, it is preferable that the coloring composition does not substantially contain coarse particles of 0.5 μm or more, and substantially does not contain coarse particles of 0.3 μm or more.
<<Color filter>>
Next, a color filter according to a second aspect of the present invention will be described.
An aspect of the color filter includes at least one red filter segment, at least one green filter segment, and at least one blue filter segment. In the color filter of the second aspect, at least one of the filter segments is formed of the photosensitive coloring composition. The filter section is formed on the substrate by applying the photosensitive coloring composition of the present aspect by a spin coating method or a die coating method.
<Method of Manufacturing Color Filter>
Examples of the substrate of the color filter include a glass plate such as soda lime glass, low alkali borosilicate glass, and alkali-free aluminoborosilicate glass having high visible light transmittance, or polycarbonate or polymethyl. A transparent substrate or a reflective substrate of a resin plate such as methyl acrylate or polyethylene glycol. An appropriate pretreatment such as a drug treatment such as a decane coupling agent, a plasma treatment, an ion plating, a sputtering, a vapor phase reaction method, or a vacuum vapor deposition may be applied in advance to the substrates. Further, on the surface of the glass plate or the resin plate, a transparent electrode composed of indium oxide, tin oxide or the like may be formed in order to drive the liquid crystal after the panel is formed.
Before the filter segments are formed on the transparent substrate or the reflective substrate, if a black matrix is formed in advance, the contrast of the liquid crystal display panel can be further improved. The black matrix is a multilayer film using chromium or chromium/chromium oxide, an inorganic film such as titanium nitride, or a resin film in which a light-shielding agent is dispersed, but is not limited thereto. Further, a thin film transistor (TFT) may be formed on the transparent substrate or the reflective substrate in advance, and then a filter segment may be formed. By forming the filter segments on the TFT substrate, the aperture ratio of the liquid crystal display panel can be increased, and the brightness can be improved.
Here, a method of forming a filter segment on a TFT substrate will be described. First, on the surface of the TFT substrate, or on the surface of the substrate on which the passivation film such as a tantalum nitride film is formed on the surface of the TFT substrate, a light shielding layer is formed to form a pixel portion, and the color of the present invention is coated on the substrate. After the composition, prebaking is performed to evaporate the solvent to form a coating film. Next, after the exposure film is exposed to the coating film, development is carried out using an alkali developing solution to dissolve and remove the unexposed portion of the coating film, followed by post-baking to form a pixel array in which pixels are arranged in a specific arrangement. The mask used at that time was provided with a pattern of through holes or "コ"-shaped depressions in addition to the pattern for forming pixels.
At the time of development, an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide or the like is used as the alkali developer, and an organic base such as dimethylbenzylamine or triethanolamine can also be used. Further, an antifoaming agent or a surfactant may be added to the developer.
As the development treatment method, a shower development method, a spray development method, a dropping (dipping) development method, a stirring (liquid) development method, or the like can be applied. Among them, from the viewpoint of simultaneously achieving a good profile angle and opening of a contact hole, a spray development method or a spray development method is preferred.
Further, in order to increase the ultraviolet exposure sensitivity, the photosensitive coloring composition may be applied and dried, and then a water-soluble or alkali-soluble resin such as polyvinyl alcohol or a water-soluble acrylic resin may be applied and dried to prevent oxygen. After the film which is inhibited by the polymerization, ultraviolet exposure is performed. However, since the polymerization is prevented, the contact hole is difficult to be opened if the sensitivity is too high. Therefore, it is not preferable to apply a resin or the like to the coating film of the coloring composition.
The coating thickness when forming the filter segments on the transparent substrate or the reflective substrate is preferably 0.1 to 5 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 3 μm.
Further, in particular, when the coloring composition of the present aspect is used in the COA method, insulation is required to prevent crosstalk caused between the gate electrode and the transparent electrode, and since a thick film is preferable, it is preferable to use a dry film thickness of 0.1 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 5 μm.
On the color filter, a film or a column spacer, a transparent conductive film, a liquid crystal alignment layer, or the like is formed as needed.
The color filter is bonded to the counter substrate by a sealant, and the liquid crystal is injected from the injection port provided in the sealing portion, and then the injection port is sealed, and if necessary, the polarizing film or the retardation film is bonded to the outside of the substrate, thereby preparing the color filter. LCD panel.
The liquid crystal display panel can be used for color filters using twisted nematic (TN), super twisted nematic (STN), planar switching (IPS), vertical alignment (VA), optical compensation bending (OCB), and the like. Colorized liquid crystal display mode.
The photosensitive coloring composition of this aspect is excellent in developability, and in particular, a pattern having a good contour angle can be formed. Further, the color filter thick film produced by using the photosensitive coloring composition has a high resolution. Further, the adhesion to the glass substrate is good, and the solubility in the alkali developing solution and the high voltage holding ratio characteristics are excellent.
○3rd aspect
Next, a third aspect of the present invention will be described.
Generally, in a color liquid crystal display device, a transparent electrode for driving a liquid crystal on a color filter is formed by vapor deposition or sputtering, and is formed thereon to form a liquid crystal in a certain direction. Orientation film. In order to sufficiently obtain the properties of the transparent electrode and the alignment film, it is generally required to be formed at a temperature of 200 ° C, more preferably 230 ° C or higher. Therefore, as a method of producing a color filter, a method called a pigment dispersion method is a mainstream method, and a pigment having excellent light resistance and heat resistance is used as a colorant. In the pigment dispersion method, the filter section is formed by using a color resist coating liquid in which a photopolymerization initiator or a photopolymerizable monomer is blended in a pigment dispersion.
In recent years, color filters have been required to have further high penetration and high concentrations. In order to produce a high-density color filter, the concentration of the coloring material in the colored composition to be used must be increased, but the coloring material concentration of the coloring composition is increased, the exposure sensitivity and the solubility during development are helpful for image formation. The characteristics will be relatively reduced. As a result, the solubility of the non-exposed portion in the developing process is deteriorated, and the coloring composition of the non-exposed portion remains in the developing process, and the photoresist remains undissolved and remains as a release sheet on the substrate, which may cause chromatic aberration or the like. s reason. As a result, the quality of the color filter is lowered and the yield at the time of production is lowered.
As a countermeasure against such a problem, by using a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group, it is possible to prevent undissolved matter (developing residue) from remaining in the color filter manufacturing, and to prevent the undissolved release sheet of the resist from adhering to the development. For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-332929, JP-A-2005-148717, JP-A-2007-34119, and JP-A-2007-34119 Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-328148, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-163890, and International Publication No. WO2007/102474.
Further, as a method of obtaining a color filter having a higher transmittance, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-122650 discloses that a coloring composition can be prevented from being used in a coloring composition by using a specific photopolymerization initiator and an oxidation preventing agent. The photopolymerization initiator contained in the yellowing of the firing process such as post-baking. Here, "yellowing" means that the color filter is colored due to heating by a baking process such as post-baking, and the transparency of the color filter is lowered.
However, in such a method, even if the problem of the residue of the undissolved matter (developing residue) or the adhesion of the undissolved release sheet is avoided, the problem that the pattern peeling or the defect of the line portion occurs due to excessive solubility is not solved at the same time. . Moreover, the development range is narrowed, that is, the manufacturing efficiency of the color filter is also poor. Further, in the above method, since the coloring of the color filter is lowered by using a baking process such as post-baking or a heating process of a color filter and a processing process, the penetrability of the color filter is lowered, so that it cannot be solved. The problem of developability or pattern defect of the line portion is achieved while achieving high penetration.
Further, the method described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2009-122650 fails to sufficiently solve the yellowing caused by post-baking during the production of a high-density color filter or the formation of the transparent electrode and the alignment film at 200 ° C. The problem of a decrease in the penetration rate of the firing process. In addition, the problem of pattern peeling or defect of the line portion has not been solved. As a result, the method is not sufficient as a means of obtaining a color filter having high penetration and high productivity.
The inventors of the present invention have found that, as a result of simultaneously solving the production of a color filter having a higher permeability and a high concentration, a coloring composition (developing residue) remains on the non-line portion on the substrate after development, or is caused by a method in which the dissolving release sheet adheres to the foreign matter in the line portion, the line defect caused by the pattern peeling or the defect of the line portion, and the yellowing of the baking process such as post-baking, and the coloring composition The total amount of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin component and the content of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is 20 to 70 in total of 100 parts by mass of the resin content and the content of the polyfunctional monomer. In the mass portion, the content of the oxidation preventing agent is preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the nonvolatile component of the colored composition for a color filter.
That is, the third aspect of the present invention relates to a coloring composition for a color filter comprising a coloring agent, a resin, a monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, a solvent, and an oxidation preventing agent; and the foregoing resin comprises a base At least one selected from the group consisting of a soluble photosensitive resin component and an alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin component; the monomer comprises a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group; and a content relative to the resin and a polyfunctional monomer 100 parts by mass of the total amount, the total amount of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin component and the content of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group are 20 to 70 parts by mass, and the coloring composition is used for the color filter. The non-volatile component is 100 parts by mass, and the content of the oxidation preventing agent is 0.1 to 5 parts by mass.
According to the above configuration, by optimizing the amount of the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group, sensitivity, photocurability, and transparency at the time of exposure can be simultaneously achieved, and oxidation can be performed by an appropriate amount. The preventive agent can suppress the decrease in transparency and further increase the concentration of the colorant.
In addition, the coloring composition for a color filter having a high concentration of the coloring agent can provide a color filter which is excellent in productivity, is excellent in developability represented by image line formation property, and has good transparency. .
<<Coloring composition for color filter>>
The colored composition for a color filter according to a third aspect of the present invention contains a colorant, a resin, a monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, a solvent, and an oxidation inhibitor.
<colorant>
The coloring agent for coloring the color filter used in the present embodiment can be used by mixing two or more kinds of organic or inorganic pigments, and it is preferable to use an organic having high color rendering property and heat resistance.
The coloring agent for the red coloring composition can be used, for example, Pig Pigment Red 7, 14, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 57:1, 81, 81:1. , 81:2, 81:3, 81:4, 122, 146, 166, 168, 169, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 200, 202, 208, 210, 221, 242, 246 Red pigments such as 254, 255, 264, 270, 272, 273, 274, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286 or 287. Further, a halogenated compound which exhibits a red basic dye, an acid dye or the like may also be used.
Further, in the red coloring composition, it is also possible to use an orange pigment such as CI pigment orange 43, 71 or 73, and/or CI pigment yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14 , 15, 16, 17, 18, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62 , 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118 , 119, 120, 123, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170 , 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 198, 199, 213, 214, 218, 219, 220 or 221 pigment. Further, a halogenated compound which exhibits an orange dye and/or a yellow basic dye, an acid dye or the like may also be used.
The coloring agent used for the green coloring composition may, for example, be C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, and the like.
Further, in the green coloring composition, a yellow pigment can be used at the same time. The yellow pigments which can be used at the same time are CI Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, A yellow pigment such as 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 198, 199, 213, 214, 218, 219, 220 or 221. Further, a halogenated compound which exhibits a yellow basic dye, an acid dye or the like may also be used.
As the coloring agent for the blue coloring composition, for example, C.I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 60 or 64 or the like can be used. In the blue coloring composition, a purple pigment such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 29, 30, 32, 37, 40, 42 or 50 may also be used. Further, a halogenated compound which exhibits a purple basic dye, an acid dye or the like may also be used.
[Micronization of pigments]
The pigment used in this aspect can be refined by salt milling. The salt milling treatment can be carried out, for example, by the same method as the description of the first aspect. Further, as the salt milling treatment, for example, the same aqueous solution inorganic salt, water-soluble organic solvent, and resin as those described in the first aspect can be used.
The primary particle size of the pigment is in the same range as the description of the second aspect. The primary particle diameter of the pigment can be measured by the same method as described in the first aspect.
When the pigment is subjected to salt milling, a resin may also be added. The resin used is the same as that described in the first aspect. The amount of the resin used should also be within the range described in the first aspect.
In the case of producing a pigment dispersion, in order to prevent the pigment from coagulating, it is preferable to add a dye derivative by maintaining a state in which the pigment is finely dispersed and producing a color filter having high color purity with high brightness and high contrast ratio. The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and most preferably 3 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. Moreover, from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance, it is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and most preferably 35 parts by mass or less with respect to the mass portion of the coloring agent 100.
The pigment derivative is a compound in which an organic pigment is introduced with a basic or acidic substituent. The organic pigment generally also contains a pale yellow aromatic polycyclic compound which is not called a pigment, such as naphthalene, anthracene, acridone or the like. The pigment derivative can be used, for example, in JP-A-63-305173, JP-A-57-15620, JP-A-59-40172, JP-A-63-17102, and JP-A-5- In the case of the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-176511, the above-mentioned ones can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
<Resin>
The resin disperses the colorant, particularly the halogenated compound, or functions as a colorant carrier for dyeing and penetrating the halogenated compound. The resin is preferably a transparent resin having a transmittance of 80% or more, more preferably 95% or more in the entire wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm in the visible light region.
The resin contains an alkali-soluble photosensitive resin and/or an alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin.
(alkali-soluble photosensitive resin and alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin)
The alkali-soluble photosensitive resin is a resin which is soluble in an alkali developing solution, and may be any resin which is classified into a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin, and may have, for example, a carboxyl group. The acidic functional group such as a mercapto group has a mass average molecular weight of 1,000 to 500,000, more preferably 3,000 to 100,000. Hereinafter, (meth)acrylic acid means acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, and (meth)acrylate type means acrylate or methyl acrylate.
Specific examples thereof include an acrylic resin, an α-olefin-(anhydride) maleic acid copolymer, a styrene-styrenesulfonic acid copolymer, a styrene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, and an isobutylene-(anhydride). a maleic acid copolymer. Among these, at least one resin selected from the group consisting of an acrylic resin, an α-olefin-(anhydride) maleic acid copolymer, and a styrene-styrenesulfonic acid copolymer is preferable. Among these, an acrylic resin obtained by copolymerizing a monomer having an ethylene group containing an acidic group is preferably used because it has high heat resistance and penetrability.
Among the alkali-soluble resins, in particular, a resin having one or more ring structures selected from the group consisting of the aromatic ring groups represented by the general formulas (12) and (13) is used as the coloring layer. The agent or the coloring agent and the affinity component of the coloring agent composition composed of the dispersing agent and the like function, and therefore it is suitably used.
General formula (12):

Formula (12)
General formula (13):
Formula (13)
(In general formula (12), R1a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a benzene ring having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, in the general formula (13), R2It may be a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the benzene ring. )
One or more selected from the group consisting of aromatic ring groups represented by general formulas (12) and (13), based on the mass of the total repeating unit of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin or the alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin. The repeating unit content of the cyclic structure is preferably from 2.0 to 80 parts by mass from the viewpoint of developability and dispersion stability. When the amount is less than 2.0 parts by mass, the coloring agent or the affinity component of the coloring composition composed of the coloring agent and the dispersing agent is insufficient, and coloring filters for high quality cannot be obtained, or coloring for color filters may occur. When the stability of the composition is deteriorated, if it exceeds 80 parts by mass, the dissolution rate of the alkali developer may be slow, the development time may be long, and the productivity of the color filter may be deteriorated. Since this resin exhibits an excellent dispersing effect for almost all pigments, it prevents the pigment from coagulating in the colored composition and functions to maintain the fine dispersion state of the pigment. Therefore, when a color filter composition in which the coloring agent is dispersed in the coloring agent carrier containing the above resin is used to form the filter segment, a filter segment having less colorant condensation can be formed and manufactured. High color transmittance, high brightness color filter.
Examples of the repeating unit having one or more ring structures selected from the group consisting of the aromatic ring groups represented by the general formulas (12) and (13) include styrene and α-methylstyrene. , divinylbenzene, hydrazine, acetamidine, benzo (meth) acrylate, phenol oxirane modified (meth) acrylate, p-cumyl phenol ethane modified (meth) acrylate , nonylphenol ethane modified (meth) acrylate, nonyl phenol propane modified (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether (meth) acrylate, methylolated melamine ( A monomer such as a methyl acrylate or a oligomer or the like.
In order to disperse the colorant well, the mass average molecular weight of the resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as Mw) is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 500,000, more preferably in the range of 3,000 to 100,000. Further, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, and the Mw/Mn value is preferably 10 or less.
The alkali-soluble photosensitive resin or the alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin functions as a colorant adsorbent and a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group which functions as a base-acceptable group during development, and functions as an affinity group for a pigment carrier and a solvent. The balance of the aliphatic group and the aromatic group to be used is important for pigment dispersibility, developability, and durability, and a resin having an acid value of 20 to 300 mgKOH/g is preferably used. When the acid value is less than 20 mgKOH/g, the solubility in the developer is poor, the development time is long, and the productivity is lowered. On the other hand, if it exceeds 300 mgKOH/g, the pattern peeling or defect of the line portion may occur. The alkali-soluble photosensitive resin is an energy ray-curable resin in which ethylene is introduced by, for example, the method (a) and/or the method (b) described in the first aspect.
(alkali-soluble photosensitive resin (a) and alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin (b))
The alkali-soluble photosensitive resin is preferably an alkali-soluble photosensitive resin (a) having the following repeating units (U1) to (U3) in the following amounts. The alkali-soluble photosensitive resin (a) further contains a repeating unit (U4) having ethylene bonding.
The alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin preferably contains the alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin (b) of the following repeating units (U1) to (U3) in the following amounts. The alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin (b) may further contain components other than the repeating units (U1) to (U3).
By using such a resin, various characteristics of a coloring composition such as penetrability and image line formation property can be further improved.
(U1) repeating unit having a carboxyl group: 2.0 to 60 parts by mass
(U2) a repeating unit having one or more ring structures selected from the group consisting of the aromatic ring groups represented by the general formulas (12) and (13): 2.0 to 80 parts by mass
General formula (12):
Formula (12)
General formula (13):
Formula (13)
(In general formula (12), R1a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a benzene ring having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, wherein the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group may be replaced by a benzene ring; in the general formula (13), R2It may be a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of a benzene ring, and the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group may be replaced by a benzene ring. )
(U3) a repeating unit having one or more ring structures selected from the group consisting of the aliphatic ring groups represented by the general formulas (14) and (15): 2.0 to 30 parts by mass
Chemical formula (14):
Formula (14)
Chemical formula (15):
Formula (15)
(U4) A repeating unit having photosensitivity of ethylene bonding.
When a certain repeating unit is classified into two or more of (U1) to (U4), the repeating unit is classified according to the priority order indicated by (U1)>(U2)>(U3)>(U4). For example, when a repeating unit contains a carboxyl group and an aliphatic cyclic group represented by the general formula (14), the repeating unit may be classified into a repeating unit (U1) when it conforms to (U1) and (U2). Further, for example, when a repeating unit includes an aliphatic ring group represented by the general formula (14) and an aromatic ring group represented by the general formula (12), the repeating unit may be classified into (U2) and (U3). Units are classified as repeat units (U2).
That is, the repeating unit (U2) does not have a carboxyl group; the repeating unit (U3) does not have a carboxyl group, and one or more rings selected from the group consisting of the aromatic ring groups represented by the general formulas (12) and (13) Any one of the structures; the repeating unit (U4) having no carboxyl group, one or more ring structures selected from the group consisting of the aromatic ring groups represented by the general formulas (12) and (13), and the general formula Any one or more of the ring structures selected from the group consisting of the aliphatic ring groups shown in (14 and (15).
The repeat unit (U1), the repeat unit (U2), the repeat unit (U3), and the repeat unit (U4) will be described in more detail below.
[repeating unit (U1)]
The carboxyl group contained in the repeating unit (U1) functions as a base-capable portion at the time of development. The content of the repeating unit (U1) is preferably 2.0 to ≤ the mass of the total repeating unit of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin (a) or the alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin (b) from the viewpoint of developability. 60 quality departments. When the content of the repeating unit (U1) is less than 2.0 parts by mass, the unexposed part removal property of the alkali developing solution may be insufficient, and if it exceeds 60 parts by mass, the dissolution rate to the alkali developing solution may become fast, and sometimes The exposed portion will dissolve.
The repeating unit (U1) precursor (U1-a) contains, for example, an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid such as (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid or α-chloroacrylic acid, or an unsaturated carboxylic acid such as maleic acid or phthalic acid. A carboxyl group such as an acid, and having a compound in which ethylene is bonded. Further, the precursor (U1-a) is obtained by semi-esterifying an anhydride of an unsaturated carboxylic acid such as maleic anhydride with a (meth) propylene compound having a hydroxyl group such as a hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate. Things. Among these, from the viewpoint of polymerizability (ease of control of molecular weight), (meth)acrylic acid is preferable, and methacrylic acid is more preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
[repeating unit (U2)]
The repeating unit (U2) has a repeating unit of one or more ring structures selected from the group consisting of the aromatic ring groups represented by the above general formulas (12) and (13). The repeating unit (U2) functions as a coloring agent or a coloring composition containing a coloring agent and a dispersing agent as an affinity site. The content of the repeating unit (U2) is based on the mass of the total repeating unit of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin (a) or the alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin (b) from the viewpoint of developability and dispersion stability. It should be 2.0 to 80 parts by mass. When the content of the repeating unit (U2) is less than 2.0 parts by mass, the affinity of the coloring agent or the coloring composition composed of the coloring agent and the dispersing agent is insufficient, and it is difficult to obtain a high-quality color filter, or At the time, there is a problem that the storage stability of the coloring composition for a color filter is deteriorated. On the other hand, when it exceeds 80 parts by mass, the dissolution rate of the alkali developing solution may be slow, the development time may become long, and the productivity of the color filter may be deteriorated.
The repeating unit (U2) precursor (U2-b) is, for example, styrene, α-methylstyrene, stilbene, anthracene, acetamidine, benzyl acrylate, methyl benzyl acrylate, bisphenol A A monomer ‧ oligomer of glycidyl ether (meth) acrylate, methylolated melamine (meth) acrylate or the like and an ethylene-bonded monomer represented by the following general formula (16).
General formula (16):
Formula (16)
(In the above general formula (16), R3Is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R4Is an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, R5It is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group may be replaced by a benzene ring, and k is an integer of 1 to 15. )
The monomer represented by the general formula (16) is, for example:
NEW-FRONTIER CEA made by First Industrial Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. [EO modified cresol acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5:methyl, k=1 or 2], NP–2[n–nonylphenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5:n–mercapto, k=2], N–177E[n–nonylphenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5:n–mercapto, k=16~17] or PEH[phenoxyethyl acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k=1];
IRR169 [ethoxylated phenyl acrylate (EO 1mol), R by DAICEL3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k=1] or Ebecryl110 [ethoxylated phenyl acrylate (EO 2mol), R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k=2];
ARONIX M-101A made by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd. [phenol EO modified (k≒2) acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k≒1], M–102 [phenol EO modified (k≒2) acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k≒4], M–110 [p-cumylphenol EO modified (k≒1) acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R3: p-cumyl, k≒1], M-111 [n-nonylphenol EO modified (k≒1) acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5:n–mercapto, k≒1], M–113[n–nonylphenol EO modified (k≒4) acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5:n–mercapto, k≒4] or M–117[n–nonylphenol PO modified (k≒2.5) acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5:n–壬基,k≒2.5];
Co., Ltd. made light acrylate PO-A [phenoxyethyl acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k=1], P–200A [phenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k≒2], NP-4EA [nonylphenol EO add-on acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5:n–mercapto, k≒4], or NP–8EA [nonylphenol EO addendum acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5:n-mercapto, k≒8] or light ester PO [phenol methyl acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k=1];
BLEMMER ANE–300 [Mercaptophenoxy Polyethylene Glycol Acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5:n–mercapto, k≒5], ANP–300[mercaptophenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: Acrylic, R5:n-mercapto, k≒5], 43ANEP–500[mercaptophenoxy-polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol-acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: propylene and propylene, R5:n-mercapto, k≒5+5], 70ANEP–550[mercaptophenoxy-polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol-acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: propylene and propylene, R5:n-mercapto, k≒9+3], 75ANEP–600[mercaptophenoxy-polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol-acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: propylene and propylene, R5:n–mercapto, k≒5+2], AAE–50 [phenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k=1], AAE–300 [mercaptophenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k≒5.5], PAE–50 [phenoxy polyethylene glycol methacrylate, R3:Methyl, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k=2], PAE–100 [phenoxy polyethylene glycol methacrylate, R3:Methyl, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k=2] or 43PAPE–600B [phenoxy-polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol-methacrylate, R3:Methyl, R4: Vinyl and Propylene, R5: hydrogen atom, k≒6+6];
NK ESTER AMP–10G manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. [phenoxyethylene glycol acrylate (EO 1mol), R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k = 1], AMP - 20G [phenoxy ethylene glycol acrylate (EO 2mol), R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k≒2], AMP–60G [phenoxy ethylene glycol acrylate (EO 6mol), R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k≒6] or PHE–1G [phenoxy ethylene glycol methacrylate (EO 1mol), R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k=1];
Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd. made VISCOAT#192 [phenoxyethyl acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k=1]; and
Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. SR-339A [Phenoxyethylene glycol acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5: hydrogen atom, k=1] or [ethoxylated decyl phenol acrylate, R3: hydrogen atom, R4: vinyl, R5:n-壬基]; However, it is not limited to these, and two or more types may be used at the same time.
In the monomer having ethylene bonding represented by the general formula (16), R5The alkyl group has a carbon number of from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be not only a linear alkyl group but also a branched alkyl group and an alkyl group having a benzene ring as a substituent. R5When the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is from 1 to 10, the alkyl groups are close to each other and the adsorption/alignment of the coloring agent is promoted. However, when the carbon number exceeds 10, the steric hindrance effect of the alkyl group becomes large, which tends to hinder the formation. Adsorption/alignment of the benzene ring to the colorant. This tendency follows R5The carbon chain of the alkyl group becomes long and becomes remarkable, and when the carbon number exceeds 20, the adsorption or alignment of the benzene ring is extremely lowered. R5The alkyl group having a benzene ring shown may be a benzyl group or a 2-phenyl (iso)propyl group. By adding one side chain benzene ring, solvent affinity and colorant alignment are improved, which not only improves dispersibility but also improves developability.
In the monomer having an ethylene bond represented by the general formula (16), k is preferably an integer of from 1 to 15. When k exceeds 15, the hydrophilicity is increased, the solvent and effect are small, and the viscosity of the vinyl resin is increased, and the viscosity of the colored composition using the same is also high, which may affect the fluidity. From the viewpoint of solvent and k, k is particularly preferably from 1 to 4.
From the viewpoint of copolymerizability with other precursors, and from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the colorant, the repeating unit (U2) precursor (U2-b) is preferably styrene, α-methylstyrene, phenylacrylic acid. An ester, a methyl phenyl acrylate, a monomer having an ethylene bond represented by the general formula (16). Among these, styrene, α-methylstyrene, phenyl acrylate, methyl phenyl acrylate, and a monomer having an ethylene bond represented by the general formula (16) may be used in the side chain of the vinyl resin. It is especially suitable to introduce a benzene ring. Since the side chain of the vinyl resin is introduced into the benzene ring, the side chain benzene ring is aligned to the colorant, thereby promoting the adsorption of the resin to the colorant and further suppressing the coagulation of the colorant. Further, from the viewpoint of developability and dispersion stability, phenyl acrylate and/or methyl phenyl acrylate are most suitable.
[repeating unit (U3)]
The repeating unit (U3) has one or more annular structures selected from the group consisting of the aliphatic cyclic groups represented by the above general formulas (14) and (15). The repeating unit (U3) functions as a coloring agent or a coloring composition containing a coloring agent and a dispersing agent, and functions as an affinity portion, and functions as a hydrophobic portion in the alkali developing solution. The content of the repeating unit (U3) is based on the mass of the total repeating unit of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin (a) or the alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin (b) from the viewpoint of developability and dispersion stability. It should be 2.0 to 30 parts by mass. When the content of the repeating unit (U3) is less than 2.0 parts by mass, the affinity of the coloring agent or the coloring composition composed of the coloring agent and the dispersing agent is insufficient, and it is difficult to obtain a high-quality color filter, or In the case where the storage stability of the coloring composition for a color filter is deteriorated, the hydrophobicity during development is insufficient, and thus the pattern peeling or defect of the line portion may occur. On the other hand, when the amount is more than 30 parts by mass, the dissolution rate of the alkali developer may be slow, the development time may be long, and the productivity of the color filter may be deteriorated.
The repeating unit (U3) precursor (U3-c) is, for example, a monomer having an ethylene bond represented by the following general formula (17) and a monomer having an ethylene bond represented by the following general formula (18).
General formula (17):
Formula (17)
(In the above general formula (17), R6Is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R7It is an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and l is an integer of 0 to 2. )
General formula (18):
Equation (18)
(In the above general formula (18), R8Is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R9It is an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and m is an integer of 0 to 2. )
The monomer having an ethylene bond represented by the general formula (17) is, for example, FANCRYL FA-513A manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. [dicyclopentyl acrylate, R6: hydrogen atom, R7: none, l=0] and FA–513M [dicyclopentyl acrylate, R6: hydrogen atom, R7: None, l = 0], but it is not limited to these, and two or more types may be used at the same time.
The monomer having an ethylene bond represented by the general formula (18) is, for example:
FANCRYL FA-511A [dicyclopentenyl acrylate, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd., R8: hydrogen atom, R9: none, m=0], FA–512M [bicyclopentaoxyalkenyl acrylate, R8: hydrogen atom, R9:vinyl, m=1], FA–512A [bicyclopentaoxyalkenyl methacrylate, R8:Methyl, R9:vinyl, m=1], FA–512M [bicyclopentaoxyalkenyl methacrylate, R8:Methyl, R9: vinyl, m=1]; and
FA–512MT [bicyclopentaoxyalkenyl methacrylate, R8:Methyl, R9: vinyl, m=1], but it is not limited to these, and two or more types may be used simultaneously.
[repeating unit (U4)]
The repeating unit (U4) is a repeating unit containing photosensitivity of ethylene.
A method of preparing a resin having a photosensitive repeating unit (U4) includes a method of introducing ethylene by the above method (a) or method (b).
[repeating unit (ホ)]
The repeating unit (ホ) is a repeating unit other than the repeating unit (U1), the repeating unit (U2), the repeating unit (U3), and the repeating unit (U4). Repeating unit (ホ) precursors (ホ-e) precursors (U1-a), precursors (U2-b), precursors (U3-c), and precursors (U4-d) have ethylene bonding Monomer. The main function of the repeating unit (ホ) imparts developability and dispersion stability, and thus the side chain of the repeating unit (ホ) is larger than the aforementioned ring structure of the repeating unit (U2) side chain having a colorant dispersibility function. A smaller construction should be used. Addition by a repeating unit (U2) having a larger side chain having affinity for a colorant or a colorant composition, and a repeating unit (ホ) having a smaller affinity for a colorant carrier The effect is that the image and the dispersion stability will be improved.
The repeating unit (ホ) precursor (ホ-e) may, for example, be methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl ( Methyl) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, secondary butyl (meth) acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl ( Methyl) acrylate, isoamyl (meth) acrylate, neopentyl (meth) acrylate, trioctyl octyl (meth) acrylate, 1-methyl butyl (meth) acrylate, Hexyl (meth) acrylate, hepta (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate, fluorenyl (Meth) acrylate, stearyl hydrazine (meth) acrylate, isostearyl hydrazine (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, allyl (meth) acrylate or oleyl An alkyl or alkenyl (meth) acrylate such as acrylate; 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, β-carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate Polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylic acid 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether di(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate , various acrylates and methacrylates such as isobornene (meth) acrylate, ester acrylate, epoxy (meth) acrylate, urethane acrylate; vinyl acetate, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, ethylene Alcohol divinyl ether, neopentyl alcohol trivinyl ether, (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-vinyl carbamide, dimethyl-2, 2'-[Oxyethyl (methene)] bis-2-ethyl acrylate, diethyl-2,2'-[oxyethyl(methylene)]bis-2-propenoic acid ethyl ester, dicyclohexyl- 2,2'-[oxyethyl (methene)] bis-2-ethyl acrylate, dibenzyl-2,2'-[oxyethyl (methene)] bis-2-ethyl acrylate and other monomers ‧ Oligomers, but depending on the purpose, it is not limited to these, and monomers having other ethylene bonds may be selected, or two or more types may be used at the same time. From the viewpoint of developability and dispersion stability, methyl (meth) acrylate or ethyl (meth) acrylate is preferable.
It can be used as a repeating unit (ホ) precursor (ホ-e) with other ethylene-bonded monomers, for example:
a (meth) acrylate having a heterocyclic substituent such as tetrahydroindenyl (meth) acrylate or 3-methyl-3-oxetanyl (meth) acrylate;
An alkoxy polyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylate such as methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate or ethoxypolypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate; or
(Meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide And (meth) acrylamide such as diacetone alcohol (meth) acrylamide and propylene morpholine.
Further, examples of the monomer other than the acrylic monomer include, for example:
a vinyl ether such as ethyl vinyl ether, n-propyl vinyl ether, isopropyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether or isobutyl vinyl ether; or
A fatty acid such as vinyl acetate or vinyl propionate. The aforementioned monomer other than the acrylic monomer may be used together with the aforementioned acrylic monomer.
Further, a monomer having an epoxy group and an ethylene bond or a monomer having a hydroxyl group may be used for the introduction of ethylene bonding as described later. However, depending on the quality of the modification, it may also be a repeating unit other than the repeating unit (ホ), so the quality ratio of the final repeating unit (U1), the repeating unit (U2), the repeating unit (U3), and the repeating unit (U4) must be considered. .
The alkali-soluble photosensitive resin (a) and/or the alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin (b) preferably have an acid value of 20 to 300 mgKOH/g. When the acid value is less than 20 mgKOH/g, the solubility tendency to the developer is deteriorated, the development time is prolonged, and the productivity is lowered. On the other hand, if it exceeds 300 mgKOH/g, the pattern peeling or defect of the line portion may occur.
<Multifunctional monomer>
The polyfunctional monomer of this aspect contains a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group, and a part thereof may also contain a monomer (other photopolymerizable monomer) which is induced by a radical.
Examples of such other polymerizable monomers include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, and epoxy. Ethylene is modified with various acrylates and methacrylates such as trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate and propylene oxide-modified trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate.
(multifunctional monomer having an acidic group)
As the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used.
When the total amount of the resin and the polyfunctional monomer is 100 parts by mass, the total mass of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin containing at least the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin (a) and the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is 20 to 70 parts by mass. .
When the total amount of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin and the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is less than 20 parts by mass, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is insufficient, the curing is insufficient, and the pattern of the line portion is peeled off or damaged, and the solubility is lowered. The development residue causes problems such as a decrease in productivity due to a long development time. On the other hand, when the total amount exceeds 70 parts by mass, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is too high, and a good pattern shape cannot be obtained, or problems such as peeling or defect of the line portion due to excessive solubility may occur.
In the coloring composition, the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin and the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group are preferably in a range of from 10.0 to 37.5 parts by mass in the mass portion of the non-volatile component of the colored composition for a color filter.
Further, in the non-volatile component of the coloring composition for the color filter, the mass-molar concentration of the ethylene-bonded alkali-soluble photosensitive resin component and the polyfunctional monomer is 2.00×10.- 3Mol/g~2.75×10- 3The molar ratio of mol/g to the acid content of the nonvolatile component of the resin and the acid value of the nonvolatile component of the monomer is preferably 8.0 to 40.0 mgKOH/g. In such cases, it is possible to produce a high-quality color filter having high penetrability and good productivity, and thus having few line defects caused by foreign matter. The total of the acid value of the nonvolatile component of the resin and the polyfunctional monomer is represented by the following formula (i).
Total acid value of non-volatile components = acid value of alkali-soluble photosensitive resin × ratio of alkali-soluble photosensitive resin + acid value of alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin × ratio of alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin + acid of polyfunctional monomer Price × polyfunctional monomer ratio
...(i)
Here, the ratio of the resin and the ratio of the polyfunctional monomer are the respective mass ratios when 100 parts by mass of the total of the resin and the polyfunctional monomer are used as a reference.
The alkali-soluble photosensitive resin component and the ethylene-bonded mass molar concentration contained in the polyfunctional monomer are preferably 2.00×10- 3Mol/g~2.75×10- 3Mol/g, more preferably 2.30×10- 3Mol/g~2.70×10- 3Mol/g. The mass molar concentration of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin combined with the ethylene of the polyfunctional monomer is calculated from the following formula (ii).
(mass molar concentration of ethylene bond) = {mass of alkali-soluble photosensitive resin / double bond equivalent of alkali-soluble photosensitive resin + mass of polyfunctional monomer / double bond equivalent of polyfunctional monomer} / {quality of resin +The quality of polyfunctional monomers}
...(ii)
Further, the double binding equivalent is defined by the following formula (iii), which is a scale of double binding contained in the molecule. If the compound has the same molecular weight, the smaller the value of the double binding equivalent, the more the double binding is introduced. .
[Double Combination Equivalent] = [Molecular Weight of Repeating Unit] / [Double Binding Number in Repeating Units]
...(iii)
The ethylene binding mass molar concentration in the colored composition is less than 2.00×10- 3In the case of mol/g, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is insufficient, and the hardening is insufficient to cause a problem that the pattern of the line portion is peeled off or missing. Moreover, the mass concentration of ethylene combined in the colored composition is greater than 2.75×10- 3In the case of mol/g, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is too high, a problem of a good pattern shape cannot be obtained, or the dispersion stability is lowered, and a problem of a uniform coloring coating film cannot be obtained. In other words, when the total acid value of the nonvolatile content of the resin and the polyfunctional monomer is less than 8.0 mgKOH/g, the development residue is lowered to cause development residue, or the development time is often changed to cause a decrease in productivity. Further, when the total acid value of the nonvolatile component of the resin and the polyfunctional monomer is more than 40.0 mgKOH/g, there is a problem that the pattern is peeled off or defective in the line portion due to excessive solubility.
The degree of hardening of the line portion depends on the mass concentration of the ethylene bond in the coloring composition, and the content of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin in the resin is blended into a mass concentration of ethylene combined in the colored composition. Within the aforementioned range. Meanwhile, the alkali developability depends on the total of the acid value of the nonvolatile component of the resin and the polyfunctional monomer, and the content of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is compounded in the content of the polyfunctional monomer, and the resin and the multifunctional single The total acid value of the non-volatile components of the body is within the aforementioned range. As described above, the content of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin and the polyfunctional monomer are mutually affected, and the content is appropriately adjusted within the above range depending on the colorant concentration, the desired alkali developability, and the pattern size of the line portion.
(other polyfunctional monomers)
The monomer of this aspect may also contain other polyfunctional monomers other than the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group. Other polyfunctional monomers may be the same as those described in the first aspect.
<Photopolymerization initiator>
As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, a benzoin compound, a benzophenone compound, a thioxanthone compound, a triazine compound, an oxime ester compound, an oxazole compound, an anthraquinone compound, a boronic acid ester compound, or an imidazole system can be used. A compound, a titanocene compound, and a phosphine compound. Specific examples of the compounds include the same as those described in the first aspect. Further, as the photopolymerization initiator, the same acetophenone-based compound as described in the second aspect is used.
<sensitizer>
The coloring composition for a color filter may further contain a sensitizer. As the sensitizer, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used.
Among the sensitizers, particularly preferred sensitizers are thioxanthone derivatives, methyl ketone derivatives, and carbazole derivatives. Further specifically, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-chlorothioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 4-isopropylthioxanthone can be used. Ketone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, 4,4''-bis(dimethylamine)benzophenone, 4,4''-bis(diethylamine)benzophenone, 4, 4''-bis(ethylmethylamine)benzophenone, N-ethylcarbazole, 3-benzylidene-N-ethylcarbazole, 3,6-dibenzoyl-N-B Carbazole and the like.
It is also possible that the sensitizer can be contained in two or more kinds at any ratio.
When the sensitizer is used, the amount of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the coloring composition is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 100 parts by mass.
<Multifunctional thiol>
The coloring composition for a color filter may further contain a polyfunctional thiol.
A polyfunctional thiol is a compound having two or more thiol (SH) groups. The polyfunctional thiol is used together with a photopolymerization initiator to act as a chain shifting agent in a radical polymerization process after light irradiation, thereby generating a sulfur-containing radical which is less susceptible to oxygen from being polymerized. The obtained color filter is used for the sensitivity of the coloring composition. The SH group is particularly preferably a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol group bonded to an aliphatic group such as a methene or a vinyl group. For example, hexathiophenol, decathiphenol, 1,4-butanediol dithiopropionic acid, 1,4-butanediol dithioacetic acid, ethylene glycol dithioacetic acid, ethylene glycol disulfide Propionic acid, trimethylolpropane trithioacetic acid, trimethylolpropane trithiopropionic acid, trimethylolpropane tris(3-thiol butyric acid), pentaerythritol tetrathioacetic acid, pentaerythritol tetrathio Propionic acid, trithiol propionate tris(2-hydroxyethyl)isocyanate, 1,4-dimethylthiol benzene, 2,4,6-trithiol-secondary triazine, 2–(N , N-dibutylamine) – 4, 6–dithiol – secondary triazine, etc. These polyfunctional thiophenols may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When a polyfunctional thiol is used, the amount thereof is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 50.0 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by weight of the coloring agent. When the compounding amount of the polyfunctional thiol is 0.05 parts by mass or more, more favorable development resistance can be obtained. When a monofunctional polythiol is used for the thiol (SH) group, such improvement in development resistance cannot be obtained.
<Ultraviolet absorber, polymerization inhibitor>
The coloring composition for a color filter may further contain an ultraviolet absorber and/or a polymerization inhibitor. By including an ultraviolet absorber and/or a polymerization inhibiting agent, the pattern shape and resolution of the line portion can be controlled.
The ultraviolet absorber may, for example, be 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-2-(tau and tridecyl)oxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl-4,6-bis (2, 4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine, 2-(2-hydroxy-4-[1-octyloxycarbonylethoxy]phenyl)-4,6-bis(4-benzene Phenylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine and other hydroxyphenyltriazines; 2-(5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2H-benzotriazole- 2-yl)-4,6-bis(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)phenol, 2-(3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)-5-chloro Benzotriazole series such as benzotriazole; 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxybenzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxydiphenyl a benzophenone system such as ketone; a phenyl sulphate; a p-cyl ester such as p-tert-butylphenyl sulphate; or a cyanide such as ethyl-2-cyano-3,3'-diphenyl acrylate. Propyl ester system; 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yloxy (triacetone-amine-N-oxyl), bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl- 4-piperidinyl)-sebacate, poly[[6-[(1,1,3,3-tetrabutyl)amine]-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diyl][ A hindered amine system such as (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl)amine]. These ultraviolet absorbers may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.
As the polymerization inhibiting agent, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used.
When the ultraviolet absorber and/or the polymerization inhibitor are used, the amount of the ultraviolet absorber and/or the polymerization inhibitor is in the range of 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the colorant. Within the scope of the Ministry. When the amount of the ultraviolet absorber and/or the polymerization inhibitor is 0.01 parts by mass or more, a better resolution can be obtained.
<oxidation inhibitor>
The coloring composition for a color filter may further contain an oxidation preventing agent.
By using the oxidation preventing agent together with the above-mentioned polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group, yellowing in the baking step such as baking after the conventional constitution problem can be suppressed. Further, it is possible to simultaneously solve the problem that the colored composition (developing residue) remains on the non-line portion on the substrate after development, or the foreign matter such as the undissolved release sheet adhered to the line portion, and the pattern peeling or defect of the line portion is caused. The problem of drawing line defects that occurred. Further, the oxidation preventing agent is judged to suppress deterioration of each component in the coloring composition for a color filter due to oxidation by a radical or peroxide generated by an oxidation reaction in the firing step.
The oxidation preventing agent is preferably, for example, a phenolic oxidation preventing agent, a phosphorus-based oxidation preventing agent, a hydroxylamine-based oxidation preventing agent, and a sulfur-based oxidation preventing agent.
The phenolic oxidation preventing agent may, for example, be 3,9-bis[2-[3-(3-tris-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propenyloxy]-1,1-di Methyl ethyl]-2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5.5]undecane (ADK STAB AO-80 manufactured by Adeka Co., Ltd., Sumilizer GA-80 manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), neopentyl alcohol ‧ four [3-(3,5-di-tri-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (IRGANOX 1010 manufactured by BASF Corporation, ADK STAB AO-60 manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., Sumilizer BP-101 manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris(3'5'-di-tertiarybutyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene (IRGANOX 1330 manufactured by BASF Corporation, ADK STAB AO-made by ADEKA Corporation) 330), triethylene glycol-bis[3-(3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (IRGANOX245 manufactured by BASF Corporation, ADK STAB AO-70 manufactured by ADEKA) 4,4'-thiobis(6-tris-butyl-3-methylphenol) (Sumilizer WX, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), tris-(3,5-di-tertiary butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) )-isocyanate (IRGANOX 3114 manufactured by BASF Corporation, ADK STAB AO-20 manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol-bis[3-(3,5-di-tri-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane Oxime ester] (IRGANOX 259, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 2,2-thio-divinyl bis[3-(3,5-di-tertiary butyl-4-hydroxyl) Phenyl phenyl) propyl phthalate] (IRGANOX 1035, manufactured by BASF Corporation), N, N'-hexamethyl bis (3,5-di-tri-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamylamine) (IRGANOX 1098, manufactured by BASF Corporation) , 2,4-bis[(octylthio)methyl]-O-cresol (IRGANOX 1520L, manufactured by BASF Corporation), octadecyl-[3-(3,5-di-tri-butyl-4-hydroxybenzene) Propyl propyl ester (IRGANOX 1076 manufactured by BASF Corporation, ADK STAB AO-50 manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., Sumilizer BP-76 manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 4,4'-butylidene-bis(3-methyl-6-tridecyl) Phenol) (ADK STAB AO-40 manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., Sumilizer BBM manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,1,3-tris(2-methyl-4-hydroxy-5-tributylphenyl)butane ( ADK STAB AO-30) made by ADEKA, 2,4-bis-(n-octylthio)-6-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tertiary butylanilino)-1,3,5- Triazine (IRGANOX 565 manufactured by BASF Corporation), 4,6-bis(dodecylthiomethyl)-o-cresol (IRGANOX 1726 manufactured by BASF Corporation), 2-tris-butyl-6-(3-tertiary butyl- 2-hydroxy-5-methylbenzyl)-4-methylphenyl acrylate (Sumilizer GM, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2-[1-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-triphenylbenzene) Ethyl]-4,6-di-tertiary benzyl phenyl acrylate (Sumilizer GS, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), and 6-[3- (3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propoxy]-2,4,8,10-tetra-tert-butyldiphenyl[d,f][1,3, 2] dioxa phosphepine (Sumilizer GP, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.).
Among these, from the viewpoint of heat resistance and heat resistance and discoloration, 3,9-bis[2-[3-(3-tris-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) is preferred. Propyloxy]-1,1-dimethylethyl]-2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5.5]undecane (ADK STAB AO-80 manufactured by Adeka Co., Ltd., Sumilizer, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) GA-80), pentaerythritol, tetrakis[3-(3,5-di-tri-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF, ADK STAB AO-60, manufactured by ADEKA) Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd. Sumilizer BP-101), 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris(3'5'-di-tertiarybutyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene (BASF Company's IRGANOX1330, ADEK STAB AO-330 made by ADEKA, and triethylene glycol-bis[3-(3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (manufactured by BASF Corporation) IRGANOX245, ADK STAB AO-70 manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., tris-(3,5-di-tri-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-isocyanate (IRGANOX 3114 manufactured by BASF Corporation, ADK STAB AO-20 manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol-bis[3-(3,5-di-tri-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (IRGANOX 259 manufactured by BASF Corporation), N,N'-hexamethylene double ( 3,5-di-tertiary butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamylamine) (IRGANOX1098, manufactured by BASF Corporation), eight Base-[3-(3,5-di-tri-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate (IRGANOX1076 manufactured by BASF Corporation, ADK STAB AO-50 manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., Sumilizer BP-76 manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) 4,4'-butylidene-bis(3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol) (ADK STAB AO-40 manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., Sumilizer BBM manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,1,3-three ( 2-methyl-4-hydroxy-5-tributylphenyl)butane (ADK STAB AO-30, manufactured by ADEKA), 2-tert-butyl-6-(3-tert-butyl-2- Hydroxy-5-methylbenzyl)-4-methylphenyl acrylate (Sumilizer GM, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2-[1-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tertiary benzylphenyl) Ethyl]-4,6-di-tertiary benzyl phenyl acrylate (Sumilizer GS, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.). These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The phosphorus-based oxidation preventing agent may, for example, be 3,9-bis(2,6-di-tri-butyl-4-methylphenoxy)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxy-3,9-di Phosphorus [5.5] undecane (ADK STAB PEP-36 manufactured by ADEKA), bis(nonylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite (ADK STAB PEP-4C manufactured by ADEKA), double (2, 4-di-tertiary butylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite (ADK STAB PEP-24G, manufactured by ADEKA), 6-[3-(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methyl) Phenyl phenyl)propoxy]-2,4,8,10-tetra-tert-butylbenzene [d,f][1,3,2]dioxa phosphepine (IRGAFOS12, manufactured by BASF Corporation), triphenyl phosphite (ADK STAB TPP made by ADEKA), bis-lipid pentaerythritol phosphite (ADK STAB PEP-8 made by ADEKA), tetrakis(trimethyl)-4,4'-butylene bis (3-A) -6-tertiary butyl phenol) diphosphite (ADK STAB 260, manufactured by ADEKA), 4,4'-butylene bis(3-methyl-6-tributylphenylditridecyl) Phosphite (trade name: JPH1200), tris(nonylphenyl) phosphite (ADK STAB 1178 manufactured by ADEKA), hexa(trimethyl)-1,1,3-tris(2-methyl-5) -Tributyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)butane-triphosphite (ADK STAB 522A, manufactured by ADEKA), 10-(3,5-di-tertiary 4-Hydroxybenzo)-9,10-dihydro-9-oxo-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide (trade name: SANKOHCA), tetra (C12-C15 mixed alkane)-4,4'-iso Propylene diphosphite (ADK STAB 1500 made by ADEKA) and tris(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite (IRGAFOS168 manufactured by BASF Corporation, ADK STAB 2112 manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) Sumilizer P-16), diphenyl monooctyl phosphite (ADK STAB C manufactured by ADEKA), diphenyl monodecyl phosphite (ADK STAB 135A manufactured by ADEKA), tridecyl phosphite ( ADEKA company ADK STAB 3010), triethyl phosphite (trade name: JP302), tri-n-butyl phosphite (trade name: JP304), tris(p-cresol) phosphite (trade name: Chelex-PC), diphenyl mono(trimethylene) phosphite (trade name: JPM308), tris(2-ethylhexyl) phosphite (trade name: JP308), phenyl dimercapto phosphite (ADK STAB 517 manufactured by ADEKA), tetraphenyldipropylene glycol diphosphite (trade name: JPP100), 2,2-methylenebis(4,6-di-triphenylphenyl)octylphosphoric acid Salt (ADK STAB HP-10 made by ADEKA), tetrakis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)[1,1-diphenyl]-4, 4'-diylbisphosphite (IRGAFOS P-EPQ, manufactured by BASF Corporation), tris(tridecyl)phosphite (trade name: JP333E), bis[2,4-di(1-phenylisopropyl) Phenyl] pentaerythritol diphosphite (ADK STAB PEP-45 manufactured by ADEKA), trilauryl trisulfide (trade name: 312), tris(mono-didecylphenyl)phosphoric acid Salt (ADK STAB 329K manufactured by ADEKA), trioleyl phosphite (trade name: Chelex-OL), tristearate phosphite (trade name: JP318E), and double [2,4-double (1) , 1-dimethylethyl)]-6-methylphenylethyl ester, phosphorous acid (IRGAFOS38, manufactured by BASF Corporation), and the like.
Among these phosphate-based oxidation inhibitors, from the viewpoint of heat resistance and heat-resistant discoloration resistance, 3,9-bis(2,6-di-tri-butyl-4-methylphenoxy)- 2,4,8,10-tetraoxy-3,9-diphosphaspiro[5.5]undecane (ADK STAB PEP-36, manufactured by ADEKA), bis(nonylphenyl)neopentitol diphosphoric acid Salt (ADK STAB PEP-4C manufactured by ADEKA), bis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)neopentitol diphosphite (ADK STAB PEP-24G manufactured by ADEKA), 6-[3 -(3-tertiary butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propoxy]-2,4,8,10-tetra-tert-butylbenzene [d,f][1,3,2 ]dioxa phosphepine (IRGAFOS12 manufactured by BASF Corporation), distearyl neopentyl phosphite (ADK STAB PEP-8 manufactured by ADEKA), tetrakis(trimethyl)-4,4'-butylene bis (3- Methyl-6-tertiary butyl phenol) diphosphite (ADK STAB 260, manufactured by ADEKA), tris(nonylphenyl) phosphite (ADK STAB 1178 manufactured by ADEKA), and hexa(trimethyl)- 1,1,3-tris(2-methyl-5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)butane-triphosphite (ADK STAB 522A, manufactured by ADEKA), and four (C12-C15 mixed alkane)- 4,4'-isopropylidene diphosphite (ADK STAB 1500 made by ADEKA), tris(2,4-di-tertiary butyl) Phenyl) phosphite (IRGAFOS 168 manufactured by BASF Corporation, ADK STAB 2112 manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., Sumilizer P-16 manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), diphenyl monooctyl phosphite (ADK STAB C manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), diphenyl Monodecyl phosphite (ADK STAB 135A, manufactured by ADEKA), tridecyl phosphite (ADK STAB 3010, manufactured by ADEKA), 2,2-methanebis (4,6-di-tributylphenyl) Octyl phosphite (ADK STAB HP-10 made by ADEKA), tetrakis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)[1,1-diphenyl]-4,4'-diyl double Phosphite (IRGAFOS P-EPQ, manufactured by BASF Corporation), bis[2,4-bis(1-phenylisopropyl)phenyl]neopentanol diphosphite (ADK STAB PEP-45, manufactured by ADEKA) , trilauryl trithiophosphite (trade name: 312), tris(mono, dinonylphenyl) phosphite (ADK STAB 329K manufactured by ADEKA), and double [2,4-double (1,1) -Dimethylethyl)]-6-methylphenylethyl ester, phosphorous acid (IRGAFOS38, manufactured by BASF Corporation), and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The hydroxylamine-based oxidation preventing agent may, for example, be N,N-dioctadecylhydroxylamine (IRGASTAB FS 042, manufactured by BASF Corporation). The hydroxylamine-based oxidation inhibitor may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
Examples of the sulfur-based oxidation preventing agent include dimercapto 3,3'-thiodipropionate (IRGANOX PS 800 FD manufactured by BASF Corporation) and octadecyl 3,3'-thiodipropionate (manufactured by BASF Corporation). IRGANOX PS 802 FD), ditridecylthiodipropionate (ADK STAB AO-503, manufactured by ADEKA), and neopentyltetrakis-(β-lauryl-thiopropionate) (ADK STAB AO, manufactured by ADEKA) -412S), dilauryl-3,3'-thiodipropionate (Sumilizer TPL-R, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), dimyristyl-3,3'-thiodipropionate (Sumilizer, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) TPM), diste oxime-3,3'-thiodipropionate (Sumilizer TPS manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), neopentyl alcohol tetrakis(3-lauryl thiopropionate) (Sumilizer TP-made by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) D), ditridecyl-3,3'-thiodipropionate (Sumilizer TL manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), and 2-mercaptobenazole (Sumilizer MB manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.).
Among these sulfur-based oxidation inhibitors, from the viewpoint of heat resistance and heat-resistant discoloration resistance, dimercapto 3,3'-thiodipropionate (IRGANOX PS 800 FD manufactured by BASF Corporation), two or eight is preferable. Mercapto 3,3'-thiodipropionate (IRGANOX PS 802 FD, manufactured by BASF Corporation), ditridecylthiodipropionate (ADK STAB AO-503, manufactured by ADEKA), and neopentyl alcohol tetra-(beta) - lauryl-thiopropionate (ADK STAB AO-412S, manufactured by Adeka Co., Ltd.). These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The oxidizing agent is preferably a phenol-based oxidation preventing agent from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in permeability and achieving both penetrability and sensitivity. In particular, from the viewpoint of complementing the oxidation preventing ability of the peroxide radical, it is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based oxidation preventing agent in which carbon atoms on both sides of the carbon atom to which the phenolic hydroxyl group is bonded is replaced with a tertiary butyl group.
The amount of the oxidation preventing agent is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.3 to 4 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 50 parts by mass of the total nonvolatile component in the coloring composition. 3 within the scope of the quality department. When the amount of the oxidation preventing agent is less than 0.1 part by mass, the desired effect cannot be obtained. On the other hand, when the amount of the oxidation preventing agent is more than 5 parts by mass, the degree of sensitivity is insufficient or insoluble matter and residue after development are generated.
<thermosetting compound>
The coloring composition for a color filter preferably further contains a thermosetting compound. By including a thermosetting compound, it is possible to prevent yellowing of the resin caused by a baking step such as post-baking. That is, a color filter having higher penetration can be obtained. Further, by including a thermosetting compound, the curing step is further progressed in a baking step such as post-baking, and the degree of hardening of the coating film is improved, so that a highly reliable color filter can be obtained.
The thermosetting compound is, for example, an epoxy resin, a benzoamide resin, a rosin-modified maleic acid resin, a rosin-modified fumaric acid resin, a melamine resin, a urea resin, a thermosetting resin such as a phenol resin, or the like. A monomer and an oligomer before heating polymerization of a thermosetting resin.
The thermosetting compound is preferably introduced with ethylene. By introducing ethylene bonding, the thermosetting compound can be provided with active energy hardening property, and the light sensitivity can be improved. The introduction of ethylene bonding to the thermosetting compound can be carried out by a known method.
Among the thermosetting compounds, the epoxy compound and the melamine compound are particularly excellent in penetrability, and have little influence on development speed and photosensitivity, and the coating film which is cured by baking is excellent in heat resistance, so it is suitable. . Among the melamine compounds, especially having a hydroxymethylimine group (-NHCH)2The melamine compound of OH) is stereoscopic in the direction of thermosetting, and the coating film formed of the coloring composition containing the compound has a high thermal curing rate and an early starting point of thermal curing, which is preferable.
The content of the thermosetting compound is preferably from 0.5 to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total nonvolatile component in the colored composition. When the amount is less than 0.5 part by mass, the film hardening density is low, and the effect on heat resistance and reliability is small. When the amount is more than 10 parts by mass, the amount of photopolymerizable monomer or photopolymerization initiator is limited, and the amount is not limited. In addition to ensuring sufficient developability, the stability over time sometimes poses a problem.
(epoxy compound)
The epoxy compound means a compound having an epoxy group. When the epoxy compound is fired in the color filter manufacturing process, the epoxy group initiates a thermosetting reaction, and the surface of the coating film is internally bridged to improve the heat resistance and/or drug resistance of the obtained coating film. The epoxy compound may be a low molecular compound or a polymer compound, and representative examples thereof include a bisphenol A epoxy resin, a brominated bisphenol A epoxy resin, a bisphenol F epoxy resin, and a brominated bisphenol F. Epoxy resin, phenolic epoxy resin, cyclic aliphatic epoxy resin, heterocyclic epoxy resin, glycidyl ester resin, glycidylamine resin, epoxidized oil, etc., epoxy a brominated derivative of a resin, or tris(glycidylphenyl)methane or triglycidyl isocyanate. Among them, bisphenol A epoxy resin, brominated bisphenol A epoxy resin, phenolic epoxy resin, cyclic aliphatic epoxy resin, glycidyl ester resin, glycidylamine resin, and tri (shrinkage) Glycerol phenyl) methane has a high film hardening density and has little adverse effect on the developability of the colored composition, and is preferable in this respect.
Examples of preferred commercially available epoxy compounds include EX111, EX201, EX411, EX611, EX901, EX212L, DA-111, DA-141 manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Co., Ltd., EPPN501H manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and Japanese epoxy resin. Company-made JER152, EHPE3150 made by Daycel Chemical Co., Ltd., etc. Among them, EX611, EHPE3150, etc. are particularly suitable for use in terms of the amount of addition, and the effect of improving the characteristics is very large.
Further, in order to promote the hardening of the epoxy compound, a hardener may be used at the same time. Typical examples of the curing agent include an acid anhydride-based curing agent and an amine-based curing agent. The amine-based curing agent has a disadvantage of being difficult to be stabilized by a one-liquid system because of a high reaction rate, and is considered to be a voltage if it is extracted into a liquid crystal phase. The retention rate is deteriorated, and the suitability with zinc phthalocyanine pigment is poor, and it is difficult to ensure dispersion stability. From the above points, an acid anhydride epoxy hardener is preferably used in this aspect. The acid anhydride-based epoxy curing agent may, for example, be maleic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, or the like. An anhydride of phenyl ether tetracarboxylic acid or diphenylphosphonium tetracarboxylic acid. Among them, from the viewpoint of constructing a tight bridging structure, it is preferable to have an optical property of 2 or more anhydride groups in one molecule, good penetration from a short wavelength, or to maintain the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal. From a higher viewpoint, it is more preferably a saturated hydrocarbon-based polyfunctional acid anhydride such as cyclohexanone tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
(melamine compound)
The melamine compound is, for example, a melamine compound represented by the general formula (19) or a condensate thereof.
General formula (19):
Formula (19)
[where, R12~R17Respectively independent of each other to represent a hydrogen atom or CH2OR' (R' represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), R12~R17Same or different. -CH2The OR' group R' may be the same or different in the above formula (19). ]
The melamine compound represented by the general formula (19) lacks storage stability, and therefore it is preferred to use a condensate thereof. The mass average molecular weight of the condensate is preferably from 1.5 to 6.0.
Among the melamine compounds, there are hydroxymethylimine groups (-NHCH)2The melamine compound of OH) has a thermosetting direction, and the coating film formed of the coloring composition containing the compound has a high thermal curing rate, and the starting point of the thermal curing starts early, so that the fastness to heat or medicine is increased. The reason is two. The first reason is that the number of reaction starting points can be increased by using a melamine compound having a hydroxymethylimine group. The melamine compound having a hydroxymethylimine group has a small molecular size, and many reaction starting points exist in a certain mass. Therefore, the heat hardening speed is fast, and the heat hardening is carried out throughout. The second reason is that the melamine compound having a hydroxymethylimine group exerts a magnifying effect of thermal energy when subjected to thermal energy. The thermal hardening of the melamine compound having a hydroxymethylimine group starts by receiving heat energy, and when the temperature is low, the thermal energy is small, and when the temperature is high, the thermal energy is increased. If the melamine compound having a hydroxymethylimine group is subjected to thermal energy, due to the influence of the unshared electron pair existing in the compound, energy due to the movement of the electron is generated, and since the heat energy is amplified, the heat hardening is performed even at a low temperature. It will still progress and the hardening speed will be faster.
The melamine compound having a hydroxymethylimine group is contained in the compound, and it is preferred to contain free formaldehyde in an amount of 0.5 to 4 parts by mass. The free formaldehyde in the melamine compound having a hydroxymethylimine group becomes a catalyst for thermosetting, thereby promoting a thermosetting reaction. When the amount of free formaldehyde is less than 0.5 part by mass, thermal hardening is not sufficiently promoted, and when it is more than 4 parts by mass, the melamine compound having a hydroxymethylimine group itself is unstable in storage stability, and it changes its function over time. Hardening effect. Further, the amount of free formaldehyde in the melamine compound having a hydroxymethylimine group can be measured by the method described in JIS-L1041 by the Japan Industrial Standards Survey.
Commercial products of the condensate of the melamine compound represented by the above formula (19) include NIKALAC MS-001, NIKALAC MX-002, NIKALAC MX-750, NIKALAC MX-706, and NIKALAC MX-0442 manufactured by Japan Carbide Industries Co., Ltd. NIKALAC MX–035 and so on.
<Storage stabilizer>
The coloring composition for a color filter of the present invention may further contain a storage stabilizer. By containing a storage stabilizer, the viscosity of the composition can be stabilized for a long period of time.
The storage stabilizer may, for example, be 2,6-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-methylphenol or neopentyltetrakis[3-(3,5-di-tertiary butyl) -4-carboxyphenyl)propionate], 2,4-bis-(n-octylsulfo)-6-(4-carboxy-3,5-di-tertiary butylanilino) 1,3,5 - a hindered phenol system such as triazine; an organophosphine system such as tetraethylphosphine, triphenylphosphine or tetraphenylphosphine; zinc dimethyl dithiophosphate, zinc dipropyl dithiophosphate, and manganese dibutyl dithiophosphate Such as phosphite system; 12-base sulfide, benzothiophene and other sulfur systems; benzyl trimethyl chloride, dimethyl hydroxylamine and other grade 4 ammonium chloride; lactic acid, oxalic acid and other organic acids and ethyl ether .
When the storage stabilizer is used, the amount thereof is preferably from 1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the colorant. When the amount of the storage stabilizer is 0.01 parts by mass or more, the stability of the coloring composition for color filters is improved over time.
<solvent>
The coloring composition for a color filter contains a solvent. By containing a solvent, the coloring agent is sufficiently dispersed and/or infiltrated into a dye carrier such as a resin or a photopolymerizable compound, and applied to a transparent substrate such as a glass substrate to have a dry film thickness of 0.2 to 5 μm, and it is easy to form a filter. Slice section or black matrix.
As the solvent, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used. The solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the solvent to be added is preferably in the range of 100 to 10,000 parts by mass, more preferably 500 to 5,000 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the colorant.
<Other additive ingredients>
In order to stabilize the viscosity of the composition over time, the colored composition may also contain a storage stabilizer. Further, the colored composition may contain a adhesion enhancer such as a decane coupling agent in order to improve the adhesion to the transparent substrate.
For the storage stabilizer and the adhesion enhancer, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used. When the storage stabilizer and/or the adhesion enhancer are used, the amount of the stabilizer is preferably the same as that described in the first aspect.
When the decane coupling agent is used, the amount thereof is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent.
<Amine compound>
Further, the coloring composition for a color filter may further contain an amine compound. The amine compound reduces the dissolved oxygen. The amine compound may, for example, be triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, 4-dimethylaminebenzoic acid methyl, 4-dimethylamine benzoic acid ethyl, 4-dimethylamine benzoic acid Isoamino group, 2-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate, 2-ethylhexyl 4-dimethylamine benzoate, and N,N-dimethyl-p-toluidine.
<Dispersing Aid>
The coloring composition for a color filter of this aspect may further contain a dispersing aid. The dispersing aid is suitably, for example, a resin type colorant dispersant, a surfactant, and a dye derivative. The dispersing aid is used to disperse the colorant in a resin or a solvent. The dispersing aid has a great effect on dispersing the pigment and preventing the re-coagulation of the dispersing coloring agent. Therefore, when a coloring composition for a color filter obtained by dispersing a coloring agent in a resin or a solvent by a dispersing aid is used, a color filter having more excellent transmittance can be obtained.
When the dispersing aid is used, the amount thereof is preferably 0.1 to 40 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent.
(resin type dispersant)
The resin type dispersant is adsorbed on the surface of the colorant by using an acidic group or a basic group as a anchor, and since the repellency effect of the polymer acts effectively and exhibits dispersion stability, it is preferable to have an acidic group or an alkaline group. Base polymer. The acidic group is preferably a mercapto group in terms of excellent adsorption characteristics, and the basic group is preferably an amine group in terms of excellent adsorption characteristics. Further, a coloring agent derivative having an acidic group is used together with a resin type dispersing agent having a basic group, or a coloring agent derivative having a basic group is used together with a resin type dispersing agent having an acidic group, due to compatibility with a resin Good, so it is more suitable.
As a resin type dispersant having an acidic group or a basic group, a comb-type polymer grafted with a branched polymer in a main polymer portion having an acidic group or a basic group is branched polymerization The product has excellent stereoscopic repulsion effect, so it is more soluble in organic solvent and is more suitable. Further, for the above reasons, a comb-shaped polymer having a molecular structure of one molecule of a backbone polymer and grafting a branched polymer of two or more molecules is more preferable.
As the resin type dispersant, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used.
(pigment derivative)
As the pigment derivative, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used. When the pigment derivative is used, the content of the pigment is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, and most preferably 1 part by mass or more, based on the mass of the pigment. Moreover, from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance, it is preferably 200 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 100 parts by mass or less.
(surfactant)
As the surfactant, for example, the same as the description of the first aspect can be used. When a resin-type dispersing agent and/or a surfactant is added, the total amount of the dispersing agent and the surfactant is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 55 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 45 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent. Inside. When the amount of the resin-type dispersant and the surfactant is too small, it is difficult to obtain an additive effect. Further, when the total amount of the compound is too large, the excessive dispersant may adversely affect the dispersion.
<Method for Producing Colored Composition for Color Filter>
The coloring composition for a color filter of this aspect can be produced, for example, by the same method as the description of the first aspect.
[Remove coarse particles]
From the photosensitive coloring composition, it is preferable to remove the coarse particles and the mixed fine dust in the same manner as the description of the first aspect. For example, it is preferable to remove coarse particles of 5 μm or more from the photosensitive coloring composition, and it is preferable to remove coarse particles of 1 μm or more, and it is preferable to remove coarse particles of 0.5 μm or more and fine dust mixed therein. That is, the colored composition is preferably substantially free of coarse particles of 0.5 μm or more.
<<Color filter>>
Next, a color filter relating to the third aspect of the present invention will be described.
The color filter of the third aspect is attached to a transparent substrate and includes a filter segment or a black matrix formed of the coloring composition for the color filter described above. An aspect of the color filter includes at least one red filter segment, at least one green filter segment, and at least one blue filter segment. Other forms of color filters include at least one magenta filter segment, at least one cyan filter segment, and at least one yellow filter segment.
<Method of Manufacturing Color Filter>
This color filter can be manufactured, for example, by the same method as the description of the first aspect.
The colored filter for the color filter of this aspect has good developability. Specifically, in the non-line portion on the substrate after development, there is little residue (developing residue) of the colored composition, and there is no pattern peeling or defect of the line portion, and the image forming property is excellent. The coloring composition is high in the concentration of the coloring agent, and can suppress the decrease in transparency after heating. Further, the color filter produced by using the colored composition has good penetrability and productivity.
[Examples]
The embodiments of the present invention are described below, but the present invention is not limited to the embodiments. In addition, unless otherwise specified, "part" means "quality department", and "%" means "mass%".
First, various measurement methods and the like performed in the examples and comparative examples will be described.
(mass average molecular weight of resin)
In the following test 1, a gel permeation chromatography measuring apparatus ("Shodex GPC System-21H" manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation) was used, and it measured by the polyethylene conversion.
In the following tests 2 and 3, a TSKgel column (manufactured by TOSOH Co., Ltd.) was used, and GPC (manufactured by TOSOH Co., Ltd., HLC-8120GPC) equipped with an RI detector was used, and THF was used as a developing solvent to measure the mass converted into polystyrene. Average molecular weight (Mw).
(acid price of resin)
0.5 to 1 g of the resin solution, 80 ml of acetone and 10 ml of water were added, and the mixture was uniformly dissolved by a stirring solution, and a 0.1 mol/K KOH aqueous solution was used as a titration solution, and titration was performed using an automatic titration apparatus ("COM-555", manufactured by Hiranuma Sangyo Co., Ltd.). The acid value of the resin solution. Then, the acid value of each nonvolatile component of the resin was calculated from the acid value of the resin solution and the concentration of the nonvolatile component of the resin solution.
(the ammonium salt price of the resin)
After the 5% potassium chromate aqueous solution was used as a reagent and titrated with a 0.1 N aqueous solution of silver nitrate, the value was converted into the equivalent of potassium hydroxide, and the ammonium salt value of the solid portion was shown.
(amine price of resin)
The solution was determined by potentiometric titration using a 0.1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, and converted to the equivalent of potassium hydroxide.
(relative surface area of the pigment)
It was determined by the BET method using nitrogen adsorption. In addition, an automatic steam adsorption amount measuring device ("BELSORP18" manufactured by BEL Japan Co., Ltd.) was used for the measurement.
(average primary particle size of pigment)
It is measured by a method of directly measuring the particle size from an electron microscope photograph. Specifically, the short axis diameter and the major axis diameter of the primary particles of each pigment are measured and averaged as the particle diameter of the pigment particles. Next, for the 100 or more pigment particles, the volume (mass) of each particle is obtained by approximating the cube of the obtained particle diameter, and the volume average particle diameter is defined as the average primary particle diameter. Furthermore, electron microscopy uses a penetrating type (TEM).
<<Test 1>>
Test 1 is about the first aspect. In the test 1, the example corresponding to the first aspect is described as "example", and the other example is described as "comparative example".
<Method for Producing Resin Adhesive>
<Method for Producing Alkali-Soluble Sensitive Resin Solution (A)>
(Preparation of alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (A-1))
A thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirring device were attached to the four separate flasks, and 100 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was placed in the reaction container. The reaction vessel was heated to 120 ° C while injecting nitrogen gas, and 5.2 parts of styrene, 35.5 parts of methyl glycidyl acrylate, 41.0 parts of methyl dicyclopentaacrylate, and even parts were dropped from the dropping tube over 2.5 hours at the same temperature. A mixture of nitrogen diisobutyronitrile 1.0.
Next, the inside of the reaction vessel was replaced with air, and 0.3 parts of trimethylamine phenol and 0.3 parts of hydroquinone were placed in 17.0 parts of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120 ° C for 5 hours, when the solid content acid value was 0.8. The reaction was terminated to obtain an acrylic resin solution having a mass average molecular weight of about 12,000 (measured by GPC).
Further, 30.4 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and 0.5 parts of triethylamine were further added, and the reaction was continued at 120 ° C for 4 hours, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added until the nonvolatile content became 40%, and an alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution was obtained. (A-1).
(Preparation of alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (A-2))
A resin binder solution (A-2) was obtained in the same manner as the resin binder solution (A-1A) except that methyl dicyclopentenyl acrylate was used in place of methyl dicyclopentyl acrylate. The mass average molecular weight is 12,500.
(Preparation of alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (A-3))
370 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were placed in a separate four-piece flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device. After the temperature was raised to 80 ° C and the inside of the flask was replaced with nitrogen, 18 parts of p-cumyl epoxide ethylene oxide modified acrylate (ARONIX M110 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and 10 parts of methyl benzyl acrylate were dropped from the dropping tube over 2 hours. A mixture of 18.2 parts of glycerol methyl acrylate, 25 parts of methyl methacrylate and 2.0 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued at 100 ° C for 3 hours, and then a solution obtained by dissolving 1.0 part of azobisisobutyronitrile in 50 parts of cyclohexanone was added, and the reaction was further continued at 100 ° C for 1 hour. Next, the inside of the reaction container was replaced with air, and 9.3 parts of the acrylic acid (equivalent to glycerol group), 0.5 parts of trimethylamine phenol and 0.1 part of hydroquinone were placed in a reaction container. The reaction was continued at 120 ° C for 6 hours, and the reaction was terminated when the acid value of the solid component became 0.5 to obtain an acrylic resin solution. Further, 19.5 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (equivalent of the generated hydroxyl group) and 0.5 part of triethylamine were further added, and the reaction was continued at 120 ° C for 3.5 hours to obtain an acrylic resin solution. After cooling to room temperature, the resin solution was sampled to about 2 g. The mixture was dried at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to be dried, and the nonvolatile component was measured. The propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the resin solution previously synthesized so that the nonvolatile content was 20 parts by mass, and the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (1A-3) was obtained. The mass average molecular weight (Mw) was 19,000.
(Modulation of alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin solution (B))
In a separate four-piece flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device, 70.0 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was placed. After raising the temperature to 80 ° C and replacing the inside of the reaction vessel with nitrogen, 13.3 parts of methyl n-butyl acrylate, 4.6 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 4.3 parts of methacrylic acid, and cumyl group were dropped from the dropping tube over 2 hours. A mixture of 7.4 parts of phenol oxirane modified acrylate (ARONIX M110 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and 0.4 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain an acrylic resin solution having a mass fraction of 30 parts by mass and a mass average molecular weight of 26,000. After cooling to room temperature, the resin solution was sampled to about 2 g. The mixture was dried at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to dry, and the nonvolatile component was measured. The propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the previously synthesized resin solution so that the nonvolatile content was 20 parts by mass, and the alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin solution (B-1) was obtained.
<Method for Producing Micronized Pigment>
(Production of blue fine pigment (p1))
100 pieces of CI Pigment Blue 15:6 ("Lionol Blue ES" manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd.), 800 parts of crushed salt, and 100 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon. A kneading machine (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) was mixed and stirred at 70 ° C for 12 hours. Next, the kneaded material was placed in 3000 parts of warm water, and heated to about 70 ° C, and stirred in a high-speed mixer for about 1 hour to form a slurry. After repeating filtration and washing with water to remove diethylene glycol of salt and solvent, it was dried at 80 ° C for 24 hours to obtain 98 parts of blue fine pigment (p1). The average primary particle diameter of the obtained blue fine pigment (p1) was 28.3 nm.
(Production of purple fine pigment (p2))
120 pieces of CI Pigment Violet 23 ("Fast Violet RL" by Clariant Co., Ltd.), 1600 pieces of crushed salt, and 100 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Co., Ltd.). ), mixing and stirring at 90 ° C for 18 hours. Next, the kneaded material was placed in 5000 parts of warm water, and heated to about 70 ° C, and stirred in a high-speed mixer for about 1 hour to form a slurry. After repeating filtration and washing with water to remove diethylene glycol of salt and solvent, it was dried at 80 ° C for 24 hours to obtain 118 parts of purple fine pigment (p2). The average primary particle diameter of the obtained purple fine pigment (p2) was 26.4 nm.
(generation of red fine pigment (p3))
120 parts of diketopyrrolopyrrole red pigment CI Pigment Red 254 ("IRGAZIN RED 2030" manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan), 1000 parts of crushed salt and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (Inoue The production system was mixed and stirred at 60 ° C for 10 hours. Next, the kneaded material was placed in warm water 2000, heated to about 80 ° C, and stirred in a high-speed mixer for about 1 hour to form a slurry. After repeating filtration and washing with water to remove diethylene glycol of the salt and the solvent, it was dried at 80 ° C for 24 hours to obtain 115 red fine pigments (p3). The average primary particle diameter of the obtained red fine pigment (p3) was 24.8 nm.
(generation of yellow fine pigment (p4))
100 parts of nickel complex compound yellow pigment CI Pigment Yellow 150 ("E-4GN" manufactured by LANXESS Co., Ltd.), 700 parts of sodium chloride, and 180 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel one-gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.). The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded material was placed in warm water 2000, heated to about 80 ° C, and stirred in a high-speed mixer for about 1 hour to form a slurry. After repeating filtration and washing with water to remove diethylene glycol of the salt and the solvent, it was dried at 80 ° C for 24 hours to obtain 95 yellow fine pigments (p4). The average primary primary particle diameter of the obtained yellow fine pigment (p4) was 39.2 nm.
(Production of green fine pigment (p5))
120 pieces of CI Pigment Green 36 ("Lionol Green 6YK" manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd.), 1600 parts of sodium chloride and 270 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a 1 gallon kneading machine made of stainless steel (Inoue) The production system was mixed and stirred at 70 ° C for 12 hours. Next, the kneaded material was placed in 5000 parts of warm water, and heated to about 70 ° C, and stirred in a high-speed mixer for about 1 hour to form a slurry. After repeating filtration and washing with water to remove diethylene glycol of the salt and the solvent, it was dried at 80 ° C for 24 hours to obtain 117 green fine pigments (p5). The average primary particle diameter of the obtained green fine pigment (p5) was 32.6 nm.
<Manufacturing method of resin (c) having a cationic group in a side chain>
(modulation of resin (c1) having a cationic group in the side chain)
In a separate flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a cooler, 67.3 parts of methyl ethyl ketone was placed, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° C under a nitrogen stream. In the reaction vessel, 34.0 parts of methyl methacrylate, 28.0 parts of methyl n-butyl acrylate, 28.0 parts of methyl 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and 10.0 parts of methyl dimethylamine ethyl acrylate were placed. , a dropping funnel of 2'-a mixture of 5% azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 25.1 portions of methyl ethyl ketone, and dropping the mixture over 2 hours. Two hours after the completion of the dropwise addition, the polymerization yield was confirmed to be 98% from the obtained solid component, and the mass average molecular weight (Mw) was 6,830. After cooling to 50 ° C, 3.2 parts of methyl chloride and 22.0 parts of ethanol were added, and the reaction was continued at 50 ° C for 2 hours, and then the mixture was heated to 80 ° C over 1 hour, and the reaction was further continued for 2 hours to obtain a resin component of 47 parts by mass. A resin (c1) having a cationic group in the chain. The ammonium salt value of the obtained resin was 34 mgKOH/g.
(modulation of resin (c2) having a cationic group in the side chain)
In a separate flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a cooler, 62.4 parts of isopropyl alcohol was placed, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° C under a nitrogen stream. In the reaction vessel, 32.1 parts of methyl methacrylate, 25.1 parts of methyl propyl acrylate, 25.1 parts of methyl methacrylate, and 17.7 parts of methacrylamide propyl methacrylate were placed. A dropping mixture of 5.7 parts of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 15.6 parts of ethyl ethyl ketone was dropped over the funnel over 2 hours. Two hours after the completion of the dropwise addition, the polymerization yield was confirmed to be 98% from the obtained solid component, and the mass average molecular weight (Mw) was 7,420. The mixture was cooled to 50 ° C, and 72 parts of isopropyl alcohol was added to obtain a resin (c22) having a resin component in an amount of 40 parts in the side chain. The ammonium salt value of the obtained resin was 45 mgKOH/g.
(modulation of resin (c3) having a cationic group in the side chain)
In a separate flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a cooler, 67.3 parts of methyl ethyl ketone was placed, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° C under a nitrogen stream. In the reaction vessel, 27.5 parts of methyl isopropyl acrylate, 25.0 parts of methyl benzyl acrylate, 27.5 parts of methyl 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and N, N-dimethylamine methyl styrene 20.0 were placed. A dropping funnel of a homogeneous mixture of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 25.1 portions of methyl ethyl ketone was dropped over 2 hours. Two hours after the completion of the dropwise addition, the polymerization yield was confirmed to be 98% from the obtained solid content, and the mass average molecular weight (Mw) was 6,770. After cooling to 50 ° C, 15.7 parts of benzyl chloride and 22.0 parts of ethanol were added, and the reaction was continued at 50 ° C for 2 hours, and then the mixture was heated to 80 ° C over 1 hour, and the reaction was further continued for 2 hours to obtain 50 parts by mass of the resin component. A resin having a cationic group (c3). The obtained ammonium salt value of the resin was 60 mgKOH/g.
(modulation of resin (c4) having a cationic group in the side chain)
In a separate flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a cooler, 62.4 parts of isopropyl alcohol was placed, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° C under a nitrogen stream. In the reaction vessel, 25.0 parts of methyl methacrylate, 20.0 parts of stearin methyl acrylate, 20.0 parts of methyl cyclohexyl acrylate, and BLEMMER PE90 (made by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd., diethylene glycol monomethyl methacrylate) were placed. a dropping funnel of 15.0 parts, 20.0 parts of N-vinyl fluorenone, 4.7 parts of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), and a homogeneous mixture of 15.6 parts of isopropyl alcohol. It dripped after 2 hours. Two hours after the completion of the dropwise addition, the polymerization yield was confirmed to be 98% from the obtained solid component, and the mass average molecular weight (Mw) was 7,550. After cooling to 50 ° C, 9.0 parts of methyl chloride and 22.0 parts of isopropyl alcohol were added, and the reaction was continued at 50 ° C for 2 hours. Thereafter, the mixture was heated to 80 ° C over 1 hour, and the reaction was further continued for 2 hours. Thereafter, 50 parts of isopropyl alcohol were added to obtain a resin (c4) having a resin component of 44 parts by mass and a cationic group in a side chain. The obtained ammonium salt value of the resin was 92 mgKOH/g.
(modulation of resin (c5) having a cationic group in the side chain)
In a separate flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a cooler, 82.0 parts of methyl ethyl ketone was placed, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° C under a nitrogen stream. In the reaction vessel, 23.5 parts of ethyl methacrylate, 26.0 parts of methyl butyl acrylate, 25.0 parts of methyl lauryl acrylate, and KAYAMAR PM-21 (made by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ε-make) were placed. Ester 1 molar added phosphate of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate) 10.0 part, 18.5 part of diethylaminopropyl acrylate, 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) The dropping funnel of a homogeneous mixture of 6.0 parts and 25.6 parts of methyl ethyl ketone was dropped over 2 hours. Two hours after the completion of the dropwise addition, the polymerization yield was confirmed to be 98% from the obtained solid content, and the mass average molecular weight (Mw) was 7010. After cooling to 50 ° C, a resin (c5) having a resin component of 48 parts by mass and a cationic group in a side chain was obtained. The obtained ammonium salt value of the resin was 49 mgKOH/g.
<Method for Producing Halogenated Compound>
(halogenated compound (C-1))
The halogenated compound (C-1) was produced from C.I. Acid Red 289 and a resin (c1) having a cationic group in a side chain by the following procedure.
To the water 2000, 51 resin (c1) having a cationic group in a side chain was added, and after sufficiently stirring and mixing, the mixture was heated to 60 ° C to prepare a resin solution. The resin solution was gradually dropped into 90 parts of water one by one, and 10 parts of C.I. Acid Red 289 was dissolved in the obtained aqueous solution. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently react. The end point of the reaction is the time at which the reaction solution is dripped from the filter paper and does not bleed. That is, when the bleeding does not occur, it is judged that the halogenated compound has been obtained. After cooling to room temperature while stirring, the mixture was suction filtered and further washed with water. After washing with water, the halogenated compound remaining on the filter paper was dried by using a dryer to obtain water, and 32 parts of C.I. Acid Red 289 and a halogenated compound (C-1) of a resin (c1) having a cationic group in a side chain were obtained. At this time, the content of the effective dye component derived from C.I. Acid Red 289 in the halogenated compound (C-1) was 29 parts by mass.
(halogenated compound (C-2))
The halogenated compound (C-2) was produced from C.I. Acid Red 289 and a resin having a cationic group in the side chain (c2) by the following procedure.
88 parts of the resin (C-2) having a cationic group was added to 2000 parts of a 10% methanol aqueous solution, and the mixture was sufficiently stirred and mixed, and then heated to 60 ° C to prepare a resin solution. The resin solution was gradually dropped into 90 parts of water one by one, and 10 parts of C.I. Acid Red 289 was dissolved in the obtained aqueous solution. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently react. The end point of the reaction is the time at which the reaction solution is dripped from the filter paper and does not bleed. That is, when the bleeding does not occur, it is judged that the halogenated compound has been obtained. After cooling to room temperature while stirring, the mixture was suction filtered and further washed with water. After washing with water, the halogenated compound remaining on the filter paper was dried by using a dryer to obtain water, and 43 parts of C.I. Acid Red 289 and a halogenated compound (C-2) having a cationic group (c2) were obtained. At this time, the content of the effective dye component derived from C.I. Acid Red 289 in the halogenated compound (C-2) was 22 parts by mass.
(halogenated compound (C-3))
The halogenated compound (C-3) was produced from C.I. Acid Red 289 and a resin (c3) having a cationic group in a side chain by the following procedure.
To a portion of a 10% N,N-dimethylformamide aqueous solution, 46.7 parts of a resin (c3) having a cationic group in a side chain was added, and after sufficiently stirring and mixing, the mixture was heated to 70 ° C to prepare a resin solution. The resin solution was gradually dropped into 90 parts of water one by one, and 10 parts of C.I. Acid Red 289 was dissolved in the obtained aqueous solution. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently react. The end point of the reaction is the time at which the reaction solution is dripped from the filter paper and does not bleed. That is, when the bleeding does not occur, it is judged that the halogenated compound has been obtained. After cooling to room temperature while stirring, the mixture was suction filtered and further washed with water. After washing with water, the halogenated compound remaining on the filter paper was dried by using a dryer to obtain a halogenated compound (C-4) of 19 parts of C.I. Acid Red 289 and a resin having a cationic group in the side chain (c4). At this time, the content of the effective dye component derived from C.I. Acid Red 289 in the halogenated compound (C-4) was 53 parts by mass.
(halogenated compound (C-4))
The halogenated compound (C-4) was produced from C.I. Acid Red 289 and a resin having a cationic group in the side chain (c4) by the following procedure.
To the water of 1000 parts, 20.0 parts of the cationic group-containing resin (c4) was added, and after sufficiently stirring and mixing, the mixture was heated to 70 ° C to prepare a resin solution. The resin solution was gradually dropped into 90 parts of water one by one, and 10 parts of C.I. Acid Red 289 was dissolved in the obtained aqueous solution. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently react. The end point of the reaction is the time at which the reaction solution is dripped from the filter paper and does not bleed. That is, when the bleeding does not occur, it is judged that the halogenated compound has been obtained. After cooling to room temperature while stirring, the mixture was suction filtered and further washed with water. After washing with water, the halogenated compound remaining on the filter paper was dried by using a dryer to obtain a halogenated compound (C-4) of 19 parts of C.I. Acid Red 289 and a cationic group-containing resin (c4). At this time, the content of the effective dye component derived from C.I. Acid Red 289 in the halogenated compound (C-4) was 53 parts by mass.
(halogenated compound (C-5))
The halogenated compound (C-5) was produced from C.I. Acid Red 289 and a resin having a cationic group in the side chain (c5) by the following procedure.
63.2 parts of a resin having a cationic group (c5) having a side chain added thereto in 20 parts of acetic acid, and after sufficiently stirring and mixing, heating to 60 ° C, ammonium salting of the tertiary amine group of the side chain is prepared, and ammonium is prepared. Salted resin solution. The ammonium salted resin solution was gradually dropped into 90 parts of water, and 10 parts of C.I. Acid Red 289 was dissolved in the obtained aqueous solution. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently react. The end point of the reaction is the time at which the reaction solution is dripped from the filter paper and does not bleed. That is, when the bleeding does not occur, it is judged that the halogenated compound has been obtained. After cooling to room temperature while stirring, the mixture was suction filtered and further washed with water. After washing with water, the halogenated compound remaining on the filter paper was dried by a dryer to obtain a halogenated compound (C-5) of 38 parts of C.I. Acid Red 289 and a resin (c5) having a cationic group in the side chain. At this time, the content of the effective dye component derived from C.I. Acid Red 289 in the halogenated compound (C-5) was 23 parts by mass.
(halogenated compound (C-6))
The halogenated compound (C-6) was produced from C.I. Acid Blue 112 and a resin (c1) having a cationic group in a side chain by the following procedure.
88 parts of the resin (c1) having a cationic group was added to 2000 parts of a 10% methanol aqueous solution, and the mixture was sufficiently stirred and mixed, and then heated to 60 ° C to prepare a resin solution. The resin solution was gradually dropped into 90 parts of water one by one, and 10 parts of C.I. Acid Blue 112 was dissolved in the obtained aqueous solution. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently react. The end point of the reaction is the time at which the reaction solution is dripped from the filter paper and does not bleed. That is, when the bleeding does not occur, it is judged that the halogenated compound has been obtained. After cooling to room temperature while stirring, the mixture was suction filtered and further washed with water. After washing with water, the halogenated compound remaining on the filter paper was dried by using a dryer to obtain a halogenated compound (C-6) of 43 parts of C.I. Acid Blue 112 and a resin (c1) having a cationic group in the side chain. At this time, the effective dye component content derived from C.I. Acid Blue 112 in the halogenated compound (c-6) was 22 parts by mass.
(halogenated compound (C-7))
The halogenated compound (C-7) was produced from C.I. Acid Blue 93 and a resin (c1) having a cationic group in a side chain by the following procedure.
To 4 parts of a 10% N,N-dimethylformamide aqueous solution, 46.7 parts of a resin (c1) having a cationic group in a side chain was added, and after sufficiently stirring and mixing, the mixture was heated to 70 ° C to prepare a resin solution. The resin solution was gradually dropped into 90 parts of water one by one, and 10 parts of C.I. Acid Blue 93 was dissolved in the obtained aqueous solution. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently react. The end point of the reaction is the time at which the reaction solution is dripped from the filter paper and does not bleed. That is, when the bleeding does not occur, it is judged that the halogenated compound has been obtained. After cooling to room temperature while stirring, the mixture was suction filtered and further washed with water. After washing with water, the halogenated compound remaining on the filter paper was dried by using a dryer to obtain a halogenated compound (C-7) of 29 parts of C.I. Acid Blue 93 and a resin (c1) having a cationic group in the side chain. At this time, the content of the effective dye component derived from C.I. Acid Blue 93 in the halogenated compound (C-7) was 30 parts by mass.
(halogenated compound (C-8))
The halogenated compound (C-8) was produced from C.I. Acid Red 249 and a resin (c1) having a cationic group in a side chain by the following procedure.
Adding 63.2 parts of a resin having a cationic group in a side chain of 63.2 parts of acetic acid to 2000 parts, and sufficiently stirring and mixing, heating to 60 ° C, ammonium salting of the tertiary amino group of the side chain, and preparing ammonium by ammonium Salted resin solution. The ammonium salted resin solution was gradually dropped into 90 parts of water, and 10 parts of C.I. Acid Red 249 was dissolved in the obtained aqueous solution. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently react. The end point of the reaction is the time at which the reaction solution is dripped from the filter paper and does not bleed. That is, when the bleeding does not occur, it is judged that the halogenated compound has been obtained. After cooling to room temperature while stirring, the mixture was suction filtered and further washed with water. After washing with water, the halogenated compound remaining on the filter paper was dried by using a dryer to obtain water, and 38 parts of C.I. acid red 249 and a halogenated compound (C-8) having a cationic group (c1) were obtained. At this time, the content of the effective dye component derived from C.I. Acid Red 249 in the halogenated compound (C-8) was 23 parts by mass.
(halogenated compound (C-9))
The halogenated compound (C-9) was produced from C.I. Acid Yellow 5 and a resin having a cationic group in the side chain (c1) by the following procedure.
To the water 2000, 51 resin (c1) having a cationic group in a side chain was added, and after sufficiently stirring and mixing, the mixture was heated to 60 ° C to prepare a resin solution. The resin solution was gradually dropped into 90 parts of water one by one, and 10 parts of C.I. acid yellow 5 was dissolved in the obtained aqueous solution. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently react. The end point of the reaction is the time at which the reaction solution is dripped from the filter paper and does not bleed. That is, when the bleeding does not occur, it is judged that the halogenated compound has been obtained. After cooling to room temperature while stirring, the mixture was suction filtered and further washed with water. After washing with water, the halogenated compound remaining on the filter paper was dried by using a dryer to obtain a halogenated compound (C-9) of 33 parts of C.I. Acid Yellow 5 and a resin having a cationic group in the side chain (c1). At this time, the content of the effective dye component derived from C.I. Acid Yellow 5 in the halogenated compound (C-9) was 33 parts by mass.
(halogenated compound (C-10))
The halogenated compound (C-10) consisting of C.I. Direct Blue 86 and Disperbyk-2000 (modified acrylic block copolymer, ammonium salt price: 61 mgKOH/g) was used in the following procedure.
50.9 parts of Disperbyk-2000 was added to the water 2000, and the mixture was thoroughly stirred and mixed, and then heated to 60 ° C to prepare a resin solution. The resin solution was gradually dropped into 90 parts of water one by one, and 10 parts of C.I. Direct Blue 86 was dissolved in the obtained aqueous solution. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently react. The end point of the reaction is the time at which the reaction solution is dripped from the filter paper and does not bleed. That is, when the bleeding does not occur, it is judged that the halogenated compound has been obtained. After cooling to room temperature while stirring, the mixture was suction filtered and further washed with water. After washing with water, the halogenated compound remaining on the filter paper was dried by using a dryer to remove water, and 31 parts of C.I. Direct Blue 86 and Disperbyk-2000 halogenated compound (C-10) were obtained. At this time, the effective dye component content derived from C.I. Direct Blue 86 in the halogenated compound (C-10) was 33 parts by mass.
(halogenated compound (AC-1))
The halogenated compound (AC-1) was produced from C.I. Acid Red 289 and distearyl dimethyl ammonium chloride (QUARTAMIN D86P) by the following procedure.
11.5 parts of QUARTAMIN D86P was added to 2000 parts of a 10% sodium hydroxide aqueous solution, and the mixture was sufficiently stirred and mixed, and then heated to 60 ° C to prepare a resin solution. To the solution, a small amount of water was gradually dropped in 90 parts, and 10 parts of C.I. Acid Red 289 was dissolved in the obtained aqueous solution. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently react. The end point of the reaction is the time at which the reaction solution is dripped from the filter paper and does not bleed. That is, when the bleeding does not occur, it is judged that the halogenated compound has been obtained. After cooling to room temperature while stirring, the mixture was suction filtered and further washed with water. After washing with water, the halogenated compound remaining on the filter paper was dried by using a dryer to obtain water, and 17 parts of C.I. Acid Red 289 and QUARTAMIN D86P halogenated compound (AC-1) were obtained. At this time, the content of the effective dye component derived from C.I. Acid Red 289 in the halogenated compound (AC-1) was 42 parts by mass.
<Method for Producing Polyfunctional Monomer (OM) Having Acid Group>
(Polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group (OM-1))
578g of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, 20g of hydrazine acetate, 0.5g of N,N-dimethylbenzylamine and 0.6g of 4-methoxyphenol were placed in 4 flasks of 1L capacity, 50-60 The reaction was continued for 6 hours at a temperature of ° C to obtain a polyfunctional monomer (OM-1) having an acidic group. The acid value was 20, and the content of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group calculated from the results of gel permeation chromatography was 25% in terms of area. Further, the acid value of the polyfunctional monomer (OM-1) was 20 KOH-mg/g.
(Polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group (OM-2))
515 g of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, 50 g of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, and 0.5 g of N,N-dimethylbenzylamine were placed in 4 flasks of 1 L capacity, and the temperature was continued at 80 to 100 ° C. After reacting for 10 hours, a polyfunctional monomer (OM-2) containing a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group was obtained. The acid value was 38, and the content of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group calculated from the results of gel permeation chromatography was 40% in terms of area. Further, the acid value of the polyfunctional monomer (OM-2) was 38 KOH-mg/g.
<Method for Producing Pigment Dispersion>
(Modulation of blue pigment dispersion (P-B))
The mixture of the composition shown below was uniformly stirred, and then zirconia beads having a diameter of 1 mm were used, and dispersed by an IGER mill ("Mini Model M-250 MKII" manufactured by Iger Japan Co., Ltd.) over 5 hours. Thereafter, it was filtered with a 5 μm filter to obtain a blue pigment dispersion (P-B).
Blue micronized pigment (p1): 18.0
Copper phthalocyanine derivative (chemical formula (20))
Chemical formula (20):
Formula (20)
Resin type pigment dispersant: 8.0
(BYK-111 made by BYK)
Resin binder solution (A-1): 60.0
Cyclohexanone: 12.0
(Modulation of Purple Pigment Dispersion (P-V))
A purple pigment dispersion (P-V) was obtained in the same manner as the blue pigment dispersion P-B from the mixture of the following composition.
Purple micronized pigment (p2): 20.0
Resin type pigment dispersant: 8.0
(BYK-111 made by BYK)
Resin binder solution (A-1): 60.0
Cyclohexanone: 12.0
(Red Pigment Dispersion (P-R))
A red pigment dispersion (P-R) was obtained in the same manner as the blue pigment dispersion (P-B) in the mixture of the following composition.
Red micronized pigment (p3): 10.0
Lanthanide pigment (C.I. Pigment Red 177): 2.0
("CHROMOPHTAL RED A2B" by Chiba Corporation, Japan)
Yellow micronized pigment (p4): 4.0
Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment derivative (chemical formula (21)): 4.0
Chemical formula (21):
Formula (21)
Resin type pigment dispersant: 8.0
("Solsparz 20000" made by Lubrizol, Japan)
Resin binder solution (A-1): 60.0
Cyclohexanone: 12.0
(Green Pigment Dispersion (P-G))
A green pigment dispersion (P-G) was obtained in the same manner as the blue pigment dispersion (P-B) in the mixture of the following composition.
Green micronized pigment (p5): 13.5
Yellow micronized pigment (p4): 6.5
Resin type pigment dispersant: 8.0
("EFKA4300" manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan)
Resin binder solution (A-1): 60.0
Cyclohexanone: 12.0
<Method for Producing Halogenated Compound Solution>
(halogenated compound solution (Z-1))
The mixture of the following composition was stirred with a blade, and then filtered through a 5.0 mm filter to obtain a halogenated compound solution (Z-1).
Halogenated compound (C-1): 10.0 parts
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA): 90.0
(halogenated compound solution (Z-2) to (Z-11))
The halogenated compound solutions (Z-2) to (Z-11) were produced in the same manner as the halogenated compound solution (Z-1) except that the halogenated compound shown in Table 1 was changed.
The content of the pigment component at this time is shown in Table 9.
Here, the "pigment component content A" and the "pigment component content B" respectively indicate the effective dye component content (mass portion) in the halogenated compound (C) and the effective dye component content in the halogenated compound solution (mass portion). ).

【Table 1】


[Example 1]
(Photosensitive coloring composition (resist material R-1))
The mixture was stirred and mixed uniformly, and then filtered and mixed with a 5.0 μm filter to obtain a photosensitive coloring composition (resist material R-1).
Halogenated compound solution (Z-1): 30.0 parts
Resin binder solution (A-1): 22.8 parts
Resin binder solution (B-1): 5.7
Monomer (OM-1): 4.5
Photopolymerization initiator (I-1): 1.6
Sensitizer (S-1): 0.2
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA): 35.2
Leveling agent (L-1): 0.005
[Examples 2 to 34]
(Photosensitive coloring composition (resist material (R-2) to (R-34)))
The photosensitive coloring compositions (R-2) to (R-) were obtained in the same manner as the photosensitive coloring composition (resist material R-1A) except that the components and the amounts of the components shown in Tables 2 and 3 were used. 34).
[Example 35]
In addition to the components and the amounts shown in Table 8, the photosensitive coloring composition (resist material R-6) was used except for the 35.2 portion of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) in which the cyclopentanone 53.2 was substituted for the solvent. The photosensitive coloring composition (R-35) was obtained in the same manner.
[Comparative Examples 1 to 4]
(Photosensitive coloring composition (resist material (R-36) to (R-39)))
Resist materials (R-36) to (R-39) were obtained in the same manner as the resist material (R-6) except that the halogenated compound solution or the monomer was as shown in Table 8.

【Table 2】




【table 3】





    以下說明關於表2及表3之其他簡稱。
<具有酸性基之多官能性單體(OM)>
‧具有酸性基之多官能性單體(OM-3):二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之混合物,與二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之琥珀酸衍生物之混合物TO-1382(東亞合成股份有限公司製、酸價:29)
‧具有酸性基之多官能性單體(OM-4):二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之混合物,與二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之琥珀酸衍生物之混合物TO-2349(東亞合成股份有限公司製、酸價:38)
<不具有酸性基之多官能性單體>
‧不具有酸性基之多官能單體(NM-1):二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(東亞合成股份有限公司製「ARONIX M-402」)
‧不具有酸性基之多官能單體(NM-2):三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯(新中村化學公司製「NK ESTER ATMPT」)
<光聚合起始劑>
‧光聚合起始劑(I-1):2-(二甲胺)-2-[4-甲基苯基]甲基]-1-[4-(嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮(日本千葉公司製「IRGACURE-379」)
‧光聚合起始劑(I-2):2–甲基–1–[4–(甲硫基)]–2–嗎啉基丙烷–1–酮(日本千葉公司製「IRGACURE 907」
‧光聚合起始劑(I-3):乙烯酮,1–[9–乙基–6–(2–甲基苯并)–9H–咔唑–3-基]–,1–(O–乙醯肟)(日本千葉公司製「IRGACURE OXE02」)
<增感劑>
‧增感劑(S-1):2,4-二乙基噻吨酮
(日本化藥公司製「Kayakua DETX-S」)
‧增感劑(S-2):4,4'-雙(二乙基胺)二苯甲酮
(保土谷化學公司製「EAB–F」)
<多官能硫醇>
‧多官能硫醇(PT-1):三羥甲基乙烷三(3-巰丁酸酯)
(昭和電工公司製「TEMB」)
‧多官能硫醇(PT-2):三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰丁酸酯)
(昭和電工公司製「TPMB」)
<儲藏安定劑>
‧儲藏安定劑(SA-1):2,6-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基)-4-甲基苯酚
(本州化學工業公司製「BHT」)
‧儲藏安定劑(SA-2):三苯基膦
(北興化學工業公司製「TPP」)
<紫外線吸收劑>
‧紫外線吸收劑(UA-1):2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-(十二基及十三基)氧丙基)氧]-1,3,5-三嗪
(日本千葉公司製「TINUVIN400」)
‧紫外線吸收劑(UA-2):2-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-4,6-雙(1-甲基-1-苯基乙基)苯酚
(日本千葉公司製「TINUVIN900」)
<聚合禁止劑>
‧聚合禁止劑(PI-1):N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺 鋁鹽
(和光純藥工業公司製「Q-1301」)
‧聚合禁止劑(PI-2):甲基對苯二酚
(精工化學公司製「MH」)
<均染劑>
‧均染劑(L-1):二甲基矽氧烷
(TORAY‧Dow Corning公司製「FZ–2」)
    [著色組成物之評估]
    針對所獲得的感光性著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料(R-1)至(R-39)),以下述方法進行關於保存安定性及塗膜異物之試驗。於各評估結果的判斷中,◎表示非常良好的層級,○表示良好的層級,△表示尚可使用的層級,╳表示不宜使用的層級。
    (保存安定性之評估方法)
    針對著色組成物,利用E型黏度計(東機產業公司製TUE-20L型),以旋轉數20rpm,測定著色組成物調製當天之初始黏度,及在40℃之恆溫室保存7天後之經時黏度。根據下式(vii),從測定的該等黏度算出經時黏度變化率。根據算出的經時黏度變化率,採下述基準評估保存安定性。
    經時黏度變化率=∣([初期黏度]-[經時黏度])/[初始黏度]∣×100(%)
    ◎  :小於10%
    ○  :10%以上、小於20%
    △  :20%以上、小於50%
    ╳  :50%以上
    (塗膜上異物之評估方法)
    使用剛調製的著色組成物製作試驗基板,計算粒子數。首先,於100mm×100mm、厚度1.1mm之透明玻璃基板上,以旋轉塗布機,將抗蝕劑材料塗布成乾燥膜厚約為2.0μm,以70℃歷經20分鐘乾燥。其後,中介寬100μm之條紋狀開口部之光罩,使用超高壓水銀燈供作積算光量150mJ/cm2之紫外線曝光,以含界面活性劑之0.05%氫氧化鈉水溶液,沖洗未曝光部而進行顯影。接著,以230℃放入於熱風烤箱20分鐘,於基板上形成寬100μm之條紋狀圖案,獲得試驗基板。其後,使用Olympus System公司製之金屬顯微鏡「BX60」,以倍率500倍進行表面觀察,藉由穿透,在任意5個視野計算可觀測的粒子數。根據計算到的粒子數,採下述基準針對塗幕上的異物進行評估。於評估結果中,◎及○係異物數少,良好;△係異物數雖多,但非使用上有問題的層級;╳係因異物而發生塗布不均(斑),相當於無法使用的狀態。
    ◎  :~小於5個
    ○  :5個以上、小於20個
    △  :20個以上、小於100個
    ╳  :100個以上
    (玻璃密貼性之評估方法)
    採用與上述塗膜上異物之評估相同的程序,於基板上形成塗膜,獲得試驗基板。於5%氫氧化鈉水溶液,以25℃浸泡所獲得的試驗基板30分鐘,目視觀察浸漬前後對玻璃之密貼性。根據觀察結果,藉由以下基準,以3階段評估玻璃密貼性。
    ○  :完全未確認有剝離
    △  :稍微確認有剝離
    ╳  :確認有剝離
    (顯影殘渣之評估方法)
    於100mm×100mm、厚度1.1mm之玻璃基板上,以乾燥後之膜厚約成為2.0μm之旋轉數,旋轉塗布感光性著色組成物,以70℃歷經20分鐘乾燥。其後,中介寬100μm之條紋狀開口部之光罩,使用超高壓水銀燈供作積算光量150mJ/cm2之紫外線曝光。接著,以5%碳酸鈉水溶液沖洗未曝光部而進行顯影。使用顯微分光光度計(Olympus光學公司製「OSP-SP200」,測定已顯影之玻璃表面,採下述基準,針對顯影殘渣進行評估。
    ○  :無殘渣
    ╳  :有殘渣
    於下述表4表示評估結果。

    【表4】




The following are other abbreviations for Tables 2 and 3.
<Polyfunctional monomer (OM) having an acidic group>
‧ An acidic group-containing polyfunctional monomer (OM-3): a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and a succinic acid derivative of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate Mixture TO-1382 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., acid price: 29)
‧ an acidic group-containing polyfunctional monomer (OM-4): a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and a succinic acid derivative of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate Mixture TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., acid price: 38)
<Polyfunctional monomer having no acidic group>
‧Multifunctional monomer (NM-1) without acid group: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate ("ARONIX M-402" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
‧Multifunctional monomer (NM-2) without an acidic group: Trimethylolpropane triacrylate ("NK ESTER ATMPT", manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
<Photopolymerization initiator>
‧Photopolymerization initiator (I-1): 2-(dimethylamine)-2-[4-methylphenyl]methyl]-1-[4-(morpholinyl)phenyl]-1- Butanone ("IRGACURE-379" manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan)
‧Photopolymerization initiator (I-2): 2–Methyl-1–[4–(methylthio)]–2–morpholinylpropane-1 Ketone (IRGACURE 907, manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan)
‧Photopolymerization initiator (I-3): ketene, 1–[9-ethyl-6–(2-methylbenzo)–9H–carbazole–3-yl]–,1–(O–醯肟)) (IRGACURE OXE02, manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan)
<sensitizer>
‧ Sensitizer (S-1): 2,4-Diethylthioxanthone
(Kayakua DETX-S, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
‧ Sensitizer (S-2): 4,4'-bis(diethylamine)benzophenone
("EAB-F" made by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.)
<Multifunctional thiol>
‧Multifunctional thiol (PT-1): Trimethylolethane tris(3-indolylbutyrate)
("TEMB" by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
‧Multifunctional thiol (PT-2): Trimethylolpropane tris(3-indolylbutyrate)
("DPMB" made by Showa Denko)
<Storage stabilizer>
‧ Storage stabilizer (SA-1): 2,6-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-methylphenol
("BHT" manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
‧Storage stabilizer (SA-2): Triphenylphosphine
("TPP" manufactured by Beixing Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
<UV absorber>
‧UV absorber (UA-1): 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-(dodecyl and thirteen)oxypropyl)oxy]-1,3,5-triazine
("TINUVIN400" made by Chiba Corporation, Japan)
‧UV absorber (UA-2): 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4,6-bis(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)phenol
("TINUVIN900" made by Chiba Corporation, Japan)
<polymerization inhibitor>
‧ Polymerization inhibitor (PI-1): N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt
("Q-1301" made by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.)
‧ Polymerization inhibitor (PI-2): methyl hydroquinone
(Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd. "MH")
<leveling agent>
‧Material dye (L-1): dimethyloxane
("FZ-2" made by TORAY‧Dow Corning)
[Evaluation of coloring composition]
With respect to the obtained photosensitive coloring compositions (resist materials (R-1) to (R-39)), tests for storage stability and coating foreign matter were carried out by the following methods. In the judgment of each evaluation result, ◎ indicates a very good level, ○ indicates a good level, △ indicates a level which is still usable, and ╳ indicates a level which is not suitable for use.
(Evaluation method for preservation stability)
For the coloring composition, the initial viscosity of the colored composition was measured by using an E-type viscometer (TUE-20L type manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) at a rotation number of 20 rpm, and after storage for 7 days in a thermostatic chamber at 40 ° C for 7 days. Time viscosity. The rate of change in viscosity over time was calculated from the measured viscosity according to the following formula (vii). Based on the calculated rate of change over time, the following criteria were used to evaluate the preservation stability.
Change rate of viscosity over time = ∣ ([initial viscosity] - [time-dependent viscosity]) / [initial viscosity] ∣ × 100 (%)
◎ : less than 10%
○ : 10% or more and less than 20%
△ : 20% or more and less than 50%
╳ : 50% or more (evaluation method for foreign matter on the film)
A test substrate was prepared using the newly formed coloring composition, and the number of particles was calculated. First, a resist material was applied onto a transparent glass substrate of 100 mm × 100 mm and a thickness of 1.1 mm by a spin coater to a dry film thickness of about 2.0 μm, and dried at 70 ° C for 20 minutes. Thereafter, a mask having a stripe-shaped opening having a width of 100 μm was used, and an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp was used for exposure to ultraviolet light having a total amount of light of 150 mJ/cm 2 , and a non-exposed portion was washed with a 0.05% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution containing a surfactant. development. Subsequently, the film was placed in a hot air oven at 230 ° C for 20 minutes to form a stripe pattern having a width of 100 μm on the substrate to obtain a test substrate. Then, using a metal microscope "BX60" manufactured by Olympus Systems, the surface was observed at a magnification of 500 times, and the number of observable particles was calculated in any five fields by penetration. Based on the calculated number of particles, the following criteria were used to evaluate the foreign matter on the screen. In the evaluation results, ◎ and ○ series of foreign matter are small, and good; △ is a number of foreign substances, but there is a problem in the use of stratification; bismuth is uneven due to foreign matter (plaque), which is equivalent to an unusable state. .
◎ : ~ less than 5 ○ : 5 or more and less than 20 △ : 20 or more and less than 100 ╳ : 100 or more (evaluation method of glass adhesion)
A test film was formed on the substrate by the same procedure as the evaluation of the foreign matter on the above coating film to obtain a test substrate. The obtained test substrate was immersed in a 5% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution at 25 ° C for 30 minutes, and the adhesion to the glass before and after the immersion was visually observed. According to the observation results, the glass adhesion was evaluated in three stages by the following criteria.
○ : Peeling was not confirmed at all △ : Peeling was confirmed slightly ╳ : Peeling was confirmed (evaluation method for developing residue)
The photosensitive coloring composition was spin-coated on a glass substrate of 100 mm × 100 mm and a thickness of 1.1 mm by a film thickness of about 2.0 μm after drying, and dried at 70 ° C for 20 minutes. Thereafter, a mask having a stripe-shaped opening having a width of 100 μm was used, and an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp was used for exposure to ultraviolet light having an integrated light amount of 150 mJ/cm 2 . Next, the unexposed portion was washed with a 5% sodium carbonate aqueous solution to carry out development. The developed glass surface was measured using a microscopic spectrophotometer ("OSP-SP200" manufactured by Olympus Optics Co., Ltd.), and the development residue was evaluated based on the following criteria.
○ : No residue ╳ : Residue The evaluation results are shown in Table 4 below.

【Table 4】


    著色劑含有令側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性染料反應所得之鹵化化合物,單體中含有具有酸性基之多官能性單體之彩色濾光片用著色組成物,其保存安定性均優異,塗膜異物亦少,玻璃密貼性良好,且無顯影殘渣,處於可適宜作為彩色濾光片使用的範圍。
    於該等感光性著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料(R-1)至(R-35))所使用的著色劑,即藉由令側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性染料反應所獲得的鹵化生成物,據判與其他構成抗蝕劑之成分的相溶性極為良好,因此抗蝕劑材料顯示出安定的塗液特性。藉此可獲得抗蝕劑材料之保存安定性,進而不發生主要起因於著色成分等凝結之塗膜異物。
    又,於該等感光性著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料(R-1)至(R-35)),除了將藉由令側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性染料反應所獲得的鹵化生成物,作為著色劑使用以外,進而藉由將具有酸性基之多官能性單體作為抗蝕劑材料之構成使用,顯像特性極為良好,抑制顯影時圖案從玻璃基材剝離或圖案端部缺損。
    又,考察到藉由使用上述具有酸性基之多官能性單體,抗蝕劑材料塗膜對顯影液之溶解性提升,未曝光部之殘渣大幅減低。
    另,比較例1之感光性著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料(R-36))係安定性不佳,組成物之黏度大幅上升。又,塗膜上產生極多異物。又,顯影殘渣多,彩色濾光片未能達到可使用的水準。
    由此可判斷使用於該抗蝕劑材料之著色成分,並非藉由令側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性染料反應所獲得的鹵化生成物,與構成抗蝕劑材料之成分的相溶性未能謂之良好,因此著色成分產生凝結,各種特性不佳。
    比較例2及比較例3之感光性著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料(R-37)及(R-38))係就安定性、塗膜產生異物而言尚良好,但顯影殘渣有問題。由此可知藉由含有具有酸性基之多官能單體來作為單體,著色組成物可減低顯影時的殘渣,可提供優異的彩色濾光片。
    比較例4之抗蝕劑材料(R-39)不含令側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性染料反應所獲得的鹵化生成物,且不含有具有酸性基之多官能性單體,結果各特性大幅變差。
    <彩色濾光片之製造>
    將鹵化化合物溶液(Z-1)與藍色顏料分散體(Q-B)合計21.0部,除了紅色抗蝕劑材料時,置換為紅色顏料分散體(Q-R),綠色抗蝕劑材料時,置換為綠色顏料分散體(Q-R)以外,其他均與抗蝕劑材料(R-6)同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物、彩色濾光片用綠色著色組成物。
    於100mm×100mm之玻璃基板上,以壓模塗布機,將紅色著色組成物塗布成約2μm厚度,於70℃之烤箱內,歷經20分鐘使其乾燥,去除溶劑。接著,使用曝光裝置,藉由紫外線進行條紋圖案曝光。曝光量設為100mJ/cm2。進而藉由碳酸鈉水溶液所組成的顯影液,進行噴霧顯影,去除未曝光部分後,以離子交換水洗淨。其後,以230℃加熱該基板30分鐘,形成線寬約50μm之紅色濾光片區段。接著,藉由同樣方法,使用綠色著色組成物,於紅色著色組成物旁形成綠色著色組成物,接著使用抗蝕劑材料(R-6)形成藍色濾光片區段,獲得同一基板上具備3色濾光片區段之彩色濾光片。
    藉由使用本發明之一態樣之感光性著色組成物,可製作一種彩色濾光片,其係具有色彩特性在寬廣的色度範圍內優異,耐熱性良好的濾光片區段。
    <<試驗2>>
    試驗2係關於第2態樣。於試驗2,對應於第2態樣之例子記載為「實施例」,其他例子記載為「比較例」。
    <丙烯酸樹脂溶液之製造方法>
    於分離式的4支燒瓶,安裝溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、攪拌裝置,於該反應容器裝入丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯70.0部。升溫至80℃,將反應容器內進行氮置換後,從滴下管歷經2小時滴下正丁基丙烯酸甲酯13.3部、2-羥基乙基丙烯酸甲酯4.6部、甲基丙烯酸4.3部、對枯基酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯酸酯(東亞合成公司製ARONIX M110)7.4部及2,2'–偶氮雙異丁腈0.4部之混合物。滴下結束後,進一步繼續反應3小時,獲得質量平均分子量26000之丙烯酸樹脂溶液。冷卻至室溫後,將丙烯酸樹脂溶液取樣約2g。以180℃加熱歷經20分鐘以使其乾燥,測定未揮發成分。根據如此所獲得的非揮發成分含有量,於先前合成之樹脂溶液添加丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯,以使非揮發成分成為20質量部,調製成丙烯酸樹脂溶液。
    <樹脂型分散劑溶液之製造方法>
    使用市售之樹脂型分散劑日本千葉公司製「EFKA4300」、及乙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯,調製非揮發成分40質量部之溶液,作為樹脂型分散劑溶液使用。
    <顏料分散體之製造方法>
    (藍色顏料分散體(Q-B)之調製)
    將下述所示組成之混合物攪拌均勻後,使用直徑0.5mm之氧化鋯珠,藉由IGER研磨機(IGER Japan公司製「Mini Model M-250 MKII」)歷經5小時予以分散。其後,以5.0μm的過濾器過濾分散液,製作藍色顏料分散體Q-B。
    ε型銅酞菁顏料(C.I.顏料藍15:6)(BASF製「Heliogen Blue L–6700」)   :9.7部
    二噁嗪紫色顏料(C.I.顏料紫23)(Clariant公司製「Fast Violet RL」)   :1.1部
    樹脂型分散劑溶液   :8.3部
    丙烯酸樹脂溶液   :18.9部
    乙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯   :62.0部
    (紅色顏料分散體(Q-R)之調製)
    除了將顏料置換為吡咯并吡咯二酮系顏料(C. I. Pigment Red 254)(日本千葉公司製「IRGAFORRED B–CF」)7.9部及鎳偶氮系錯合物顏料(C.I.顏料黃150)3.0部以外,其他均與上述藍色顏料分散體Q-B同樣地調製紅色顏料分散體Q-R。
    (綠色顏料分散體(Q-G)之調製)
    除了將顏料置換為鹵化鋅酞菁綠顏料(C.I.顏料綠58)7.9部及鎳偶氮系錯合物顏料(C.I.顏料黃150)(LANXESS公司製「E4GN」)3.0部以外,其他均與上述藍色顏料分散體Q-B同樣地調製綠色顏料分散體Q-G。
    [實施例36]
    使光聚合起始劑2-(二甲基胺)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮1.53質量部及雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化磷0.27質量部,溶解於溶劑3-乙氧丙酸乙基53.35質量部。其後,混合丙烯酸樹脂溶液13.45質量部、單體:二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯2.7質量部及新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯之混合物之琥珀酸酐附加物2.7質量部,進而混合上述顏料分散體26.0質量部,以葉片攪拌30分鐘。其後,以1μm之過濾器過濾,獲得紅色著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料(R-1A))。
    [實施例37至51及比較例5至15]
    除了將各原料變更為表5及6所示種類及量以外,與實施例36同樣進行,獲得藍色、紅色或綠色之著色組成物(抗蝕劑材料(R-2A)至(R-28A))。

    【表5】

The coloring agent contains a halogenated compound obtained by reacting a resin having a cationic group in a side chain with an anionic dye, and a coloring composition for a color filter containing a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group in the monomer, and the storage stability is uniform. It is excellent in coating film foreign matter, has good glass adhesion, and has no development residue, and is suitable for use as a color filter.
The coloring agent used in the photosensitive coloring compositions (resist materials (R-1) to (R-35)) is obtained by reacting a resin having a cationic group in a side chain with an anionic dye. The halogenated product is judged to have excellent compatibility with other components constituting the resist, and therefore the resist material exhibits stable coating liquid properties. Thereby, the storage stability of the resist material can be obtained, and the foreign matter of the coating film mainly caused by the coloring component or the like is not generated.
Further, in the photosensitive coloring compositions (resist materials (R-1) to (R-35)), halogenation obtained by reacting a resin having a cationic group in a side chain with an anionic dye is obtained. The product is used as a coloring agent, and further, by using a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group as a resist material, the development characteristics are extremely excellent, and the pattern is peeled off from the glass substrate or the pattern end portion during development. Defect.
Further, it has been considered that by using the above-mentioned polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group, the solubility of the resist material coating film to the developer is improved, and the residue of the unexposed portion is greatly reduced.
Further, the photosensitive coloring composition (resist material (R-36)) of Comparative Example 1 was inferior in stability, and the viscosity of the composition was greatly increased. Moreover, a large amount of foreign matter is generated on the coating film. Further, there are many development residues, and the color filter fails to reach a usable level.
Thus, it is possible to determine the coloring component used in the resist material, and the halogenated product obtained by reacting the resin having a cationic group in the side chain with the anionic dye, and the compatibility with the components constituting the resist material. It is not good, so the coloring ingredients are coagulated and the various properties are not good.
The photosensitive coloring compositions (resist materials (R-37) and (R-38)) of Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 3 were good in terms of stability and foreign matter in the coating film, but there was a problem in development residue. From this, it is understood that by containing a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group as a monomer, the colored composition can reduce the residue at the time of development, and an excellent color filter can be provided.
The resist material (R-39) of Comparative Example 4 does not contain a halogenated product obtained by reacting a resin having a cationic group in a side chain with an anionic dye, and does not contain a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group. Each characteristic is greatly deteriorated.
<Manufacture of color filters>
The halogenated compound solution (Z-1) and the blue pigment dispersion (QB) were totaled 21.0 parts, and replaced with a red pigment dispersion (QR) in the case of a red resist material, and replaced with a green resist material in the case of a green resist material. Other than the pigment dispersion (QR), a red coloring composition for a color filter and a green coloring composition for a color filter were obtained in the same manner as the resist material (R-6).
The red colored composition was applied to a glass substrate of 100 mm × 100 mm by a die coater to a thickness of about 2 μm, and dried in an oven at 70 ° C for 20 minutes to remove the solvent. Next, the stripe pattern was exposed by ultraviolet rays using an exposure device. The exposure amount was set to 100 mJ/cm 2 . Further, by a developing solution composed of an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate, spray development was carried out to remove unexposed portions, followed by washing with ion-exchanged water. Thereafter, the substrate was heated at 230 ° C for 30 minutes to form a red filter segment having a line width of about 50 μm. Next, by using the green coloring composition in the same manner, a green coloring composition is formed next to the red coloring composition, and then a blue color filter segment is formed using the resist material (R-6) to obtain the same substrate. Color filter for the 3-color filter section.
By using the photosensitive coloring composition of one aspect of the present invention, it is possible to produce a color filter which has a filter segment excellent in color characteristics over a wide range of chromaticity and excellent in heat resistance.
<<Test 2>>
Test 2 is about the second aspect. In the test 2, the example corresponding to the second aspect is described as "example", and the other example is described as "comparative example".
<Method for Producing Acrylic Resin Solution>
A thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirring device were attached to the four separate flasks, and 70.0 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was placed in the reaction container. After raising the temperature to 80 ° C and replacing the inside of the reaction vessel with nitrogen, 13.3 parts of methyl n-butyl acrylate, 4.6 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 4.3 parts of methacrylic acid, and cumyl group were dropped from the dropping tube over 2 hours. A mixture of 7.4 parts of phenol oxirane modified acrylate (ARONIX M110 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and 0.4 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain an acrylic resin solution having a mass average molecular weight of 26,000. After cooling to room temperature, the acrylic resin solution was sampled at about 2 g. The mixture was dried at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to be dried, and the nonvolatile component was measured. The propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the previously synthesized resin solution in accordance with the content of the nonvolatile component obtained in this manner so that the nonvolatile component was 20 parts by mass to prepare an acrylic resin solution.
<Method for Producing Resin-Type Dispersant Solution>
A commercially available resin type dispersant "EFKA 4300" manufactured by Chiba Corporation of Japan and ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were used to prepare a solution of 40 parts by mass of a nonvolatile component, and used as a resin type dispersant solution.
<Method for Producing Pigment Dispersion>
(Modulation of Blue Pigment Dispersion (QB))
After the mixture of the composition shown below was stirred uniformly, the zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm were used, and dispersed by an IGER mill ("Mini Model M-250 MKII" manufactured by Iger Japan Co., Ltd.) over 5 hours. Thereafter, the dispersion was filtered through a 5.0 μm filter to prepare a blue pigment dispersion QB.
Ε-type copper phthalocyanine pigment (CI Pigment Blue 15:6) ("Heliogen Blue L-6700" manufactured by BASF): 9.7 dioxazine violet pigment (CI Pigment Violet 23) ("Fast Violet RL" manufactured by Clariant): 1.1 Resin type dispersant solution: 8.3 acrylic resin solution: 18.9 parts of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate: 62.0 parts (modulation of red pigment dispersion (QR))
In addition to replacing the pigment with a pyrrolopyrrolidone pigment (CI Pigment Red 254) ("IRGAFORRED B-CF" manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan) and a nickel azo complex pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 150), 3.0 parts. The red pigment dispersion QR was prepared in the same manner as the blue pigment dispersion QB described above.
(Modulation of Green Pigment Dispersion (QG))
In addition to replacing the pigment with 7.9 parts of a zinc halide phthalocyanine green pigment (CI Pigment Green 58) and 3.0 parts of a nickel azo-based complex pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 150) ("E4GN" manufactured by LANXESS Co., Ltd.), The blue pigment dispersion QB similarly modulates the green pigment dispersion QG.
[Example 36]
Photopolymerization initiator 2-(dimethylamine)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone 1.53 mass fraction and bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzylidene)-phenylphosphine oxide 0.27 mass fraction, dissolved in solvent 3-ethoxypropionic acid ethyl 53.35 mass. Thereafter, a mixture of 13.45 parts by mass of the acrylic resin solution, 2.7 parts by mass of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, and a mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and dipentaerythritol triacrylate succinic anhydride addenda 2.7 were mixed. The mass portion was further mixed with 26.0 parts by mass of the above pigment dispersion, and the blade was stirred for 30 minutes. Thereafter, it was filtered with a filter of 1 μm to obtain a red colored composition (resist material (R-1A)).
[Examples 37 to 51 and Comparative Examples 5 to 15]
A blue, red or green colored composition (resist material (R-2A) to (R-28A) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 36 except that the respective materials were changed to the types and amounts shown in Tables 5 and 6. )).

【table 5】


    【表6】

[Table 6]


    於下述表示關於表5及表6中之簡稱。
‧單體1(M1):己內酯改質二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(日本化藥公司製「KAYARAD DPCA-30」)
‧單體2(M2):二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(東亞合成公司製「ARONIX M-402」)
‧單體3(含有羧基之多官能性單體(OM-1A)):新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯之混合物之琥珀酸酐附加物(東亞合成公司製「ARONIX M-520」)酸價:30mgKOH/g)
‧單體4(含有羧基之多官能性單體(OM-2A)):二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之混合物、與二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之琥珀酸衍生物之混合物(東亞合成股份有限公司製「TO-1382」)酸價:29mgKOH/g)
‧單體5(含有羧基之多官能性單體(OM-3A)):二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之混合物、與二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之琥珀酸衍生物之混合物(東亞合成股份有限公司製「TO-2349」)酸價:68mgKOH/g)
‧光聚合起始劑1(I-1A):苯乙酮系:2-(二甲胺)-2-[4-甲基苯基]甲基]-1-[4-(嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮(BASF公司製「IRGACURE 379」)
‧光聚合起始劑2(I-2A):醯基氧化磷系:雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化磷(BASF公司製「IRGACURE 819」)
‧光聚合起始劑3(I-3A):苯乙酮系:2–甲基–1–[4–(甲硫基)]–2–嗎啉基丙烷–1–酮(BASF公司製「IRGACURE 907」)
‧光聚合起始劑4(I-4A):肟酯系:1,2-辛二酮,1-[4-(苯基硫)-,2-(0-苯甲醯肟)](BASF公司製「IRGACURE OXE 01」)
‧溶劑1(SL-1A):丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯
‧溶劑2(SL-2A):3-乙氧丙酸乙基
    [感光性著色組成物之評估]
    <密貼性、解像性、輪廓角及錐形長度之評估方法>
    於100mm×100mm、厚度0.7mm之TFT方式液晶驅動用基板表面形成有氮化矽膜之基板上,使用旋轉塗布機,以乾燥後膜厚成為厚度3.0μm之旋轉數,塗布實施例及比較例之感光性著色組成物。減壓乾燥後,使用超高壓水銀燈,中介光罩供作積算光量50mJ及照度20mW之紫外線曝光。以0.2質量部碳酸鈉水溶液作為顯影液,以顯影液壓0.1mPa,採噴霧顯影法去除塗膜之未硬化部分,形成包含直徑30μm之正八角形通孔與線寬50μm之細線之圖案。其後,以230℃進行後烘烤,製成試驗基板。關於後烘烤的時間,紅色為60分鐘,綠色為40分鐘,藍色為20分鐘。
    使用製作的基板,採下述基準進行關於密貼性、解像性及剖面形狀之評估。再者,密貼性不佳的基板則不進行解像性及剖面形狀評估。
    (密貼性)
    目視塗膜密貼性,採下述基準進行3階段評估。再者,△及○為實用層級。
    ○  :完全未確認到圖案剝落
    △  :稍微確認有圖案剝落
    ╳  :確認有圖案剝落
    (解像性)
    以利用光學顯微鏡之解析軟體(Planetron股份有限公司製Image-Pro)來測定孔徑,根據測定結果,採下述基準進行,3階段評估解像性。再者,△及○為實用層級。
    ○  :相對於最大孔徑30μm,形成了25μm以上的孔
    △  :相對於最大孔徑30μm,形成了15μm以上~小於25μm的孔
    ╳  :相對於最大孔徑30μm,未形成15μm以上的孔
    (輪廓角)
    將圖案細線部分與基板一同切斷,使用掃描型顯微鏡(SEM),以倍率10000倍從基板的切斷面方向拍攝圖案剖面。根據拍攝到的圖案剖面,使用圖案解析軟體求出基板與圖案邊緣部分所構成的角度(θ)。再者,圖案彎曲時,採用外接點與基板接點相連的直線、與基板所構成的角度。輪廓角係根據以下基準來評估。
    ◎  :40°以上、小於60°
    ○  :35°以上、小於40°或60°以上、小於65°
    ╳  :小於35°或60°以上
    (錐形長度)
    將圖案細線部分與基板一同切斷,使用掃描型顯微鏡(SEM),以倍率10000倍從基板的切斷面方向拍攝圖案剖面。根據拍攝到的圖案剖面,使用圖案解析軟體求出圖案邊緣部分、與從圖案肩部對於基板拉出的垂線與基板之交點的距離。根據測定到的距離,採下述基準來評估錐形長度。
    ○  :上述距離小於7μm
    △  :上述距離為7μm以上、小於10μm
    ╳  :上述距離為10μm以上
    <顯影液溶解性之評估方法>
    於10cm×10cm之玻璃基板,使用旋轉塗布機,塗布感光性著色組成物成為膜厚3.0μm。其後,將基板供作減壓乾燥,獲得試驗基板。製成4片如此基板。接下來,使試驗基板溶解於0.2質量部碳酸鈉水溶液所組成的顯影液50g。靜置該溶液,確認1日後有無沈澱物。根據以下基準來評估顯影液溶解性。
    ○  :無沈澱物
    ╳  :有沈澱物
    <電壓保持率(VHR)之評估方法>
    以旋轉塗布機,於玻璃基板(10cm×10cm),將各鹼顯影型抗蝕劑材料塗布成乾燥皮膜之膜厚會成為1.8μm,以50mJ/cm2之曝光量曝光後,以23℃、0.2質量部之碳酸鈉水溶液,噴霧顯影30秒鐘,以烤箱在230℃燒成,獲得各個抗蝕劑材料之塗布基板。從所獲得的塗布基板,刮取0.05部之抗蝕劑塗膜後,浸漬於液晶1.5部(Merck股份有限公司製、MLC-2041)中,以120℃烤箱歷經60分鐘進行老化。其後,以4000rpm進行離心分離15分鐘。離心分離後,採收上部澄清液,製作抗蝕劑抽取液晶取樣液。
    另,將具有有效電極尺寸10cm×10cm之ITO透明電極之玻璃基板2片,配置成ITO透明電極面彼此面對面,使用密封劑,使胞間隙成為9μm而製作小型胞。對於該小型胞,於胞間隙之間注入抗蝕劑抽取液晶取樣液,於60℃,以電壓5V歷經60μ秒鐘施加電壓。以Toyo公司製VHR-1S測定電壓解除後16.67m秒之胞電壓[Vl]。測定係重複進行5次,將測定到之胞電壓予以平均化。然後,利用所得之胞電壓,從下述式(iii)來求出電壓保持率(%)。
    電壓保持率(%)=([Vl]/5)×100   …式(viii)
    根據下述評估基準來評估所求出的電壓保持率(%)。再者,△、○及◎為實用層級。
    ◎  :95%以上
    ○  :90%以上、小於95%
    △  :85%以上、小於90%
    ╳  :小於85%
    於表7表示評估結果。

    【表7】

The abbreviations in Tables 5 and 6 are indicated below.
‧Monomer 1 (M1): Caprolactone-modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate ("KAYARAD DPCA-30" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
‧ monomer 2 (M2): dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate ("ARONIX M-402" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
‧ monomer 3 (a carboxyl group-containing polyfunctional monomer (OM-1A)): a succinic anhydride addition of a mixture of pentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol triacrylate (ARONIX, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) M-520") Acid value: 30mgKOH/g)
‧ monomer 4 (carboxyl-containing polyfunctional monomer (OM-2A)): a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate A mixture of succinic acid derivatives ("TO-1382" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) Acid value: 29 mgKOH/g)
‧ monomer 5 (carboxyl-containing polyfunctional monomer (OM-3A)): a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate A mixture of succinic acid derivatives ("TO-2349" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) Acid value: 68 mgKOH/g)
‧Photopolymerization initiator 1 (I-1A): acetophenone system: 2-(dimethylamine)-2-[4-methylphenyl]methyl]-1-[4-(morpholinyl) Phenyl]-1-butanone ("IRGACURE 379" manufactured by BASF Corporation)
‧Photopolymerization initiator 2 (I-2A): bismuth phosphide oxide system: bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzylidene)-phenylphosphine oxide ("IRGACURE 819" manufactured by BASF Corporation)
‧Photopolymerization initiator 3 (I-3A): acetophenone system: 2 - methyl - 1 - [4 - (methylthio)] - 2 - morpholinyl propane - 1 - ketone ("BASF" IRGACURE 907")
‧Photopolymerization initiator 4 (I-4A): oxime ester system: 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylsulfanyl)-,2-(0-benzamide)] (BASF Company-made "IRGACURE OXE 01")
‧Solvent 1 (SL-1A): propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate ‧ solvent 2 (SL-2A): 3-ethoxypropionic acid ethyl [Evaluation of photosensitive coloring composition]
<Evaluation method of adhesion, resolution, profile angle and taper length>
On a substrate having a tantalum nitride film formed on the surface of a TFT-type liquid crystal driving substrate of 100 mm × 100 mm and a thickness of 0.7 mm, the film thickness after drying was 3.0 μm in thickness using a spin coater, and the coating examples and comparative examples were applied. A photosensitive coloring composition. After drying under reduced pressure, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp was used, and an intermediate mask was used for ultraviolet exposure of an integrated light amount of 50 mJ and an illuminance of 20 mW. A 0.2 mass% sodium carbonate aqueous solution was used as a developing solution, and a developing pressure of 0.1 mPa was applied, and the uncured portion of the coating film was removed by a spray developing method to form a pattern including a regular octagonal through hole having a diameter of 30 μm and a fine line having a line width of 50 μm. Thereafter, post-baking was performed at 230 ° C to prepare a test substrate. Regarding the post-baking time, red is 60 minutes, green is 40 minutes, and blue is 20 minutes.
Using the prepared substrate, evaluation of adhesion, resolution, and cross-sectional shape was performed using the following criteria. Further, the substrate having poor adhesion is not evaluated for resolution and cross-sectional shape.
(closeness)
The film adhesion was visually observed, and a three-stage evaluation was performed using the following criteria. Furthermore, Δ and ○ are practical levels.
○ : Pattern peeling was not confirmed at all △ : Pattern peeling was confirmed slightly ╳ : Pattern peeling was confirmed (resolution)
The pore size was measured by an analytical software (Image-Pro, manufactured by Planetron Co., Ltd.) using an optical microscope, and based on the measurement results, the following criteria were carried out, and the resolution was evaluated in three stages. Furthermore, Δ and ○ are practical levels.
○ : A pore of 25 μm or more was formed with respect to the maximum pore diameter of 30 μm. Δ: a pore of 15 μm or more to less than 25 μm was formed with respect to the maximum pore diameter of 30 μm: a pore of 15 μm or more was not formed with respect to the maximum pore diameter of 30 μm (contour angle)
The pattern thin line portion was cut together with the substrate, and a pattern cross section was taken from the cut surface direction of the substrate at a magnification of 10,000 times using a scanning microscope (SEM). The angle (θ) formed by the substrate and the edge portion of the pattern was obtained from the captured pattern cross section using the pattern analysis software. Furthermore, when the pattern is bent, a straight line connecting the external contact to the substrate contact and an angle formed by the substrate are used. The profile angle is evaluated based on the following criteria.
◎ : 40° or more and less than 60°
○: 35° or more, less than 40° or more, and less than 65°
╳ : Less than 35° or more (cone length)
The pattern thin line portion was cut together with the substrate, and a pattern cross section was taken from the cut surface direction of the substrate at a magnification of 10,000 times using a scanning microscope (SEM). The distance between the pattern edge portion and the intersection of the perpendicular line drawn from the pattern shoulder portion with respect to the substrate and the substrate is obtained from the captured pattern cross section using the pattern analysis software. Based on the measured distance, the following criteria were used to evaluate the taper length.
○: The above distance is less than 7μm
△ : The above distance is 7 μm or more and less than 10 μm
╳ : The above distance is 10 μm or more <Evaluation method of developer solubility>
The photosensitive coloring composition was applied to a glass substrate of 10 cm × 10 cm by a spin coater to have a film thickness of 3.0 μm. Thereafter, the substrate was dried under reduced pressure to obtain a test substrate. Four sheets of such a substrate were produced. Next, the test substrate was dissolved in 50 g of a developing solution composed of a 0.2 mass% sodium carbonate aqueous solution. The solution was allowed to stand, and it was confirmed whether or not there was a precipitate after 1 day. The developer solubility was evaluated according to the following criteria.
○ : No sediment ╳ : Precipitate <Evaluation method of voltage retention rate (VHR)>
The alkali-developing resist material was applied to a glass substrate (10 cm × 10 cm) by a spin coater to have a film thickness of 1.8 μm, which was exposed to an exposure amount of 50 mJ/cm 2 at 23 ° C. A 0.2 mass aqueous solution of sodium carbonate was spray-developed for 30 seconds, and fired at 230 ° C in an oven to obtain a coated substrate of each resist material. From the obtained coated substrate, 0.05 parts of the resist coating film was scraped off, and then immersed in 1.5 parts of liquid crystal (manufactured by Merck Co., Ltd., MLC-2041), and aged in an oven at 120 ° C for 60 minutes. Thereafter, centrifugation was carried out at 4000 rpm for 15 minutes. After centrifugation, the upper clear liquid was collected to prepare a resist liquid-drawing liquid sampling liquid.
Further, two glass substrates having an ITO transparent electrode having an effective electrode size of 10 cm × 10 cm were placed so that the ITO transparent electrode faces faced each other, and a small amount of cells were produced by using a sealant to make the cell gap 9 μm. For the small cells, a resist liquid crystal sampling liquid was injected between the cell gaps, and a voltage was applied at 60 ° C for 60 μsec at a voltage of 5 V. The cell voltage [V l ] of 16.67 m after the voltage was released was measured by VHR-1S manufactured by Toyo Corporation. The measurement was repeated 5 times, and the measured cell voltage was averaged. Then, using the obtained cell voltage, the voltage holding ratio (%) was obtained from the following formula (iii).
Voltage holding ratio (%) = ([V l ]/5) × 100 ... (viii)
The obtained voltage holding ratio (%) was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria. Further, Δ, ○, and ◎ are practical levels.
◎ : 95% or more ○ : 90% or more and less than 95%
△ : 85% or more and less than 90%
╳ : less than 85%
The evaluation results are shown in Table 7.

[Table 7]



    由實施例36~51之感光性著色組成物所形成的彩色濾光片,其評估結果與比較例5~15相比較良好,可同時達成各特性。又,輪廓角亦為最佳範圍,獲得適合COA方式之彩色濾光片。
    <<試驗3>>
    試驗3係關於第3態樣。於試驗3,對應於第3態樣之例子記載為「實施例」,其他例子記載為「比較例」。
    <鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(A)之製造方法>
    (鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(A-1B)之調製)
    於分離式的4支燒瓶,安裝冷卻管、氮氣導入管、攪拌裝置,於該反應容器裝入丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMAc)370部。於該容器,一面注入氮氣一面加熱至120℃,以相同溫度,從滴下管歷經2小時滴下對枯基酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯酸酯(東亞合成公司製ARONIX M110)18部、芐基丙烯酸甲酯10部、丙三醇丙烯酸甲酯18.2部、甲基丙烯酸甲基25部及2,2'–偶氮雙異丁腈2.0部之混合物。滴下結束後,進一步以100℃繼續反應3小時。其後,添加於環己酮50部溶解了偶氮雙異丁腈1.0部所得之溶液,進一步以100℃繼續反應1小時。接著,將反應容器內進行空氣置換,對丙烯酸9.3部(丙三醇基之當量),將三二甲基胺苯酚0.5部及對苯二酚0.1部放入上述容器內,以120℃繼續反應6小時。進而加入四氫苯二甲酸酐19.5部(所生成的羥基之當量)及三乙基胺0.5部,以120℃繼續反應3.5小時,獲得丙烯酸樹脂溶液。冷卻至室溫後,將樹脂溶液取樣約2g。以180℃加熱歷經20分鐘以使其乾燥,測定未揮發成分。根據如此所獲得的非揮發成分含有量,於先前合成之樹脂溶液添加丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMAc),以使非揮發成分成為20質量部,調製成鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(A-1B)。非揮發成分酸價為35.4mgKOH/g,質量平均分子量為19000。
    (鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(A-2B)之調製)
    於分離式的4支燒瓶,安裝冷卻管、氮氣導入管、攪拌裝置,於該反應容器裝入丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMAc)800部。於該容器,一面注入氮氣一面加熱至120℃,以相同溫度,從滴下管歷經2小時滴下對枯基酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯酸酯(東亞合成公司製ARONIX M110)60部、甲基丙烯酸40部、正丁基丙烯酸甲酯40部、2-羥基乙基丙烯酸甲酯60部及2,2'–偶氮雙異丁腈0.4部之混合物。滴下結束後,進一步以80℃繼續反應4小時。其後,添加甲基丙烯醯氧乙基異氰酸酯45部,進一步以60℃繼續反應8小時,獲得丙烯酸樹脂溶液。冷卻至室溫後,將樹脂溶液取樣約2g。以180℃加熱歷經20分鐘以使其乾燥,測定未揮發成分。根據如此所獲得的非揮發成分含有量,於先前合成之樹脂溶液添加丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMAc),以使非揮發成分成為20質量部,調製成鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(A-2B)。非揮發成分酸價為52.8mgKOH/g,質量平均分子量為25000。
    <鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(a)之製造方法>
    (鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(a-1B)之調製)
    於分離式的4支燒瓶,安裝溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、攪拌裝置,於該反應容器裝入丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMAc)100部。於該反應容器,一面注入氮氣一面加熱至120℃,以相同溫度,從滴下管歷經2.5小時滴下苯乙烯5.2部、縮水甘油基丙烯酸甲酯35.5部、二環戊基丙烯酸甲酯41.0部、偶氮雙異丁腈1.0部之混合物。
    接著,以將反應容器內進行空氣置換,對於丙烯酸17.0部,放入三二甲基胺苯酚0.3部及對苯二酚0.3部,以120℃繼續反應5小時。
    進一步添加四氫苯二甲酸酐30.4部及三乙基胺0.5部,以120℃繼續反應4小時。冷卻至室溫後,將樹脂溶液取樣約2g。以180℃加熱歷經20分鐘以使其乾燥,測定未揮發成分。根據如此所獲得的非揮發成分含有量,於先前合成之樹脂溶液添加丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMAc),以使非揮發成分成為20質量部,調製成鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(a-1B)。非揮發成分酸價為58.6mgKOH/g,質量平均分子量為12000。
    (鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(a-2B)之調製)
    除了使用二環戊烯基丙烯酸甲酯來取代二環戊基丙烯酸甲酯以外,其他均採與鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(a-1B)相同的方法來調製鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(a-2B)。非揮發成分酸價為58.4mgKOH/g,質量平均分子量為12500。
    (鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(a-3B)之調製)
    除了使用對枯基酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯酸酯來取代苄基丙烯酸甲酯,使用正丁基丙烯酸甲酯來取代二環戊基丙烯酸甲酯以外,其他均採與鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(A-2B)相同的方法來調製鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(a-3B)。非揮發成分酸價為59.7mgKOH/g,質量平均分子量為24000。
    (鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂溶液(B-1B)之調製)
    於分離式的4支燒瓶,安裝溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌裝置,於該反應容器裝入丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMAc)70.0部,升溫至80℃,將反應容器內進行氮置換後,從滴下管歷經2小時滴下正丁基丙烯酸甲酯13.3部、2-羥基乙基丙烯酸甲酯4.6部、甲基丙烯酸4.3部、對枯基酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯酸酯7.4部及2,2'–偶氮雙異丁腈0.4部之混合物。滴下結束後,進一步繼續反應3小時,獲得固體成分30質量部之丙烯酸樹脂溶液。冷卻至室溫後,將樹脂溶液取樣約2g。以180℃加熱歷經20分鐘以使其乾燥,測定非揮發成分。根據如此所獲得的非揮發成分含有量,於先前合成之樹脂溶液添加丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMAc),以使不揮發成分成為20質量部,調製成鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(B-1B)。非揮發成分酸價為46.8mgKOH/g,質量平均分子量為32000。
    (鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂溶液(b-1B)之調製)
    於分離式的4支燒瓶,安裝溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌裝置,於該反應容器裝入丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMAc)70.0部,升溫至80℃,將反應容器內進行氮置換後,從滴下管歷經2小時滴下芐基丙烯酸甲酯67.2部、甲基丙烯酸18.4部、二環戊基丙烯酸甲酯14.4部、2,2'–偶氮雙異丁腈0.4部之混合物。滴下結束後,進一步繼續反應3小時,獲得固體成分30質量部之丙烯酸樹脂溶液。冷卻至室溫後,將樹脂溶液取樣約2g。以180℃加熱歷經20分鐘以使其乾燥,測定非揮發成分。根據如此所獲得的非揮發成分含有量,於先前合成之樹脂溶液添加丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMAc),以使不揮發成分成為20質量部,調製成鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液(b-1B)。非揮發成分酸價為62.2mgKOH/g,質量平均分子量為26000。
    於表8表示所獲得的鹼可溶性感光性樹脂溶液及鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂溶液之重量平均分子量、固體成分酸價及雙重結合當量。

    【表8】


The color filters formed of the photosensitive coloring compositions of Examples 36 to 51 were evaluated as good as Comparative Examples 5 to 15, and various characteristics were simultaneously achieved. Moreover, the contour angle is also an optimum range, and a color filter suitable for the COA method is obtained.
<<Trial 3>>
Test 3 is about the third aspect. In the test 3, the example corresponding to the third aspect is described as "example", and the other example is described as "comparative example".
<Method for Producing Alkali-Soluble Sensitive Resin Solution (A)>
(Preparation of alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (A-1B))
A cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirring device were attached to four separate flasks, and 370 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAc) were placed in the reaction container. The container was heated to 120 ° C while injecting nitrogen gas, and 18 parts of cumyl phenol ethylene oxide modified acrylate (ARONIX M110 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and benzylacrylic acid were dropped from the dropping tube for 2 hours at the same temperature. 10 parts of methyl ester, 18.2 parts of glycerol methyl acrylate, 25 parts of methyl methacrylate and 2.0 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued at 100 ° C for 3 hours. Thereafter, a solution obtained by dissolving 1.0 part of azobisisobutyronitrile in 50 parts of cyclohexanone was added, and the reaction was further continued at 100 ° C for 1 hour. Next, the inside of the reaction vessel was replaced with air, and 9.3 parts of the acrylic acid (equivalent to glycerol group), 0.5 parts of trimethylamine phenol and 0.1 part of hydroquinone were placed in the above container, and the reaction was continued at 120 ° C. 6 hours. Further, 19.5 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (equivalent of the hydroxyl group formed) and 0.5 parts of triethylamine were added, and the reaction was continued at 120 ° C for 3.5 hours to obtain an acrylic resin solution. After cooling to room temperature, the resin solution was sampled to about 2 g. The mixture was dried at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to be dried, and the nonvolatile component was measured. Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAc) was added to the previously synthesized resin solution to prepare a non-volatile component to 20 parts by mass to prepare an alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (A-1B). ). The nonvolatile content had an acid value of 35.4 mgKOH/g and a mass average molecular weight of 19,000.
(Modulation of alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (A-2B))
In a separate four-stage flask, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirring device were attached, and 800 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAc) were placed in the reaction container. The container was heated to 120 ° C while injecting nitrogen gas, and 60 parts of cumyl phenol ethylene oxide modified acrylate (ARONIX M110 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and methacrylic acid were dropped from the dropping tube for 2 hours at the same temperature. 40 parts, 40 parts of n-butyl methacrylate, 60 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 0.4 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued at 80 ° C for 4 hours. Thereafter, 45 parts of methacryloxyethyl isocyanate was added, and the reaction was further continued at 60 ° C for 8 hours to obtain an acrylic resin solution. After cooling to room temperature, the resin solution was sampled to about 2 g. The mixture was dried at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to be dried, and the nonvolatile component was measured. Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAc) was added to the resin solution previously synthesized so that the nonvolatile content was 20 parts by mass, and the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (A-2B) was prepared. ). The nonvolatile content had an acid value of 52.8 mgKOH/g and a mass average molecular weight of 25,000.
<Method for Producing Alkali-Soluble Sensitive Resin Solution (a)>
(Modulation of alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (a-1B))
A thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirring device were attached to the four separate flasks, and 100 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAc) was placed in the reaction container. The reaction vessel was heated to 120 ° C while injecting nitrogen gas, and 5.2 parts of styrene, 35.5 parts of methyl glycidyl acrylate, 41.0 parts of methyl dicyclopentaacrylate, and even parts were dropped from the dropping tube over 2.5 hours at the same temperature. A mixture of nitrogen diisobutyronitrile 1.0.
Next, air was exchanged in the reaction vessel, and 0.3 parts of trimethylamine phenol and 0.3 parts of hydroquinone were placed in 17.0 parts of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120 ° C for 5 hours.
Further, 30.4 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and 0.5 parts of triethylamine were further added, and the reaction was continued at 120 ° C for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the resin solution was sampled to about 2 g. The mixture was dried at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to be dried, and the nonvolatile component was measured. Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAc) was added to the resin solution previously synthesized so that the nonvolatile content was 20 parts by mass, and the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (a-1B) was prepared. ). The nonvolatile content had an acid value of 58.6 mgKOH/g and a mass average molecular weight of 12,000.
(Modulation of alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (a-2B))
An alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution was prepared in the same manner as the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (a-1B) except that methyl dicyclopentenyl acrylate was used in place of methyl dicyclopentyl acrylate (a- 2B). The nonvolatile content had an acid value of 58.4 mgKOH/g and a mass average molecular weight of 12,500.
(Modulation of alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (a-3B))
In addition to the use of p-cumyl epoxide ethylene oxide modified acrylate to replace methyl benzyl acrylate, methyl n-butyl acrylate is used in place of methyl dicyclopentyl acrylate, and other alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solutions are used. (A-2B) The same method was used to prepare an alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (a-3B). The nonvolatile content had an acid value of 59.7 mgKOH/g and a mass average molecular weight of 24,000.
(Modulation of alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin solution (B-1B))
A thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device were attached to the four separate flasks, and 70.0 portions of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAc) were placed in the reaction vessel, and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C to transfer the reaction vessel. After nitrogen substitution in the inside, 13.3 parts of methyl n-butyl acrylate, 4.6 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 4.3 parts of methacrylic acid, and acrylic acid of p-cumyl phenol ethylene oxide were dropped from the dropping tube over 2 hours. A mixture of ester 7.4 and 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile 0.4. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain an acrylic resin solution having a mass fraction of 30 parts by mass. After cooling to room temperature, the resin solution was sampled to about 2 g. The mixture was dried at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to dry, and the nonvolatile component was measured. Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAc) was added to the previously synthesized resin solution to prepare a non-volatile component to 20 parts by mass to prepare an alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (B-1B). ). The nonvolatile content had an acid value of 46.8 mgKOH/g and a mass average molecular weight of 32,000.
(Modulation of alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin solution (b-1B))
A thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device were attached to the four separate flasks, and 70.0 portions of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAc) were placed in the reaction vessel, and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C to transfer the reaction vessel. After nitrogen substitution, 67.2 parts of methyl benzyl acrylate, 18.4 parts of methacrylic acid, 14.4 parts of methyl dicyclopentyl acrylate, and 0.4 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile were dropped from the dropping tube over 2 hours. a mixture. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain an acrylic resin solution having a mass fraction of 30 parts by mass. After cooling to room temperature, the resin solution was sampled to about 2 g. The mixture was dried at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to dry, and the nonvolatile component was measured. Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAc) was added to the previously synthesized resin solution so that the nonvolatile content was 20 parts by mass, and the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution (b-1B) was prepared. ). The nonvolatile content had an acid value of 62.2 mgKOH/g and a mass average molecular weight of 26,000.
Table 8 shows the weight average molecular weight, solid content acid value, and double bond equivalent of the obtained alkali-soluble photosensitive resin solution and alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin solution.

[Table 8]


    <具有酸性基之多官能單體(OM)之製造方法>
    (具有酸性基之多官能單體(OM-1B)之調製)
    於1L容量之4支燒瓶內,放入二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯578g、巰醋酸20g、N,N-二甲基苄基胺0.5g及4-甲氧苯酚0.6g,以50~60℃之溫度繼續反應6小時,獲得具有酸性基之多官能單體(OM-1)。酸價為20,根據凝膠滲透層析的結果所算出的具有酸性基之多官能性單體之含有量若以面積換算為25%。又,多官能性單體(OM-1)之酸價為20KOH-mg/g。
    (具有酸性基之多官能性單體(OM-2B))
    於1L容量之4支燒瓶內,放入二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯515g、四氫苯二甲酸酐50g及N,N-二甲基苄基胺0.5g,以80~100℃之溫度繼續反應10小時,獲得包含含有羧基之多官能單體之多官能性單體(OM-2B)。其酸價為38。根據凝膠滲透層析的結果所算出的含有羧基之多官能單體之含有量若以面積換算為40%,含有羧基之多官能單體之雙重結合當量為135。
    <顏料分散體之製造方法>
    [紅色顏料分散體(O-R)之調製]
    將下述組成之混合物攪拌均勻後,使用直徑1mm之氧化鋯珠,藉由IGER研磨機(IGER Japan公司製「Mini Model M-250 MKII」)歷經5小時予以分散。其後,以5μm的過濾器過濾分散液而獲得紅色顏料分散體O-R。
    吡咯并吡咯二酮系顏料(C. I. Pigment Red 254):3.5部
    (日本千葉公司製「IRGAFORRED B–CF」)
    蒽醌係顏料(C.I.顏料紅177)   :1.0部
    (日本千葉公司製「CHROMOPHTAL RED A2B」)
    鎳偶氮錯合物顏料(C.I.顏料黃150)   :0.5部
    (LANXESS公司製「E4GN」)
    樹脂型著色劑分散劑   :1.0部
    (日本Lubrizol公司製「Solsparz 20000」)
    吡咯并吡咯二酮系色素衍生物(化學式(22))   :0.5部
    化學式(22):
      式(22)
    鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂溶液(b-1B)   :5.0部
    環己酮   :26.0部
    [綠色顏料分散體(O-G)之調製]
    將下述組成之混合物,與紅色顏料分散體(O-R)同樣地製作綠色顏料分散體O-G。
    鹵化銅酞菁系顏料(C.I.顏料綠36)   :4.0部
    (東洋墨水製造公司製「Lionol Green 6YK」)
    單偶氮系顏料(C.I.顏料黃150)   :1.0部
    (LANXESS公司製「E4GN」)
    樹脂型著色劑分散劑   :1.5部
    (日本Lubrizol公司製「Solsparz 20000」)
    鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂溶液(b-1B)   :5.0部
    環己酮   :26.0部
    [藍色顏料分散體(O-B)之調製]
    將下述組成之混合物,與紅色顏料分散體(O-R)同樣地製作藍色顏料分散體(O-B)。
    ε型銅酞菁顏料(C.I.顏料藍15:6)   :5.0部
    (BASF製「Heliogen Blue L–6700F」)
    樹脂型著色劑分散劑   :1.5部
    (日本Lubrizol公司製「Solsparz 20000」)
    鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂溶液(b-1B)   :5.0部
    環己酮   :26.0部
    [實施例53~80及比較例16~24]
    (實施例1:抗蝕劑材料(R-1B))
    以表9及10所示之量調配各成分,攪拌均勻後,以5μm之過濾器過濾,獲得抗蝕劑材料(R-1B)至(R-37B)。
    以下表示關於表9及表10所示之簡稱。
    具有酸性基之多官能單體(OM-1B):上述合成(酸價20、雙重結合當量128)
    具有酸性基之多官能單體(OM-2B):上述合成(酸價38、雙重結合當量135)
    具有酸性基之多官能單體(OM-3B):
    二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之混合物,與二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之琥珀酸衍生物之混合物:TO-1382(東亞合成股份有限公司製、酸價:29、雙重結合當量125)
    不具有酸性基之多官能單體(NM-1B):二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯
    (東亞合成股份有限公司製「ARONIX M-402」、雙重結合當量119)
    不具有酸性基之多官能單體(NM-2B):三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯
    (新中村化學公司製「NK ESTER ATMPT」、雙重結合當量99)
    光聚合起始劑(I-1B):2–甲基–1–[4–(甲硫基)]–2–嗎啉基丙烷–1–酮
    (日本千葉公司製「IRGACURE 907」
    光聚合起始劑(I-2B):2-(二甲胺)-2-[4-甲基苯基]甲基]-1-[4-(嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮
    (日本千葉公司製「IRGACURE-379」)
    光聚合起始劑(I-3):乙烯酮,1–[9–乙基–6–(2–甲基苯并)–9H–咔唑–3-基]–,1–(O–乙醯肟)
    (日本千葉公司製「IRGACURE OXE02」)
    增感劑(S-1B):2,4-二乙基噻吨酮
    (日本化藥公司製「Kayakua DETX-S」)
    增感劑(S-2B):4,4'-雙(二乙基胺)二苯甲酮
    (保土谷化學公司製「EAB–F」)
    多官能硫醇(PT-1B):三羥甲基乙烷三(3-巰丁酸酯)
    (昭和電工公司製「TEMB」)
    紫外線吸收劑(UA-1B):2-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-4,6-雙(1-甲基-1-苯基乙基)苯酚
    (日本千葉公司製「TINUVIN900」)
    聚合禁止劑(PI-1B):甲基對苯二酚
    (精工化學公司製「MH」)
    氧化防止劑(AO-1B):新戊四醇‧四[3-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯酯]
    (BASF公司製IRGANOX1010)
    氧化防止劑(AO-2B):1,3,5-三甲基-2,4,6-三(3'5'-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苄基)苯
    (BASF公司製IRGANOX1330)
    氧化防止劑(AO-3B):三[2-[[2,4,8,10四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯[d,f][1,3,2]dioxa phosphepine-6-基]氧]-乙基]胺
    (BASF公司製IRGAFOS12)
    氧化防止劑(AO-4B):四(2,4-二-三級丁基苯基氧)4,4'-聯苯-二-膦
    (BASF公司製IRGAFOS P-EPQ)
    熱硬化性化合物(T-1B):環氧化合物
    (Nagase ChemteX公司製EX611)
    熱硬化性化合物(T-2B):三聚氰胺化合物
    (日本Carbide工業公司製NIKALAC MX-750)
    儲藏安定劑(SA-1B):三苯基膦
    (北興化學工業公司製「TPP」)
    有機溶劑(SL-1B):環己酮

    【表9】

<Method for Producing Polyfunctional Monomer (OM) Having Acid Group>
(Modulation of polyfunctional monomer (OM-1B) having an acidic group)
578g of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, 20g of hydrazine acetate, 0.5g of N,N-dimethylbenzylamine and 0.6g of 4-methoxyphenol were placed in 4 flasks of 1L capacity, 50-60 The reaction was continued for 6 hours at a temperature of ° C to obtain a polyfunctional monomer (OM-1) having an acidic group. The acid value was 20, and the content of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group calculated from the results of gel permeation chromatography was 25% in terms of area. Further, the acid value of the polyfunctional monomer (OM-1) was 20 KOH-mg/g.
(Polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group (OM-2B))
515 g of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, 50 g of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and 0.5 g of N,N-dimethylbenzylamine were placed in 4 flasks of 1 L capacity, and the temperature was continued at 80 to 100 ° C. After reacting for 10 hours, a polyfunctional monomer (OM-2B) containing a polyfunctional monomer having a carboxyl group was obtained. Its acid price is 38. The content of the carboxyl group-containing polyfunctional monomer calculated from the results of the gel permeation chromatography was 40% in terms of area, and the double bond equivalent of the carboxyl group-containing polyfunctional monomer was 135.
<Method for Producing Pigment Dispersion>
[Modulation of Red Pigment Dispersion (OR)]
After the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred, zirconia beads having a diameter of 1 mm were used, and dispersed by an IGER mill ("Mini Model M-250 MKII" manufactured by Iger Japan Co., Ltd.) over 5 hours. Thereafter, the dispersion was filtered through a 5 μm filter to obtain a red pigment dispersion OR.
Pyrrolopyrroledione pigment (CI Pigment Red 254): 3.5 parts ("IRGAFORRED B-CF" manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan)
蒽醌-based pigment (CI Pigment Red 177): 1.0 ("CHROMOPHTAL RED A2B" manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan)
Nickel azo complex pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 150): 0.5 ("E4GN" manufactured by LANXESS)
Resin-type colorant dispersant: 1.0 ("Solsparz 20000" manufactured by Lubrizol, Japan)
Pyrrolopyrroledione pigment derivative (chemical formula (22)): 0.5 part Chemical formula (22):
Equation (22)
Alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin solution (b-1B): 5.0 parts Cyclohexanone: 26.0 parts [Modulation of green pigment dispersion (OG)]
A green pigment dispersion OG was produced in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion (OR) from the mixture of the following composition.
Copper phthalocyanine pigment (CI Pigment Green 36): 4.0 (Lionol Green 6YK, manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd.)
Monoazo pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 150): 1.0 ("E4GN" manufactured by LANXESS)
Resin type colorant dispersant: 1.5 parts ("Solsparz 20000" manufactured by Lubrizol, Japan)
Alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin solution (b-1B): 5.0 parts Cyclohexanone: 26.0 parts [Modulation of blue pigment dispersion (OB)]
A blue pigment dispersion (OB) was produced in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion (OR) from the mixture of the following composition.
Ε-type copper phthalocyanine pigment (CI Pigment Blue 15:6): 5.0 ("Heliogen Blue L-6700F" manufactured by BASF)
Resin type colorant dispersant: 1.5 parts ("Solsparz 20000" manufactured by Lubrizol, Japan)
Alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin solution (b-1B): 5.0 parts Cyclohexanone: 26.0 parts [Examples 53 to 80 and Comparative Examples 16 to 24]
(Example 1: Resist material (R-1B))
The components were blended in the amounts shown in Tables 9 and 10, stirred well, and then filtered through a 5 μm filter to obtain resist materials (R-1B) to (R-37B).
The abbreviations shown in Tables 9 and 10 are shown below.
Polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group (OM-1B): the above synthesis (acid value 20, double bond equivalent weight 128)
Polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group (OM-2B): the above synthesis (acid price 38, double binding equivalent 135)
Polyfunctional monomer (OM-3B) with an acidic group:
Mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and succinic acid derivative of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate: TO-1382 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., acid value) :29, double combined equivalent 125)
Polyfunctional monomer (NM-1B) having no acidic group: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate ("ARONIX M-402" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., double bond equivalent 119)
A polyfunctional monomer (NM-2B) having no acidic group: trimethylolpropane triacrylate ("NK ESTER ATMPT", manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., double-binding equivalent 99)
Photopolymerization initiator (I-1B): 2 - methyl - 1 - [4 - (methylthio)] - 2 - morpholinyl propane - 1 - ketone (IRGACURE 907, manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan)
Photopolymerization initiator (I-2B): 2-(dimethylamine)-2-[4-methylphenyl]methyl]-1-[4-(morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butene Ketone ("IRGACURE-379" manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan)
Photopolymerization initiator (I-3): ketene, 1–[9-ethyl-6–(2-methylbenzo)–9H–carbazole–3-yl]–, 1–(O–B醯肟)
("IRGACURE OXE02" made by Chiba Corporation, Japan)
Sensitizer (S-1B): 2,4-Diethylthioxanthone (Kayakua DETX-S, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
Sensitizer (S-2B): 4,4'-bis(diethylamine)benzophenone ("EAB-F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.)
Polyfunctional thiol (PT-1B): Trimethylolethane tris(3-indolylbutyrate)
("TEMB" by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
UV absorber (UA-1B): 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4,6-bis(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)phenol (TINUVIN900, manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan) ")
Polymerization inhibitor (PI-1B): methyl hydroquinone ("MH" manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.)
Oxidation inhibitor (AO-1B): pentaerythritol ‧ tetra [3-(3,5-di-tri-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate]
(IRGANOX1010 made by BASF)
Oxidation inhibitor (AO-2B): 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris(3'5'-di-tertiarybutyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene (manufactured by BASF Corporation) IRGANOX1330)
Oxidation inhibitor (AO-3B): tris[2-[[2,4,8,10tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)diphenyl[d,f][1,3,2]dioxa phosphepine -6-yl]oxy]-ethyl]amine (IRGAFOS12 manufactured by BASF Corporation)
Oxidation inhibitor (AO-4B): tetrakis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyloxy) 4,4'-biphenyl-di-phosphine (IRGAFOS P-EPQ, manufactured by BASF Corporation)
Thermosetting compound (T-1B): epoxy compound (EX611 manufactured by Nagase ChemteX)
Thermosetting compound (T-2B): melamine compound (NIKALAC MX-750, manufactured by Carbide Industries, Japan)
Storage stabilizer (SA-1B): Triphenylphosphine ("TPP" manufactured by Behind Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
Organic solvent (SL-1B): cyclohexanone

[Table 9]




    【表10】



[Table 10]


   

   

    [抗蝕劑材料之評估]
    以下述方法評估所獲得的著色組成物。
    (穿透性之評估方法)
    於100mm×100mm、厚度1.1mm之玻璃基板上,以乾燥後之膜厚約成為2.5μm之旋轉數,旋轉塗布所獲得的著色組成物(R-1B)至(R-37B),以70℃歷經20分鐘乾燥。其後,中介具有寬100μm之條紋狀開口部之光罩,使用超高壓水銀燈供作積算光量150mJ/cm2之紫外線曝光。接著,以5%碳酸鈉水溶液沖洗未曝光部,獲得試驗用基板。針對形成的畫線部之圖案部分,使用顯微分光光度計(Olympus光學公司製「OSP-SP200」),測定CIE表色系之三刺激值X、Y、Z。進一步以無塵烤箱,在230℃燒成該基板60分鐘,同樣使用顯微分光光度計(Olympus光學公司製「OSP-SP200」),測定CIE表色系之三刺激值X、Y、Z。從下述式(vi)算出後烘烤前後之穿透性變化。然後,根據穿透性變化,以下述4階段評估穿透性。再者,△~◎為實用層級。
    ΔY=∣(後烘烤前的Y) -(後烘烤後的Y)∣
                             …式(vi)
    ◎  :ΔY小於0.3
    ○  :ΔY為0.3以上、小於0.6
    △  :ΔY為0.6以上、小於1.0
    ╳  :ΔY為1.0以上
    (顯影殘渣之評估方法)
    於100mm×100mm、厚度1.1mm之玻璃基板上,以乾燥後之膜厚約成為2.0μm之旋轉數,旋轉塗布抗蝕劑材料(R-1B)至(R-37B),以70℃歷經20分鐘乾燥。其後,中介具有寬100μm之條紋狀開口部之光罩,使用超高壓水銀燈供作積算光量150mJ/cm2之紫外線曝光。接著,以5%碳酸鈉水溶液沖洗未曝光部,獲得試驗用基板。使用顯微分光光度計(Olympus光學公司製「OSP-SP200」,測定已顯影之玻璃表面,採下述基準,針對顯影殘渣進行評估。
    ○  :無殘渣
    ╳  :有殘渣
    (塗膜上異物之評估方法)
    於100mm×100mm、厚度1.1mm之透明玻璃基板上,以乾燥後膜厚會成為2.5μm之旋轉數,旋轉塗布抗蝕劑材料(R-1B)至(R-37B)之各個,以70℃歷經20分鐘乾燥。其後,中介具有寬100μm之條紋狀開口部之光罩,使用超高壓水銀燈供作積算光量150mJ/cm2之紫外線曝光。接著,以5%之碳酸鈉水溶液,沖洗未曝光部,其後,以熱風烤箱,在230℃歷經20分鐘加熱,於基板上形成寬100μm之條紋狀圖案。使用Olympus System公司製之金屬顯微鏡「BX60」,以倍率500倍進行基板表面觀察,藉由穿透,在任意5個視野計算可觀測的粒子數。根據粒子數,採下述基準針對塗膜上的異物進行評估。於評估結果中,◎及○係異物數少,良好;△係異物數雖多,但非使用上有問題的層級;╳係因異物而發生塗布不均(斑),屬於無法使用的層級。
    ◎  :小於5個
    ○  :5個以上、小於20個
    △  :20個以上、小於100個
    ╳  :100個以上
    (直線性之評估方法)
    針對上述方法所形成的濾光片區段之100μm光罩部分之圖案,使用光學顯微鏡觀察。直線性之評估係根據下述基準來評估。再者,△及○為實用層級。
    ○  :直線性良好
    △  :畫線部之圖案剖面有部分參差不齊,及/或至少發生1個部分剝離及缺損(直線性有部分不良)
    ╳  :畫線部之圖案剖面參差不齊,及/或至少發生1個部分剝離及缺損(直線性不良)
    (畫線部之圖案形狀之評估方法)
    針對上述方法所形成的濾光片區段之100μm光罩部分之圖案剖面,使用電子顯微鏡觀察。圖案形狀係根據下述基準來評估。再者,△及○為實用層級。
    ○  :剖面為正錐形形狀
    △  :剖面從垂直稍呈錐形形狀
    ╳  :剖面為倒錐形形狀
    (解像性之評估方法)
    針對上述方法所形成的濾光片區段之25μm光罩部分之圖案,使用光學顯微鏡觀察。根據觀察結果,採以下基準來評估解像性。在此,解像性不良係指相鄰的條紋圖案相連,亦即條紋圖案之寬度過度大於25μm。反之,感度不足係指條紋圖案之寬度過度小於25μm。評估等級如下。再者,△、○及◎為實用層級。
    ◎  :解像性及感度良好
    ○  :感度方面稍差,但解像性良好
    △  :解像性有部分不良
    ╳  :解像性不良
    (顯影耐受性之評估方法)
    於噴霧顯影時,以適當時間的兩倍時間進行顯影,測定所形成的濾光片區段或黑矩陣之100μm光罩部分之圖案膜厚。該膜厚、與以適當顯影時間進行顯影而形成之圖案膜厚之差距,係根據以下基準評估作為顯影耐受性。再者,△、○及◎為實用層級。
    ◎  :膜厚差為5%以內
    ○  :膜厚差大於5%但為10%以內
    △  :膜厚差大於10%但為20%以內
    ╳  :於兩倍顯影時發生剝離或缺損
    於表11及12表示評估結果。

    【表11】
[Evaluation of resist material]
The coloring composition obtained was evaluated in the following manner.
(evaluation method of penetration)
On a glass substrate of 100 mm × 100 mm and a thickness of 1.1 mm, the colored compositions (R-1B) to (R-37B) obtained by spin coating were rotated at a film thickness of about 2.5 μm after drying to 70 ° C. Dry over 20 minutes. Thereafter, a mask having a stripe-shaped opening portion having a width of 100 μm was used, and an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp was used for exposure to ultraviolet light having an integrated light amount of 150 mJ/cm 2 . Next, the unexposed portion was washed with a 5% sodium carbonate aqueous solution to obtain a test substrate. The tristimulus values X, Y, and Z of the CIE color system were measured using a microscopic spectrophotometer ("OSP-SP200" manufactured by Olympus Optics Co., Ltd.) for the pattern portion of the formed line portion. Further, the substrate was fired at 230 ° C for 60 minutes in a dust-free oven, and the tristimulus values X, Y, and Z of the CIE color system were measured using a microscopic spectrophotometer ("OSP-SP200" manufactured by Olympus Optics Co., Ltd.). The change in permeability before and after post-baking was calculated from the following formula (vi). Then, according to the change in penetration, the permeability was evaluated in the following four stages. Furthermore, Δ~◎ is a practical level.
ΔY=∣ (Y before post-baking) - (Y after post-baking)∣
...(vi)
◎ : ΔY is less than 0.3
○ : ΔY is 0.3 or more and less than 0.6
△ : ΔY is 0.6 or more and less than 1.0
╳ : ΔY is 1.0 or more (evaluation method for developing residue)
On a glass substrate of 100 mm × 100 mm and a thickness of 1.1 mm, the resist material (R-1B) to (R-37B) was spin-coated at a film thickness of about 2.0 μm after drying, and the film was passed at 70 ° C for 20° C. Dry in minutes. Thereafter, a mask having a stripe-shaped opening portion having a width of 100 μm was used, and an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp was used for exposure to ultraviolet light having an integrated light amount of 150 mJ/cm 2 . Next, the unexposed portion was washed with a 5% sodium carbonate aqueous solution to obtain a test substrate. The developed glass surface was measured using a microscopic spectrophotometer ("OSP-SP200" manufactured by Olympus Optics Co., Ltd.), and the development residue was evaluated based on the following criteria.
○ : No residue ╳ : Residue (evaluation method for foreign matter on the film)
On a transparent glass substrate of 100 mm × 100 mm and a thickness of 1.1 mm, the film thickness after drying was 2.5 μm, and each of the resist materials (R-1B) to (R-37B) was spin-coated at 70 ° C. Dry over 20 minutes. Thereafter, a mask having a stripe-shaped opening portion having a width of 100 μm was used, and an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp was used for exposure to ultraviolet light having an integrated light amount of 150 mJ/cm 2 . Next, the unexposed portion was washed with a 5% aqueous sodium carbonate solution, and then heated in a hot air oven at 230 ° C for 20 minutes to form a stripe pattern having a width of 100 μm on the substrate. The surface of the substrate was observed at a magnification of 500 times using a metal microscope "BX60" manufactured by Olympus System, and the number of observable particles was calculated in any five fields by penetration. The foreign matter on the coating film was evaluated based on the number of particles by the following criteria. In the evaluation results, the number of foreign matter ◎ and ○ is small, and it is good; the number of △-based foreign matter is large, but the level of the problem is not used; the bismuth is unevenly coated due to foreign matter, and is an unusable level.
◎ : less than 5 ○ : 5 or more and less than 20 △ : 20 or more and less than 100 ╳ : 100 or more (evaluation method for linearity)
The pattern of the 100 μm mask portion of the filter segment formed by the above method was observed using an optical microscope. The evaluation of linearity was evaluated based on the following criteria. Furthermore, Δ and ○ are practical levels.
○ : Good linearity △ : The pattern section of the line drawing section is partially uneven, and/or at least one partial peeling and defect (a partial defect of linearity) occurs.
╳ : The pattern of the line drawing is uneven, and/or at least one partial peeling and defect (straight line defect) occurs.
(Evaluation method of pattern shape of line drawing)
The pattern cross section of the 100 μm mask portion of the filter segment formed by the above method was observed using an electron microscope. The pattern shape was evaluated based on the following criteria. Furthermore, Δ and ○ are practical levels.
○ : The profile is a forward tapered shape △ : The profile is slightly tapered from the vertical ╳ : The profile is a reverse tapered shape (Evaluation method for resolution)
The pattern of the 25 μm mask portion of the filter segment formed by the above method was observed using an optical microscope. Based on the observations, the following criteria were used to evaluate the resolution. Here, the poor resolution means that adjacent stripe patterns are connected, that is, the width of the stripe pattern is excessively larger than 25 μm. Conversely, insufficient sensitivity means that the width of the stripe pattern is excessively less than 25 μm. The evaluation level is as follows. Further, Δ, ○, and ◎ are practical levels.
◎ : The resolution and sensitivity are good ○ : The sensitivity is slightly poor, but the resolution is good △ : Some of the resolution is poor ╳ : The resolution is poor (Evaluation method for development tolerance)
At the time of spray development, development was carried out at twice the appropriate time, and the film thickness of the formed filter segment or the 100 μm mask portion of the black matrix was measured. The difference between the film thickness and the thickness of the pattern formed by development with an appropriate development time was evaluated as development resistance based on the following criteria. Further, Δ, ○, and ◎ are practical levels.
◎ : The film thickness difference is within 5% ○: The film thickness difference is more than 5% but within 10% Δ: The film thickness difference is more than 10% but within 20% ╳: peeling or defect occurs at twice as much as in Table 11 and 12 indicates the evaluation results.

[Table 11]


    【表12】

[Table 12]



    從表11及12,顯示若依據本發明之一態樣,可提供一種高穿透性、高生產性之適宜作為彩色濾光片材料之著色組成物,及使用其所形成的彩色濾光片,而前述著色組成物係顯影性良好,於顯影後之基板上非畫線部,未有著色組成物之殘留(顯影殘渣)或畫線部之圖案剝離或缺損。

From Tables 11 and 12, it is shown that according to one aspect of the present invention, a coloring composition suitable as a color filter material with high penetration and high productivity can be provided, and a color filter formed using the same can be provided. Further, the coloring composition was excellent in developability, and the non-lined portion on the substrate after development did not have any remaining (developing residue) of the colored composition or the pattern of the line portion peeled or broken.

(無)(no)

(無)
(no)

 

Claims (13)

一種著色組成物,其係含有著色劑、樹脂及單體;
前述單體包含具有酸性基之多官能單體;
前述著色組成物符合以下(1)~(3)之某一要件:
(1)進一步包含有機溶劑;
前述著色劑包含鹵化化合物,其係藉由側鏈含陽離子性基之樹脂、與陰離子性染料之反應所獲得者;
(2)進一步包含光聚合起始劑;
相對於著色組成物之非揮發成分100質量部,前述單體之含有量係20~50質量部;
前述光聚合起始劑包含苯乙酮系化合物及醯基氧化磷系化合物;苯乙酮系化合物與醯基氧化磷系化合物之質量比(苯乙酮系化合物/醯基氧化磷系化合物)係在60/40~90/10之範圍內;
(3)進一步含有光聚合起始劑、溶劑及氧化防止劑;
前述樹脂包含從鹼可溶性感光性樹脂成分及鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂成分所組成的群組中選擇之至少一者;
前述單體包含具有酸性基之多官能單體;
相對於前述樹脂之含有量與前述多官能單體之含有量之合計100質量部,前述鹼可溶性感光性樹脂成分之含有量與前述具有酸性基之多官能單體之含有量之合計係20~70質量部;相對於前述著色組成物之非揮發成分100質量部,前述氧化防止劑之含有量為0.1~5質量部。
A colored composition comprising a colorant, a resin and a monomer;
The aforementioned monomer comprises a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group;
The coloring composition described above meets one of the following requirements (1) to (3):
(1) further comprising an organic solvent;
The coloring agent includes a halogenated compound obtained by reacting a resin having a cationic group in a side chain with an anionic dye;
(2) further comprising a photopolymerization initiator;
The content of the monomer is 20 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the nonvolatile component of the colored composition;
The photopolymerization initiator includes an acetophenone-based compound and a ruthenium-based phosphorus oxide-based compound; and a mass ratio of the acetophenone-based compound to the fluorenylphosphorus oxide-based compound (acetophenone-based compound/sulfonium-based phosphorus oxide-based compound) Within the range of 60/40 to 90/10;
(3) further containing a photopolymerization initiator, a solvent, and an oxidation preventing agent;
The resin includes at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkali-soluble photosensitive resin component and an alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin component;
The aforementioned monomer comprises a polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group;
The total amount of the content of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin component and the content of the polyfunctional monomer having an acidic group is 20 parts by mass in total of 100 parts by mass of the content of the resin and the content of the polyfunctional monomer. 70 parts by mass; the content of the oxidation preventing agent is 0.1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts of the nonvolatile component of the coloring composition.
如申請專利範圍第1項之著色組成物,其中符合前述(1)之要件;
前述側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂係包含由一般式(1)所示之構造單位之乙烯基系樹脂;
    式(1)
(式中,R18係表示氫原子、或置換或非置換之烷基;
R19~R21係分別獨立表示氫原子、置換或非置換之烷基、置換或非置換之烯基、或置換或非置換之芳基;R19~R21中之兩者相互結合而形成環亦可;
Q1係表示亞烷基、亞芳基、-CONH-R''-或-COO-R''-,R''係表示亞烷基;
Y-係表示無機或有機之陰離子。)
For example, the colored composition of claim 1 of the patent scope, which meets the requirements of (1) above;
The resin having a cationic group in the side chain includes a vinyl-based resin having a structural unit represented by the general formula (1);
Formula 1)
(wherein R 18 represents a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group;
R 19 to R 21 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or non-substituted alkyl group, a substituted or non-substituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or non-substituted aryl group; and two of R 19 to R 21 are bonded to each other to form Ring can also be
Q 1 represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, -CONH-R''- or -COO-R''-, and R'' represents an alkylene group;
The Y - line represents an inorganic or organic anion. )
如申請專利範圍第2項之著色組成物,其中前述酸性基係羧基。The coloring composition of claim 2, wherein the acidic group is a carboxyl group. 如申請專利範圍第2項之著色組成物,其中進一步包含光聚合起始劑。The colored composition of claim 2, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator. 如申請專利範圍第2項之著色組成物,其中前述樹脂包含鹼可溶性感光性樹脂。The colored composition of claim 2, wherein the resin comprises an alkali-soluble photosensitive resin. 如申請專利範圍第1項之著色組成物,其中符合前述(2)之要件;
相對於前述非揮發成分100質量部,前述苯乙酮系化合物之含有量與前述醯基氧化磷系化合物之含有量之合計係3~20質量部。
For example, the colored composition of claim 1 of the patent scope, which meets the requirements of (2) above;
The total amount of the acetophenone-based compound and the content of the above-described fluorenylphosphine oxide-based compound is 3 to 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the nonvolatile component.
如申請專利範圍第6項之著色組成物,其中前述多官能單體在全部單體中所佔比率為30~60質量部。The coloring composition of claim 6, wherein the polyfunctional monomer accounts for 30 to 60 parts by mass of all monomers. 如申請專利範圍第6項之著色組成物,其中前述多官能單體係由一般式(3)所示之化合物。
                       
(式中,R10係表示氫原子或甲基,R11係表示碳數1~12之碳化氫基,X係表示(n+o)價之碳數3~60之有機基,n係表示2~18之整數,o係表示1~3之整數。)
The coloring composition of claim 6, wherein the polyfunctional single system is a compound represented by the general formula (3).

(wherein R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 11 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and X represents an organic group having a carbon number of 3 to 60 of (n+o) valence, and n represents An integer from 2 to 18, where o is an integer from 1 to 3.)
如申請專利範圍第1項之著色組成物,其中符合前述(3)之要件;
前述著色組成物之非揮發成分中,前述鹼可溶性感光性樹脂成分及前述多官能單體所含之乙烯結合之質量莫耳濃度係2.00×10-3mol/g~2.75×10-3mol/g;相對於前述非揮發成分之質量,前述樹脂之非揮發成分酸價與前述單體之非揮發成分酸價之合計比係8.0~40.0mgKOH/g。
For example, the colored composition of claim 1 of the patent scope, which meets the requirements of the foregoing (3);
In the nonvolatile component of the coloring composition, the molar concentration of ethylene in the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin component and the polyfunctional monomer is 2.00 × 10 -3 mol / g to 2.75 × 10 -3 mol / g; the total ratio of the acid value of the nonvolatile component of the resin to the acid value of the nonvolatile component of the monomer relative to the mass of the nonvolatile component is 8.0 to 40.0 mgKOH/g.
如申請專利範圍第9項之著色組成物,其中前述鹼可溶性感光性樹脂成分及前述鹼可溶性非感光性樹脂成分之至少一者包含:
第1重複單位2.0~60質量部、第2重複單位0.2~80質量部及第3重複單位2.0~30質量部;
前述第1重複單位包含羧基;
前述第2重複單位具有選自一般式(12)及(13)所示之芳香族環基所組成的群組中之至少1個環狀構造;
  式(12)
(一般式(12)中,R1係氫原子或碳數1~20之烷基,該烷基之氫原子亦可被苯環所置換。)
     式(13)
(一般式(13)中,R2係氫原子或碳數1~20之烷基,該烷基之氫原子亦可被苯環所置換。)
前述第3重複單位具有選自一般式(14)及(15)所示之芳香族環基所組成的群組中之至少1個環狀構造。
一般式(14):
     式(14) 
一般式(15):
       式(15)
The coloring composition of claim 9, wherein at least one of the alkali-soluble photosensitive resin component and the alkali-soluble non-photosensitive resin component comprises:
The first repeating unit is 2.0 to 60 parts by mass, the second repeating unit is 0.2 to 80 parts by mass, and the third repeating unit is 2.0 to 30 parts by mass;
The first repeat unit comprises a carboxyl group;
The second repeating unit has at least one annular structure selected from the group consisting of aromatic ring groups represented by the general formulas (12) and (13);
Formula (12)
(In the general formula (12), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group may be replaced by a benzene ring.)
Formula (13)
(In the general formula (13), R 2 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group may be replaced by a benzene ring.)
The third repeating unit has at least one cyclic structure selected from the group consisting of aromatic ring groups represented by the general formulas (14) and (15).
General formula (14):
Formula (14)
General formula (15):
Formula (15)
如申請專利範圍第9項之著色組成物,其中前述氧化防止劑包含受阻酚系氧化防止劑。The coloring composition of claim 9, wherein the oxidation preventing agent comprises a hindered phenol-based oxidation preventing agent. 一種彩色濾光片,其係具備:基板;及
濾光片區段,其係設置於前述基板之至少一主面上,且由申請專利範圍第1至11項中任一項之著色組成物所形成者。
A color filter comprising: a substrate; and a filter segment disposed on at least one main surface of the substrate, and the colored composition of any one of claims 1 to 11 Formed by.
如申請專利範圍第12項之彩色濾光片,其中前述基板係薄膜電晶體(TFT)方式彩色液晶顯示裝置之驅動用基板。The color filter of claim 12, wherein the substrate is a substrate for driving a thin film transistor (TFT) color liquid crystal display device.
TW101109907A 2011-03-31 2012-03-22 Colored composition and color filter using the same TWI507819B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011077030A JP5659919B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2011-03-31 Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter using the same
JP2011077029A JP5673297B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2011-03-31 Coloring composition for color filter and color filter using the same
JP2011076927A JP5659918B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2011-03-31 Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201303499A true TW201303499A (en) 2013-01-16
TWI507819B TWI507819B (en) 2015-11-11

Family

ID=46992140

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW101109907A TWI507819B (en) 2011-03-31 2012-03-22 Colored composition and color filter using the same

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR101909937B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102736414B (en)
TW (1) TWI507819B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220135755A1 (en) * 2017-12-19 2022-05-05 Covestro Deutschland Ag Multilayer body, comprising a substrate layer containing polycarbonate, talc and wax
TWI809326B (en) * 2019-10-29 2023-07-21 南韓商三星Sdi股份有限公司 Phthalocyanine-based compound, photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin layer, color filter and display device

Families Citing this family (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103149799A (en) * 2011-12-07 2013-06-12 三菱化学株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display and organic el display device
CN102981366A (en) * 2012-11-29 2013-03-20 惠州市容大油墨有限公司 Solder-resistance composite and application to printed circuit board
JP2014215474A (en) * 2013-04-25 2014-11-17 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
TWI632163B (en) * 2013-02-04 2018-08-11 日商日本傑恩股份有限公司 Radiation-sensitive resin composition and electronic component
CN104298074B (en) * 2013-07-19 2019-11-01 东友精细化工有限公司 Transparent pixels are formed with photosensitive polymer combination and the colour filter formed using it
JP6246086B2 (en) * 2013-07-29 2017-12-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Color filter, manufacturing method thereof, colored curable composition, solid-state imaging device, colored curable composition, and kit
CN104460231B (en) * 2013-09-18 2020-03-13 东友精细化工有限公司 Colored curable resin composition
SG11201701249UA (en) * 2014-08-20 2017-03-30 Toray Industries Photosensitive coloring composition, method for manufacturing solid-state imaging element using same, and solid-state imaging element
KR101946100B1 (en) * 2015-03-20 2019-02-08 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A color photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device comprising the same
KR102041929B1 (en) * 2015-09-01 2019-11-07 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Photosensitive resin comopsition and cured pattern formed from the same
CN106083864B (en) * 2016-06-14 2018-06-08 浙江永太新材料有限公司 A kind of preparation method of CuPc blue color basic inductor compound
KR102011090B1 (en) * 2016-09-19 2019-08-14 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
CN107275515B (en) 2017-06-20 2019-12-03 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 OLED device packaging method, structure, OLED device and display screen
KR102410852B1 (en) * 2018-03-22 2022-06-17 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
JP7299894B2 (en) * 2018-08-07 2023-06-28 大塚化学株式会社 Dispersant composition, coloring composition, and color filter
CN111234094B (en) * 2018-11-28 2022-06-21 北京鼎材科技有限公司 Modified dye, photosensitive resin composition containing same and application
JP7099355B2 (en) * 2019-02-18 2022-07-12 信越化学工業株式会社 Thermosetting silicone composition and its cured product
KR20210134687A (en) * 2019-02-28 2021-11-10 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Cyan colored curable composition

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4426197B2 (en) * 2003-03-25 2010-03-03 凸版印刷株式会社 Coloring composition, photosensitive coloring composition and color filter
CN1918250A (en) * 2004-11-11 2007-02-21 三菱化学株式会社 Colorant dispersion liquid, colored resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display
JP4652967B2 (en) * 2005-12-14 2011-03-16 凸版印刷株式会社 Photosensitive composition for liquid crystal display device and color filter using the same
JP2009016899A (en) * 2007-06-29 2009-01-22 Sharp Corp Digital/analog combined tuner
JP5617177B2 (en) * 2009-03-27 2014-11-05 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP5834379B2 (en) * 2009-06-25 2015-12-24 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition, color filter and color liquid crystal display element
KR101533669B1 (en) * 2009-12-01 2015-07-03 토요잉크Sc홀딩스주식회사 Blue-colored composition for color filter, color filter and color display

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220135755A1 (en) * 2017-12-19 2022-05-05 Covestro Deutschland Ag Multilayer body, comprising a substrate layer containing polycarbonate, talc and wax
TWI809326B (en) * 2019-10-29 2023-07-21 南韓商三星Sdi股份有限公司 Phthalocyanine-based compound, photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin layer, color filter and display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102736414B (en) 2015-01-28
CN102736414A (en) 2012-10-17
KR101909937B1 (en) 2018-10-19
KR20120112169A (en) 2012-10-11
TWI507819B (en) 2015-11-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI507819B (en) Colored composition and color filter using the same
TWI512053B (en) Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP5919657B2 (en) Coloring composition, color filter and display element
TWI494378B (en) Red coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP5737078B2 (en) Red coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
TWI443458B (en) Red-coloring composition for color filter and color filter
TWI500711B (en) Coloring composition for use in color filter and color filter
CN107003448B (en) Color material dispersion liquid, photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
JP6551085B2 (en) Colored composition for color filter and color filter
TWI504691B (en) Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP5866787B2 (en) Blue coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2012211968A (en) Colored composition for color filter, and color filter
TW201734613A (en) Substrate for display element, manufacturing method of substrate for display element and display element having excellent color featured color pattern and black spacer and high reliability
JP2015125402A (en) Color filter photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, and color filter manufacturing method
JP2012212054A (en) Colored composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2016170370A (en) Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2015143840A (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and method for manufacturing color filter
JP6733525B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JPWO2012005203A1 (en) Triarylmethane colorant, coloring composition, color filter, and display element
JP2012211969A (en) Colored composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2015172652A (en) Triarylmethane dye, and use thereof
JP2012013866A (en) Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP5693016B2 (en) Blue coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP5998781B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
TWI434887B (en) Coloring composition for color filter and color filter